2012全国及各地高考英语试题汇编

2012全国及各地高考英语试题汇编

‎2012全国及各地高考英语试题汇编（word精校版）‎ 汇编校对：226531江苏省石庄高级中学 秦建华 目 录 ‎1. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷）‎ ‎2. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（大纲卷）‎ ‎3. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（北京卷）‎ ‎4. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（天津卷）‎ ‎5. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（上海卷）‎ ‎6. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（重庆卷）‎ ‎7. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（安徽卷）‎ ‎8. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（福建卷）‎ ‎9. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（广东卷）‎ ‎10. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（海南卷）‎ ‎ 同2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷）‎ ‎11. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（湖北卷）‎ ‎12. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（湖南卷）‎ ‎13. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江苏卷）‎ ‎14. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江西卷）‎ ‎15. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（辽宁卷）‎ ‎16. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（山东卷）‎ ‎17. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（陕西卷）‎ ‎18. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（四川卷）‎ ‎19. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（浙江卷）‎ ‎1. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷）‎ 第Ⅰ卷 注意事项：‎ A. 答题前，考生在答题卡上务必用直径‎0.5毫米黑色墨水签字笔将目己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，并贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。‎ B. 短小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号，在试题卷上作答无效。‎ 第一部分听力(共两节，满分30分)‎ ‎ 做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。‎ 第一节(共5小题：每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小脱.从题中所给的A. B.C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ 例:How much is the shirt?‎ ‎ A.￡19.15. B.￡9.15. C. ￡9.18. ‎ 答案是B。‎ ‎1. Where does this conversation probably take place?‎ A. In a bookstore. B. In a classroom. C. In a library.‎ ‎2.At what time will the film begin?‎ A.7:20 B.7:‎15 ‎ C.7:00‎ ‎3. What are the two speakers mainly talking about?‎ A. Their friend Jane. B. A weekend trip. C. A radio programme.‎ ‎4. What will the woman probably do?‎ A. Catch a train. B. See the man off. C. Go shopping.‎ ‎5. Why did the woman apologize?‎ ‎ A. She made a late delivery.‎ ‎ B. She went to the wrong place.‎ C. She couldn't take the cake back.‎ 第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟:听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料.回答第6. 7题。‎ ‎6. Whose CD is broken?‎ A. Kathy's. B. Mum's. C. Jack's.‎ ‎7. What does the boy promise to do for the girl?‎ A. Buy her a new CD. B. Do some cleaning. C. Give her 10 dollars.‎ 听第7段材料.回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. What did the man think of the meal?‎ A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory. C. A bit disappointing.‎ ‎9. What was the 15% on the bill paid for?‎ A. The food. B. The drinks. C. The service.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第I0至12题。‎ ‎10. Why is the man at the shop?‎ A. To order a camera for his wife.‎ B. To have a camera repaired.‎ C. To get a camera changed.‎ ‎11. What colour does the man want?‎ A. Pink. B. Black. C. Orange.‎ ‎12. What will the man do afterwards?‎ A. Make a phone call. B. Wait until further notice. C. Come again the next day.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?‎ A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston.. ‎ ‎14. What is Ariel going to do in Toronto?‎ ‎ A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show.‎ I5. Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?‎ ‎ A. To call up Betty. B. To buy some DVDs. C. To pick up Daniel.‎ ‎16. What might be the relationship between the speakers?‎ ‎ A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers. C. Guide and tourist.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. Where does Thomas Manning work?‎ ‎ A. In the Guinness Company.‎ ‎ B. At a radio station.‎ ‎ C. In a museum.‎ ‎18. Where did the idea of a book of records come from?‎ ‎ A. A bird-shooting trip. B. A visit to Europe. C. A television talk show.‎ ‎19. When did Sir Hugh's first book of records ‎ A. In 1875. B. In 1950. C. In 1955.‎ ‎20. What are the two speakers going to talk about next?‎ ‎ A. More records of unusual facts.‎ ‎ B. The founder of the company.‎ C. The oldest person in the world 第二部 分英语知识运用 (共两节.满分45分)‎ 第一节 单项填空 (共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分)‎ ‎21.—Which one of these do you want?‎ ‎ — Either will do .‎ A. I don't mind B. I'm sure C. No problem D. Go ahead ‎22. Sarah looked at finished painting with satisfaction.‎ A.不填；a B. a; the C. the; 不填 D. the; a ‎23. "Life is like walking in the snow", Granny used to say, "because every step ”‎ A. has shown B. is showing C. shows D. showed ‎24.It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike.‎ A. how B. which C. that D. what ‎25. I don't believe we've met before, I must say you do look familiar.‎ A. therefore B. although C. since D. unless ‎26. The result is not very important to us, but if we do win, then so much .‎ A. the best B. best C. better D. the better ‎27. Mary is really good at taking notes in class. She can_ almost every word her teacher says.‎ ‎ A. put out B. put down C. put away D. put together ‎28. The party will be held in the garden, weather .‎ A. permitting B. to permit C. permitted D. permit ‎29. This restaurant wasn't_ that other restaurant we went to.‎ ‎ A. half as good as B. as half good as C. as good as half D. good as half as ‎30. I _use a clock to wake me up because at six o'clock each morning the train comes by my house.‎ A. couldn't B. mustn't C. shouldn't D. needn't ‎31. Larry asks Bill and Peter to go on a picnic with him, but_ of them wants to, because they have work to do.‎ A. either B. any C. neither D. none ‎32. Film has a much shorter history, especially when_ such art forms as music and painting.‎ A. having compared to B. comparing to C. compare to D. compared to ‎33.I had been working on math for the whole afternoon and the numbers before my eyes.‎ A. swim B .swum C. swam D. had swum ‎34. You have to move out of the way the truck cannot get past you.‎ A. so B. or C. and D. but ‎35. If she doesn't want to go, nothing you can say will her.‎ A. persuade B. promise C. invite D. support 第二节 完形填空(共20小.:每小1.5分.满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文.从短文后各题所给的四个选项A、B、C、D中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项小涂黑。‎ Body language is the quiet, secret and most powerful language of all! It speaks 36 than words. According to specialists, our bodies send out more 37 than we realize. In fact, non-verbal communication(非言语交际) takes up about 50% of what we really 38 , And body language is particularly 39 when we attempt to communicate across cultures(文化). What is called body language is so 40 ,a part of us that it's actually often unnoticed. And misunderstandings occur as a result of it. 41 , different societies treat the__42___, between people differently. Northern Europeans usually do not like having ___43___, contact(接触) even with friends, certainly not with ___44___. People from Latin American countries___45___, touch each other quite a lot. Therefore, it's possible that in 46 , it may look like a Latino is ‎47 a Norwegian all over the room. The Latino, trying to express friendship, will keep moving 48 . The Norwegian, very probably seeing this as pushiness, will keep 49 —which the Latino will in return regard as 50 .‎ Clearly, a great deal is going on when people 51 . And only a part of it is in the words themselves. And when parties are from ___52___ cultures, there's a strong possibility of ___53___. But whatever the situation, the best 54 is to obey the Golden Rule: treat others as you would like to be 55 .‎ ‎36. A. straighter B. louder C. harder D. further ‎37. A. sands B. invitations C. feelings D. messages ‎38. A. hope B. receive C. discover D. mean ‎39. A. immediate B. misleading C. important D. difficult ‎40. A. well B. far C. much D. long ‎41. A. For example B. Thus C. However D. In short ‎42. A. trade B. distance C. connections D. greetings ‎43. A. eye B. verbal C. bodily D. telephone ‎44. A. strangers B. relatives C. neighbours D. enemies ‎45. A. in other words B. on the other hand C. in a similar way D. by all means ‎46. A. trouble B. conversation C. silence D. experiment ‎47. A. disturbing B. helping C. guiding D. following ‎48. A. closer B. faster C. in D. away ‎49. A. stepping forward B. going on C. backing away D. coming out ‎50. A. weakness B. carelessness C. friendliness D. coldness ‎51. A. talk B. travel C. laugh D. think ‎52. A. different B. European C. Latino D. rich ‎53. A. curiosity B. excitement C. misunderstanding D. nervousness ‎54. A. chance B. time C. result D. advice ‎55. A. noticed B. treated C. respected D. pleased 第三部分阅读理解（共20 小题，每小题2分，满分40分)‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A, B, C和D)中，选出最佳选项.并在答且卡 上将该项涂黑。‎ A Are you looking for some new and exciting places to take your kids (孩子) to? Try some of these places.‎ Visit art museums. They offer a variety of activities to excite your kids' interest. Many offer workshops for making land-made pieces, traveling exhibits, book signings by children's favorite writer, and even musical performances and other arts.‎ Head to a natural history museum. This is where kids can discover the past from dinosaur(恐龙) models to rock collections and pictures of stars in the sky. Also, ask what kind of workshops and educational programs are prepared for kids and any special events that are coming up.‎ Go to a Youtheater. Look for one in your area offering plays for child and family visitors. Pre-show play shops are conducted by area artists and educators where kids can discover the secret about performing arts. Puppet(木偶)making and stage make-up are just a couple of the special offerings you might find.‎ Try hands-on science. Visit one of the many hands-on science museums around the country. These science play-lands are great fun for kids and grown-ups alike. They'll keep your child mentally and physically active the whole day through while pushing buttons, experimenting, and building. When everyone is tired, enjoy a fun family science show, commonly found in these museums.‎ ‎56. If a child is interested in the universe, he probably will visit ‎ A. a Youtheater B. an art museum C. a natural history museum D. a hands-on science museum ‎57. What can kids do at a Youtheater?‎ ‎ A. Look at rock collections. B. See dinosaur models.‎ C. Watch puppet making. D. Give performances.‎ ‎58. What does "hands-on science" mean in the last paragraph?‎ A. Science games designed by kids. B. Learning science by doing things.‎ C. A show of kids' science work. D. Reading science books.‎ ‎59. Where does this text probably come from?‎ A. A science textbook. B. A tourist map.‎ C. A museum guide. D. A news report.‎ B Honey(蜂蜜)from the African forest is not only a kind of natural sugar, it is also delicious. Most people, and many animals, like eating it. However, the only way for them to get that honey is to find a wild bees' nest(巢)and take the honey from it. Often, these nests are high up in trees, and it is difficult to find them. In parts of Africa, though, people and animals looking for honey have a strange and unexpected helper一a little bird called a honey guide.‎ The honey guide does not actually like honey, but it does like the wax (蜂蜡) in the beehives (蜂房). The little bird cannot reach this wax, which is deep inside the bees’ nest. So, when it finds a suitable nest, it looks for someone to help it. The honey guide gives a loud cry that attracts the attention of both passing animals and people. Once it has their attention, it flies through the forest, waiting from time to time for the curious animal or person as it leads them to the nest. When they finally arrive at the nest, the follower reaches in to get at the delicious honey ‎ as the bird patiently waits and watches. Some of the honey, and the wax, always falls to the ground, and this is when the honey guide takes its share.‎ ‎ Scientists do not know why the honey guide likes eating the wax, but it is very determined in its efforts to get it. The birds seem to be able to smell wax from a long distance away. They will quickly arrive whenever a beekeeper is taking honey from his beehives, and will even enter churches when beeswax candles are being lit.‎ ‎60. Why is it difficult to find a wild bees' nest?‎ A. It's small in size. B. It's hidden in trees.‎ C. It's covered with wax. D. It's hard to recognize.‎ ‎61. What do the words "the follower" in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ ‎ A. A bee. B. A bird. C. A honey seeker. D. A beekeeper.‎ ‎62. The honey guide is special in the way____________.‎ ‎ A. it gets its food B. it goes to church C. it sings in the forest D. it reaches into bees' nests ‎63. What can be the best title for the text?‎ A. Wild Bees B. Wax and Honey C. Beekeeping in Africa D. Honey-Lover's Helper C ‎ About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.‎ We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene, setting up trees at the edge of a winding path. Very soon, bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position. The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby. Since it was hot in the studio, it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path. A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.‎ The next scene was a complete contrast (对比). The way it was filmed was quite unusual. Pictures taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕). An actor and actress stood in front of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an island. By a simple trick like this, palm trees, sandy beaches, and blue, clear skies had been brought into the studio!‎ Since it was our turn next, we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us. For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!‎ ‎64. Who is the author?‎ A. A cameraman. B. .A film director. ‎ C. A crowd-scene actor. D. A workman for scene setting.‎ ‎65. What made the author feel cold?‎ A. The heavy snowfall. B. The man-made scene.‎ C. The low temperature. D. The film being shown.‎ ‎66. What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph?‎ A. A new scene would be filmed. B. More stars would act in the film.‎ C. The author would leave the studio. D. The next scene would be prepared.‎ D Grown-ups are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as children but have never practiced ever since. A man who has not had a chance to go swimming for years can still swim as well as ever when he gets back in the water. He can get on a bicycle after many years and still ride away. He can play catch and hit a ball as well as his son. A mother who has not thought about the words for years can teach her daughter the poem that begins "Twinkle, twinkle, little star" or remember the story of Cinderella or Goldilocks ‎ and the Three Bears.‎ ‎ One explanation is the law of overlearning , which can be stated as follows: Once we have learned something, additional learning trials(尝试)increase the length of time we will remember it.‎ In childhood we usually continue to practice such skills as swimming, bicycle riding, and playing baseball long after we have learned them. We continue to listen to and remind ourselves of words such as "Twinkle, twinkle, little star" and childhood tales such as Cinderella and Goldilocks. We not only learn but overlearn.‎ The multiplication tables(乘法口诀表)are an exception to the general rule that we forget rather quickly the things that we learn in school, because they are another of the things we overlearn in childhood.‎ The law of overlearning explains why cramming(突击学习)for an examination, though it may result in a passing grade, is not a satisfactory way to learn a college course. By cramming, a student may learn the subject well enough to get by on the examination, but he is likely soon to forget almost everything he learned. A little overlearning, on the other hand, is really necessary for one's future development.‎ ‎67. What is the main idea of paragraph I?‎ A. People remember well what they learned in childhood.‎ B. Children have a better memory than grown-ups.‎ C. Poem reading is a good way to learn words.‎ D. Stories for children arc easy to remember.‎ ‎68. The author explains the law of overlearning by_________.‎ A. presenting research findings B. selling down general rules C. making a comparison D. using examples ‎69. According to the author, being able to use multiplication tables is_______.‎ A. a result of overlearning B. a special case of cramming C. a skill to deal with math problems D. a basic step towards advanced studies ‎70. What is the author's opinion on cramming?‎ A. It leads to failure in college exams. B. It's helpful only in a limited way.‎ C. It's possible to result in poor memory. D. It increases students' learning interest.‎ 第二节(共5小题 ,每小题2分,满分10分)‎ 根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项为多余选项.‎ Kids' health: Four steps for fighting stress Everybody gets stressed from time to time. 71 Some ways of dealing with stress-like screaming or hitting someone - don't solve（解决）much. But other ways, like talking to someone you trust, can lead you to solving your problem or at least feeling better. Try taking these four steps the next time you are stressed:‎ ‎(1) Get support. When you need help, reach out to the people who care about you. Talk to a trusted adult, such as a parent or other relatives. 72 They might have had similar problems, such as dealing with a test, or the death of a beloved pet.‎ ‎(2) Don't take it out on yourself. Sometimes when kids are stressed and upset they take it out on themselves. Oh, dear, that's not a good idea. Remember that there are always people to help you. Don't take it out on yourself. 73‎ ‎(3) Try to solve the problem. After you're calm and you have support from adults and friends, it's time to get down to business. 74 Even if you can't solve it all, you can solve a piece of it.‎ ‎(4) Be positive. Most stress is temporary (暂时的). Remember stress does go away, especially when you figure out the problem and start working on solving it. These steps aren't magic, but they do work. And if you can stay positive as you make your way through a tough time, you'll help yourself feel better even faster. 75‎ A. Ask for a helping hand to get you through the tough situation.‎ B. Notice your friends' feelings and find a way to help them.‎ C. Different people feel stress in different ways.‎ D. Ah, it feels so good when the stress is gone.‎ E. You need to figure out what the problem is.‎ F. And don't forget about your friends.‎ G. Then, find a way to calm down.‎ 第II卷 注意：将答案写在答题卡上。写在本试卷上无效。‎ 第四部分写作（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。 文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除 或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线〔〕划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ I learned early in life that I had to be more patient and little aggressive. From the time I was about four until I was about six, I destroyed each of my toy. I was happy when the toys worked, but when things did wrong, I got angry and broke it. For a while parents bought me new toys. But before long they began to see which was happening. When I tear apart my fifth birthday toy train, my father said, "That's it. No more toys to you." My punishment lasted a year. Meanwhile, I found out that with more patience I must make my toys to last. My attitude changed from then on.‎ 第二节书面表达（满分25分）（注意：在试题卷上作答无效）‎ 假定你是李华，从互联网（the Internet）上得知一个国际中学生组织将在新加坡(Singapore)举办夏令营，欢迎各国学生参加。请写一封电子邮件申请参加。 内容主要包括：‎ ‎1.自我介绍(包括英语能力);‎ ‎2.参加意图（介绍中国、了解其他国家）；‎ ‎3.希望获准。 ‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.词数100左右：‎ ‎2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯 ‎3.邮件开头和结尾已为你写好。‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ Regards,‎ Li Hua ‎2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试 英语答案 第一、二、三部分 l. C ‎2. A ‎3. B ‎4. C ‎5. A ‎6. C ‎7. B ‎8. B ‎9. C ‎10. C ‎11.A ‎12. B ‎13. B ‎14. A ‎15. C ‎16. B ‎17. A ‎18. A ‎19. C ‎20. A ‎21. A ‎22. C ‎23. C ‎24. D ‎25. B ‎26. D ‎27. B ‎28. A ‎29. A ‎30. D ‎31.C ‎32. D ‎33. C ‎34. B ‎35. A ‎36. B ‎37. D ‎38. D ‎39. C ‎40. C ‎41.A ‎42. B ‎43. C ‎44. A ‎45. B ‎46. B ‎47. D ‎48. A ‎49. C ‎50. D ‎51.A ‎52. A ‎53. C ‎54. D ‎55. B ‎56. C ‎57. C ‎58. B ‎59. C ‎60. B ‎61. C ‎62. A ‎63. D ‎64. C ‎65. B ‎66. A ‎67. A ‎68. D ‎69. A ‎70. B ‎71.C ‎72. F ‎73. A ‎74. E ‎75. D 第四部分：‎ 第一节：‎ I learned early in life that I had to be more patient and little aggressive. From less the time I was about four until I was about six, I destroyed each of my toy. I toys was happy when the toys worked, but when things did ∧wrong, I got angry and went/go broke it. For a while ∧ parents bought me new toys. But before long they began them my to see which was happening. When I tear apart my fifth birthday toy train, my what tore father said, "That's it. No more toys to you." My punishment lasted a year.‎ for Meanwhile, I found out that with more patience I must make my toys to last.‎ could/might My attitude changed from then on.‎ 内容要点：‎ ‎1、个人情况（包括英语能力）‎ ‎2、参加意图（介绍中国、了解其他国家）‎ ‎3、希望获准 ‎4、合适的结尾 五, One Possible Version Dear Sir or Madam,‎ I'm Li Hua, a middle school student from China. I read the announcement of the summer camp that you have posted on the Internet and I am interested in it. I know that you welcome students from different countries and I'd like to take part in it. I've been learning English for 10 years, and I speak fluent English. What is more, I'll be able to tell students from other countries about China and learn about their countries as well. I hope I will be accepted as a member of your summer camp.‎ Looking forward to your reply!‎ Regards,‎ Li Hua ‎2. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（大纲卷）‎ 注意事项： 　　1.本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。答卷前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。 　　2.答第Ⅰ卷时，选出每小题答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号，不能答在本试卷上，否则无效。 ‎ ‎　　3.答第Ⅱ卷时，将答案写在答题卡上。写在本试卷上无效。 　　4.考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。 　　 第Ⅰ卷 第Ⅰ卷（选择题 共95分）‎ 第一部分：语言知识运用(共三节，满分50分)‎ 第一节：语音知识（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项。‎ ‎1. theater ‎ A. treasure B. wheat C. season D. realize ‎2. persuade ‎ A. usual B. insist C. sugar D. Trousers ‎3. company ‎ A. alone B. carrot C. money D. knock ‎4.opposite ‎ A. service B. Outside C. pioneer D. police ‎5. society ‎ A. official B. recent C. chocolate D. Difficult 第二节：语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎6.—what shall we do tonight then?‎ ‎ —__________ whatever you want.‎ ‎ A . Help yourself B. It’s a deal C. No problem D. It’s up to you ‎ ‎7.He missed _______gold in the high jump , but will get ______second chance in the long jump.‎ ‎ A. the ; the B. 不填；a C. the ;a D. a ; 不填 ‎8. That evening ,_________ I will tell you more about later ,I ended up working very late. ‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. what D. When ‎9. Sarah made ________ to the airport just in time to catch her plane this morning.‎ ‎ A. herself B. this C. that D. it ‎10. Tony lent me the money, __________that I’ d do as much for him .‎ ‎ A. hoping B. to hope C. hoped D. having hoped ‎11. I had hardly got to the office _________ my wife phoned me to go back home at once.‎ ‎ A. when B. than C. until D. after ‎ ‎12. We _________ to paint the whole house but finished only the front part that day.‎ ‎ A. set about B. set up C. set out D. set down ‎ ‎13. Next to biology ,I like physics ________.‎ ‎ A .better B. best C. the better D. very well ‎14. —Did you ask Sophia for help ?‎ ‎ —I ________ need to. I managed perfectly well on my own. ‎ ‎ A. wouldn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. won’t ‎ ‎15. The old man sat in front of the television every evening,happy _______anything that happened to be on.‎ ‎ A. to watch B. watching C. watched D. to have watched ‎16. ‎100 ℃‎ is the temperature _________which water will boil ‎ ‎ A. for B. at C. on D. of ‎17. I’m going to Europe on vacation together with John if I _________find the money.‎ ‎ A . can B. might C. would D. need ‎ ‎18. The manager ______ the workers how to improve the program since 9 am.‎ ‎ A. has told B. is telling C. has been telling D. will have told ‎19. The Harry Potter books are quite popular ; they are in great ____in this city.‎ ‎ A. quantity B. progress C. production D. demand ‎20.—Try not to work yourself too hard . Take it easy.‎ ‎ —Thanks .__________‎ ‎ A. So what ? B. No way C. What for ? D. You too.‎ 第三节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项（A，B，C和D）中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ Around twenty years ago I was living in York.___21__ I had a lot of experience and a Masters degree ,I could not find ___22___work.‎ ‎ I was ____23___a school bus to make ends meet and___24___with a friend of mine ,for I had lost my flat .I had __25__five interviews with a company and one day between bus runs they called to say I did not __26___the job .“ Why has my life become so __27___? ”I thought painfully.‎ ‎ As I pulled the bus over to ___28___a little girl, she handed me an earring __29__I should keep it ___30__somebody claimed (认领)it . The earring was painted black and said “ BE HAPPY”.‎ ‎ At first I got angry .Then it ___31___me – I had been giving all of my ___32____to what was going wrong with my __33___rather than what was right! I decided then and there to make a___34__of fifty things I was happy with. Later, I decided to __35____ more things to the list .That night there was a phone call for ____36____from a lady who was a director at a large ___37___. She asked me if I would ____38____a one –day lecture on stress(压力) management to 200 medical workers . I said yes. ‎ ‎ My ___39__there went very well ,and before long I got a well- paid job .To this day I know it was because I changed my way of ___40___that I completely changed my life. ‎ ‎21. A. As B. Though C. If D. When ‎22. A. successful B. extra C. satisfying D. convenient ‎23. A. driving B. repairing C. talking D. designing ‎24. A. working B. traveling C. discussing D. living ‎25. A. prepared for B. attended C. asked for D. held ‎26. A. lose B. like C. find D. get ‎27. A. hard B. busy C. serious D. short ‎28. A. wave at B. drop off C. call on D. look for ‎29. A. ordering B. promising C. saying D. showing ‎30. A. in case B. or else C. as if D. now that ‎31. A. hurt B. hit C. caught D. moved ‎32. A. feelings B. attention C. strength D. interests ‎33. A. opinions B. education C. experiences D.life ‎34. A. list B. book C. check D. copy ‎35. A. connect B. turn C. keep D. add ‎36. A. her B. a passenger C. me D. my friend ‎37. A. hospital B. factory C. restaurant D. hotel ‎38. A. listen to B. review C. give D. talk about ‎39. A. plan B. choice YCY C. day D. tour ‎40. A. operation B. speaking C employment D. thinking 第二部分 阅读理解 (满分45分)‎ 第一节　语篇阅读 (每小题2分)‎ 第一节　阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。(每小题2分)‎ ‎(A)‎ Cold weather can hard on pets, just like it can be hard on people. Sometimes owners forget that their cats are just as used to the warm shelter (住所) as they are. Some owners will leave their animals outside for a long period of time, thinking that all animals are used to living outdoors. This can put their pets in danger of serious illness. There are things you can do to keep your animal warm and safe.‎ Keep your pets inside as much as you can when the weather is bad. If you have to take them out, stay outside with them. When you’re cold enough to go inside, they probably are too. I you must leave them outside for a long time, make sure they have a warm, solid shelter against the wind, thick bedding, and plenty of non-frozen water.‎ If left alone outside, dogs and cats can be very smart in their search for warm shelter. They can dig into snow banks or hide somewhere. Watch them closely when they are left outdoors, and provide them with shelter of good quality. Keep an eye on your pet’s water. Sometimes owners don’t realize that a water bowl has frozen and their pet can’t get anything to drink. Animals that don’t have clean and unfrozen water may drink dirty water outside, which may contain something unhealthy for them.‎ ‎41. What do we learn about pets from Paragraph 1?‎ ‎ A. They are often forgotten by their owners. B. They are used to living outdoors.‎ ‎ C. They build their won shelter. D. They like to stay in warm places.‎ ‎42. Why are pet owners asked to stay with their pets when they are out in cold weather?‎ ‎ A. To know when to bring them inside. B. To keep them from eating bad food.‎ ‎ C. To help them find shelters. D. To keep them company.‎ ‎43. If pets are left on their own outdoors in cold weather, they may ___.‎ ‎ A. run short of clean water B. dig deep holes for fun ‎ C. dirty the snow nearby D. get lost in the wild ‎44. What is the purpose of this text?‎ ‎ A. To solve a problem. B. To give practical advice.‎ ‎ C. To tell an interesting story. D. To present a research result.‎ ‎ (B)‎ You may think that sailing is a difficult sport, but it is really not hard to learn it. You do not need to be strong. But you need to be quick. And you need to understand a few basic rules about the wind.‎ First, you must ask yourself, “Where is the wind coming from? Is it coming from ahead or behind or from the side?” You must think about this all the time on the boat. The wind direction tells you what to do with the sail.‎ Let’s start with the wind blowing from the behind. This means the wind and the boat are going in the same direction. Then you must always keep the sail outside the boat. It should be at a 90° angle (角度) to the boat. Then it will catch the wind best.‎ If the wind is blowing from the side, it is blowing across the boat. In this case, you must keep the sail half way outside the boat. It should be at a 45° angle to the boat. It needs to be out far enough to catch the wind, but it shouldn’t flap (摆动). It shouldn’t look like on a flagpole. If it is flapping, it is probably out too far, and the boat will slow down.‎ Sailing into the wind is not possible. If you try, the sail will flap and the boat will stop. You may want to go in that direction. It is possible, but you can’t go in a straight line. You must go first in one direction and then in another. This is called tacking. When you are tacking, you must always keep the sail inside the boat.‎ ‎45. What should you consider first while sailing?‎ ‎ A. Sailors’ strength. B. Wave levels. C. Wind directions. D. Size of sails.‎ ‎46. What does the word “It” underlined in Paragraph 4 refer to?‎ ‎ A. The boat. B. The wind. C. The sail. D. The angle.‎ ‎47. What do you have to do when sailing against the wind?‎ ‎ A. Move in a straight line. B. Allow the sail to flap.‎ ‎ C. Lower the sail. D. Tack the boat.‎ ‎48. Where can you probably find the text?‎ ‎ A. In a popular magazine. B. In a tourist guidebook.‎ ‎ C. In a physics textbook. D. In an official report.‎ ‎(C)‎ Facial expressions carry meaning that is determined by situations and relationships. For example, in American culture (文化) the smile is in general an expression of pleasure. Yet it also has other uses. A woman’s smile at a police officer does not carry the same meaning as the smile she gives to a young child. A smile may show love or politeness. It can also hide true feelings. It often causes confusion (困惑) across cultures. For example, many people in Russia smiling at strangers in public to be unusual and even improper. Yet many Americans smile freely at strangers in public places (although this is less common in big cities). Some Russians believe that Americans smile in the wrong places; some Americans believe that Russians don’t smile enough. In Southeast Asian culture, a smile is frequently used to cover painful feelings. Vietnamese people may tell a sad story but end the story with a smile.‎ Our faces show emotions (情感), but we should not attempt to “read” people from another culture as we would “read” someone from our own culture. The fact that members of one culture do not express their emotions as openly as do members of another does not mean that they do not experience emotions. Rather, there are cultural differences in the amount of facial expressions permitted. For example, in public and in formal situations many Japanese do not show their emotions as freely as Americans do. When with friends, Japanese and Americans seem to show their emotions similarly.‎ It is difficult to generalize about Americans and facial expressiveness because of personal and cultural differences in the United States. People from certain cultural backgrounds in the United States seem to be more facially expressive than others. The key is to try not to judge people whose ways of showing emotion are different. If we judge according to our own cultural habits, we may make the mistake of “reading” the other person incorrectly.‎ ‎49. What does the smile usually mean in the U.S.‎?‎ ‎ A. Love. B. Politeness. C. Joy. D. Thankfulness.‎ ‎50. The author mentions the smile of the Vietnamese to prove that smile can ___ .‎ ‎ A. show friendliness to strangers B. be used to hide true feelings ‎ C. be used in the wrong places D. show personal habits ‎51. What should we do before attempting to “read” people?‎ ‎ A. Learn about their relations with others. B. Understand their cultural backgrounds.‎ ‎ C. Find out about their past experience. D. Figure out what they will do next.‎ ‎52. What would be the best title for the test?‎ ‎ A. Cultural Differences B. Smiles and Relationship ‎ C. Facial Expressiveness D. Habits and Emotions ‎ (D)‎ ADDIS ABABA, Ethiopia – One of the world’s most famous fossils (化石) – the 3.2 million-year-old Lucy skeleton (骨骼) unearthed in Ethiopia in 1974 – will go on an exhibition tour abroad for the first time in the United States, officials said Tuesday.‎ Even the Ethiopian public has only seen Lucy twice. The Lucy on exhibition at the Ethiopian National Museum in the capital, Addis Ababa, is a replica while the real remains are usually locked in a secret storeroom. A team from the Museum of National Science in Houston, Texas, spent four years discussing with the Ethiopians for the U.S.‎ tour, which will start in Houston next September.‎ ‎“Ethiopia’s rich culture of both the past and today, is one of the best kept secrets in the world,” said Joel Bartsch, director of the Houston museum.‎ The six-year tour will also go to Washington, New York, Denver and Chicago. Officials said six other ‎U.S.‎ ‎ cities may be on the tour. But they said plans had not been worked out.‎ Travelling with Lucy will be 190 other fossils.‎ Lucy, her name taken from a Beatles song that played in a camp the night of her discovery, is part of the skeleton of what was once a 3-foot-tall ape-man (猿人).‎ ‎53. The author writes this text mainly to ___ .‎ ‎ A. introduce a few U.S.‎ museums B. describe some research work ‎ C. discuss the value of an ape-man D. report a coming event ‎54. What does the words “a replica” in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ ‎ A. A painting of the skeleton. B. A photograph of Lucy ‎ C. A copy of the skeleton. D. A written record of Lucy.‎ ‎55. How many cities has Lucy’s U.S.‎ tour plan already included?‎ ‎ A. Four. B. Five. C. Six. D. Eleven.‎ ‎56. What was the skeleton named after?‎ ‎ A. An ape-man. B. A song. C. A singer. D. A camp.‎ ‎ (E)‎ Make Up Your Mind to Succeed Kind-hearted parents have unknowingly left their children defenseless against failure. The generation born between 1980 and 2001 grew up playing sports where scores and performance were played down because “everyone’s winter.” And their report cards sounded more positive (正面的) than ever before. As a result, Stanford‎ ‎University professor Carol Dweck, PhD, calls them “the overpraised generation.”‎ Dweck has been studying how people deal with failure for 40 years. Her research has led her to find out two clearly different mind-sets that have a great effect on how we react to it. Here’s how they work:‎ A fixed mind-set is grounded in the belief that talent (才能) is genetic – you’re a born artist, point guard, or numbers person. The fixed mind-set believes it’s sure to succeed without much effort and regards failure as personal shame. When things get difficult, it’s quick to blame, lie, and even stay away from future difficulties.‎ On the other hand, a growth mind-set believes that no talent is entirely heaven-sent and that effort and learning make everything possible. Because the ego (自尊) isn’t on the line as much, the growth mind-set sees failure as a chance rather than shame. When faced with a difficulty, it’s quick to rethink, change and try again. In fact, it enjoys this experience.‎ We are all born with growth mind-sets. (Otherwise, we wouldn’t be able to live in the world.) But parents, teachers, and instructors often push us into fixed mind-sets by encouraging certain actions and misdirecting praise. Dweck’s book, Mind-set: The New Psychology of Success, and online instructional program explain this in depth. But she says there are many little things you can start doing today to make sure that your children, grandchildren and even you are never defeated by failure.‎ ‎57. What does the author think about the present generation?‎ ‎ A. They don’t do well at school. B. They are often misunderstood.‎ ‎ C. They are eager to win in sports. D. They are given too much praise.‎ ‎58. A fixed mind-set person is probably one who _________ .‎ ‎ A. doesn’t want to work hard B. cares a lot about personal safety ‎ C. cannot share his ideas with others D. can succeed with the help of teachers ‎59. What does the growth mind-set believe?‎ ‎ A. Admitting failure is shameful. B. Talent comes with one’s birth.‎ ‎ C. Scores should be highly valued. D. Getting over difficulties is enjoyable.‎ ‎60. What should parents do for their children based on Dweck’s study?‎ ‎ A. Encourage them to learn from failures. B. Prevent them from making mistakes.‎ ‎ C. Guide them in doing little things. D. Help them grow with praise.‎ 第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项为多余选项。(每小题1分)‎ Daughter：Dad. You love me, don’t you?‎ Father：Of course, I do. 61 ‎ Daughter：Well, I saw this great offer for a free phone here in the newspaper, and …‎ Father： 62 ‎ Daughter：Well, the phone is free … after the＄50 I pay is returned to me.‎ Father：Ah, so that’s the catch. 63 ‎ Daughter：Dad. All my friends have one.‎ Father：Ah, I don’t know. 64 ‎ Daughter：But the monthly charge for this service is only＄29.99, with 1,000 free weekday minutes nationwide, and unlimited weekend minutes.‎ Father：I don’t know.‎ Daughter：Please Dad. With the new phone you won’t have to worry about me while I’m driving the new car.‎ Father： 65 ‎ Daughter：The new car you’ll need to buy so I can use the phone.‎ A. Ah… what’s on your mind? ‎ B. New car? What new car?‎ C. Free? Nothing’s ever free. ‎ D. What did you do to the new car?‎ E. And why on earth do you need a phone? ‎ F. They always charge a lot for the service.‎ G. But what is the term of the service agreement?‎ 第II卷 第三部分　写　　作 (共三节，满分55分)‎ 第一节　单词拼写 (每小题1分) ‎ 根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在答题卡相应题号的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式(每空只写一词)。‎ ‎66. Do you speak any __________ (外国) languages?‎ ‎67. Rebecca was the __________ (骄傲) of her family.‎ ‎68. Will you stop __________ (打断) me when I’m talking?‎ ‎69. David Beckham’s __________ (国籍) is British.‎ ‎70. The __________ (现代) history of Italy dates from 1860.‎ ‎71. Bob’s __________ (侄子) is a freshman at Harvard University.‎ ‎72. Alice wanted to borrow Jack’s computer, but he __________ (拒绝).‎ ‎73. Her __________ (书架) are filled with books and photos.‎ ‎74. What are you girls __________ (耳语) about?‎ ‎75. Don’t __________ (咳嗽) more than you can help.‎ 第二节　短文改错 (每小题1. 5分)‎ 此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。先对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：‎ 该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（＼）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。‎ 该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。‎ 该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。‎ 注意：1.原行没有错的不要改；‎ ‎2.答案必须写在答题卡相应的位置上。‎ Dear Editor,‎ I’m writing to tell you opinion about water saving. 76.______‎ Water is important. We, as well as animal, cannot live 77.______‎ without water and neither agriculture or industry can go 78.______‎ without it. Yet it seemed water is becoming less and less. 79.______‎ Many countries in the world find we don’t have enough water. 80.______‎ To deal with a problem, I think, we should first go all 81.______‎ out to plant trees though trees will help save water. Next, no 82.______‎ drinking water should be left running. Third, we should find 83.______‎ ways to reuse the water using in washing, especially bath 84.______‎ water for which is quite a lot, and that will save much water. 85.______‎ Sincerely,‎ Li Hua 第三节　书面表达 (30分)‎ 假定你是李华。你班同学决定为小明举办生日聚会。请你写信邀请外教Susan参加，要点包括：‎ ‎⒈ 时间：周五晚8点至9点 ‎⒉ 地点：学生俱乐部 ‎⒊ 内容：生日歌、蛋糕、游戏等 ‎⒋ 要求：备小礼物 注意：⒈ 词数100左右，开头语已为你写好；⒉可以适当增加细节，以便行文连贯；⒊ 答案必须写在答题卡相应的位置上。‎ Hi, Susan,‎ We’re throwing a surprise party for Xiaoming’s birthday. ‎ 参考答案 第一部分 ‎1~5　DBCAB　‎ 第二节 6~10　DCBDA　11~15 ACBCA 16~20　BACDD　　‎ 第三节　21~25　BCADB　26~30　DABCA　31~35　BBDAD　36~40　CACCD 第二部分 A. ‎41~45　DAABC　46~50　CDACB　51~55　BCDCB　56~60　BDADA　‎ 第二节 61~65　ACEFB 第三部分 第一节　66. foreign 67. pride 68. interrupting 69. nationality 70. modern 71. nephew 72. refused 73. bookshelves / bookcases 74. whispering 75. cough 第二节　‎ Dear Editor,‎ I’m writing to tell you∧opinion about water saving. 76. my ‎ Water is important. We, as well as animal, cannot live 77. animals ‎ without water and neither agriculture or industry can go 78. nor ‎ without it. Yet it seemed water is becoming less and less. 79. seems ‎ Many countries in the world find we don’t have enough water. 80. they ‎ To deal with a problem, I think, we should first go all 81. the/this/that out to plant trees though trees will help save water. Next, no 82. because/since/as drinking water should be left running. Third, we should find 83. √ ‎ ‎‎ ‎‎ ways to reuse the water using in washing, especially bath 84. used ‎ water for which is quite a lot, and that will save much water. 85. for ‎ Sincerely,‎ Li Hua 第三节　‎ Hi, Susan,‎ We’re throwing a surprise party for Xiaoming’s birthday. We’d like to invitee you to the party. We want to give him a surprise, so please keep quiet about it. We’ll gather at the Students’ Club at 8 p.m. this Friday, after the evening classes. And it’s going to last about an hour. We each will prepare a little present. When he comes, we’ll light the candles and sing “Happy Birthday” together for him. Then the cake will be cut and we’ll sing songs and play games. It’ll be nice to see how excited he will be. I’m sure you’ll have a good time at the party, too.‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎3. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（北京卷）‎ 本试卷共16页，共150分，考试时长120分钟。考生务必将答案答在答题卡上，在试卷上作答无效。考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共三节，30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，共7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有一道小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话或独白后，你将有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话或独白你将听一遍。‎ 例：What is the man going to read?‎ ‎ A. A newspaper B. A magazine C. A book 答案是A。‎ A. Who answered the phone？‎ A. Mike B. Henry C. Tom B. What’s the woman’s favourite food?‎ A. Italian. B. Chinese. C. Indian C. When does the first flight arrive in Detroit?‎ A. ‎5:18am. B.6:10am C.8:50am D. What is the woman looking for?‎ 1. Zoo B. Telephone C. Tennis court E. What will the weather be like at the weekend?‎ A. Cloudy. B. Snowy. C. Sunny 第二节（共10小题，每小题1.5分，共15分）‎ ‎ 听下面4段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后有几道小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读每小题。听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白你将听两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。‎ F. Where are the two speakers?‎ A. In the hotel B In a shop C. In a restaurant G. How much did the man pay in the end?‎ A. ‎$115. B. $‎130 ‎ C. $140‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。‎ H. What did the man do last weekend?‎ A. Watched TV. B. Stayed at home. C. Visited a friend A. What will the woman probably do this weekend?‎ A. Play tennis. B. Do some shopping C. Go to a dance 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ B. Where are the new houses?‎ A. On the main road. B. Close to a bus station. C. Near the sports center.‎ C. What does the woman like most about the new houses?‎ A. The garden. B. The space. C. The quietness D. How does the man feel about the woman’s suggestion?‎ A. Delighted. B. Disappointed. C. Uninterested.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至15题。‎ E. What can’t the students do without a teacher?‎ A. Hold parties.‎ B. Complete the Safety Sheet.‎ C. Use any emergency equipment.‎ F. Why are the students asked to tie back their loose hour in the lab?‎ A. It may catch fire B. It may cover their eyes.‎ C. It may pass chemicals to their faces.‎ G. What is the speech mainly about?‎ A. Laboratory regulations.‎ B. Safety instructions.‎ C. After-class activities.‎ 第三节（共5小题：每小题1.5分，共7.5分）‎ ‎ 听下面的一段对话，完成第16至20五道小题，每小题近填写一个词，听对话前，你将有20秒钟的时间阅读试题，听完后你将有60秒钟的作答时间，这段对话你将听两遍。‎ Telephone Cancellation Request Form Account Name Edward 16 ‎ Telephone No.‎ ‎ 17 ‎ Home Phone Plan Nonrefundable(不退款) 18 pre-paid plan Reason for Cancellation ‎ 19 house Cancellation Date Required ‎ 20 9, by 5:00 pm 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，45分）‎ 62. 单项填空（共15小题：每小题1分，共15分）‎ 从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ 例：It’s so nice to hear from her again ______, we last met more than thirty years ago.‎ A. What’s more B. That’s to say C. In other words D. Believe it or not 答案是D。‎ ‎21. —Look at those clouds!‎ ‎—Don’t worry. ______ it rains, we’ll still have a great time.‎ A. Even if B.As though C. In case D. If only ‎22. By the time you have finished this book, your meal ______ cold.‎ A. gets B. has got C. will get D.is getting ‎23. One learns a language by making mistakes and ______ them.‎ A. corrects B. correct C.to correct D. correcting ‎24. Jerry did not regret giving the comment but felt ______ he could have expressed it differently.‎ A. why B. how C. that D. whether ‎25. George said that he would come to school to see me the next day, but he ______.‎ A. wouldn’t B. didn’t C. hasn’t D. hadn’t ‎26. When deeply absorbed in work, ______ he often was,he would forget all about eating or sleeping.‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. where D. when ‎ ‎27. _______ with care, one tin will last for six weeks.‎ A. Use B. Using C. Used D. To use ‎28. Many people have donated that type of blood; however, the blood bank needs _____.‎ A. some B. less C. much D. more ‎29. —Have you heard about that fire in the market?‎ ‎— Yes, fortunately no one _____.‎ A. hurt B. was hurt C. has hurt D. had been hurt ‎30. Our friendship _____ quickly over the weeks that followed.‎ A. had developed B. was developing C. would develop D. developed ‎31. ______ at the door before you enter my room, please.‎ A. Knock B. Knocking C. Knocked D. To knock ‎32.Bird's singing is warning to other birds _______ away.‎ A. to stay        B. staying        C. stayed        D. Stay ‎33. We ______ the difficulty together, but why didn’t you tell me?‎ A. should face B. might face C. could have faced D. must have faced ‎34. Do you think this shirt is too tight ________ the shoulders?‎ A. at B. on C. to D. across ‎35. Don’t handle the vase as if it ________ made of steel.‎ A. is B. were C. has been D. had been 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，共30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Inspiration ‎“Mama, when I grow up, I’m going to be one of those!” I said this after seeing the Capital Dancing Company perform when I was three. It was the first time that my __36__ took on a vivid form and acted as something important to start my training. As I grew older and was __37__ to more, my interests in the world of dance __38__ varied but that little girl’s dream of someday becoming a __39__ in the company never left me. In the summer of 2005 when I was 18, I received the phone call which made that dream a __40__; I became a member of the company __41__ back to 1925.‎ As I look back on that day now, it surely __42__ any sense of reality. I believe I stayed in a state of pleasant disbelief __43__ I was halfway through rehearsals (排练) on my first day. I never actually __44__ to get the job. After being offered the position, I was completely __45__. I remember shaking with excitement.‎ Though I was absolutely thrilled with the change, it did not come without its fair share of __46__. Through the strict rehearsal period of dancing six days a week, I found it vital to __47__ up the material fast with every last bit of concentration. It is that extreme __48__ to detail (细节) and stress on practice that set us __49__. To then follow those high-energy rehearsals __50__ a busy show schedule of up to five performances a day, I discovered a new __51__ of the words “hard work.” What I thought were my physical __52__ were pushed much further than I thought __53__. I learned to make each performance better than the last.‎ Today, when I look at the unbelievable company that I have the great __54__ of being a part of, not only as a member, but as a dance captain, I see a __55__ that has inspired not only generations of little girls but a splendid company that continues to develop and grow-and inspires people every day to follow their dreams.‎ ‎36. A. hobby B. plan C. dream D. word ‎37. A connected B. expanded C. exposed D. extended ‎38. A. rarely B. certainly C. probably D. consistently ‎39. A. director B. trainer C. leader D. dancer ‎40. A. symbol B. memory C. truth D. reality ‎41. A. bouncing B. dating C. turning D. tracking ‎42. A. lacks B. adds C. makes D. brings ‎43. A. while B. since C. until D. when ‎44. A. cared B. expected C. asked D. decided ‎45. A. motivated B. relaxed C. convinced D. astonished ‎46. A. challenges B. profits C. advantages D. adventures ‎47. A. put B. mix C. build D. pick ‎ ‎48. A. attention B. association C. attraction D. adaptation ‎49. A. apart B. aside C. off D. back ‎50. A. over B. by C. with D. beyond ‎51. A. function B. meaning C. expression D. usage ‎52. A. boundaries B. problems C. barriers D. efforts ‎53. A. necessary B. perfect C. proper D. possible ‎54. A. talent B. honor C. potential D. responsibility ‎55. A. victory B. trend C. tradition D. desire 第三部分：阅读理解（共两节，40分）‎ 第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，共30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A The Basics of Math—Made Clear Basic Math introduces students to the basic concepts of mathematics, as well as the fundamentals of more tricky areas. These 30 fantastic lectures are designed to provide students with an understanding of arithmetic and to prepare them for Algebra(代数) and beyond.‎ The lessons in Basic Math cover every basic aspect of arithmetic. They also look into exponents(指数), the order of operations, and square roots. In addition to learning how to perform various mathematical operations, students discover why these operations work, how a particular mathematical topic relates to other branches of mathematics, and how these operations can be used practically.‎ Basic Math starts from the relatively easier concepts and gradually moves on to the more troublesome ones, so as to allow for steady and sure understanding of the material by students. The lectures offer students the chance to “make sense” of mathematical knowledge that may have seemed so frightening. They also help students prepare for college mathematics and overcome their anxiety about this amazing—and completely understandable—field of study.‎ By the conclusion of the course, students will have improved their understanding of basic math. They will be able to clear away the mystery(神秘性) of mathematics and face their studies with more confidence than they ever imagined. In addition, they will strengthen their ability to accept new and exciting mathematical challenges.‎ Professor H. Siegel, honored by Kentucky Educational Television as “the best math teacher in America,” is a devoted teacher and has a gift for explaining mathematical concepts in ways that make them seem clear and obvious. From the basic concrete ideas to the more abstract problems, he is master in making math lectures learner-friendlier and less scary.‎ With a PhD in Mathematics Education from Georgia State University, Dr. Siegel teaches mathematics at Central‎ Arizona ‎College. His courses include various make-up classes and a number of lectures for future primary school teachers.‎ If the course fails to provide complete satisfaction to you, you can easily exchange it for any other course that we offer. Or you can get your money back.‎ ‎56. What does the course Basic Math mainly cover?‎ ‎ A. Algebra. B. College Mathematics.‎ ‎ C. Arithmetic. D. Mathematics Education.‎ ‎57. What benefits can students expect from Basic Math?‎ ‎ A. Stronger imaginative ability. B. Additional presentation skills.‎ ‎ C. More mathematical confidence. D. Greater chances of becoming teachers.‎ ‎58. What can we learn about Professor H. Siegel?‎ ‎ A. He is a guest lecturer at Kentucky Educational Television.‎ ‎ B. He is to deliver 30 lectures in Basic Math.‎ ‎ C. He works in Georgia‎ State ‎University.‎ ‎ D. He specializes in training teachers.‎ ‎59. Where is the passage most likely to have been taken from?‎ ‎ A. A news report. B. A book review ‎ C. A lesson plan. D. An advertisement B Peanuts to This Proudly reading my words, I glanced around the room, only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes. Confused, I glanced toward my stone-faced teacher. Having no choice, I slowly raised the report I had slaved over, hoping to hide myself. “What could be causing everyone to act this way?”‎ Quickly, I flashed back to the day Miss Lancelot gave me the task. This was the first real talk I received in my new school. It seemed simple: go on the Internet and find information about a man named George Washington. Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country, I had never heard of that name before. As I searched the name of this fellow, it became evident that there were two people bearing the same name who looked completely different! One invented hundreds of uses for peanuts, while the other led some sort of army across America. I stared at the screen, wondering which one my teacher meant. I called my grandfather for a golden piece of advice：flip (掷) a coin. Heads—the commander, and tails—the peanuts guy. Ah! Tails, my report would be about the great man who invented peanut butter, George Washington Carver.‎ Weeks later, standing before this unfriendly mass, I was totally lost. Oh well, I lowered the paper and sat down at my desk, burning to find out what I had done wrong. As a classmate began his report, it all became clear, “My report is on George Washington, the man who started the American Revolution.” The whole world became quite! How could I know that she meant that George Washington?‎ Obviously, my grade was awful. Heartbroken but fearless, I decided to turn this around. I talked to Miss Lancelot, but she insisted: No re-dos; no new grade. I felt that the punishment was not justified, and I believed I deserved a second chance. Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year. Ten months later, that chance unfolded as I found myself sitting in the headmaster’s office with my grandfather, now having an entirely different conversation. I smiled and flashed back to the embarrassing moment at the beginning of the year as the headmaster informed me of my option to skip the sixth grade. Justice is sweet!‎ ‎60. What did the author’s classmates think about his report?‎ A. Controversial. B. Ridiculous. C. Boring. D. Puzzling.‎ ‎61. Why was the author confused about the task?‎ A. He was unfamiliar with American history. B. He followed the advice and flipped a coin.‎ C. He forgot his teacher’s instruction. D. He was new at the school.‎ ‎62. The underlined word “burning” in Para. 3 probably means _______.‎ A. annoyed B. ashamed C. ready D. eager ‎63. In the end, the author turned things around _______.‎ A. by redoing his task B. through his own efforts ‎ C. with the help of his grandfather D. under the guidance of his headmaster C Decision-making under Stress A new review based on a research shows that acute stress affects the way the brain considers the advantages and disadvantages, causing it to focus on pleasure and ignore the possible negative (负面的) consequences of a decision.‎ The research suggests that stress may change the way people make choices in predictable ways.‎ ‎“Stress affects how people learn,” says Professor Mara Mather. “People learn better about positive than negative outcomes under stress.”‎ For example, two recent studies looked at how people learned to connect images(影像) with either rewards or punishments. In one experiment, some of the participants were first stressed by having to give a speech and do difficult math problems in front of an audience; in the other, some were stressed by having to keep their hands in ice water. In both cases, the stressed participants remembered the rewarded material more accurately and the punished material less accurately than those who hadn’t gone through the stress.‎ This phenomenon is likely not surprising to anyone who has tried to resist eating cookies or smoking a cigarette while under stress –at those moments, only the pleasure associated with such activities comes to mind. But the findings further suggest that stress may bring about a double effect. Not only are rewarding experiences remembered better, but negative consequences are also easily recalled.‎ The research also found that stress appears to affect decision-making differently in men and women. While both men and women tend to focus on rewards and less on consequences under stress, their responses to risk turn out to be different.‎ Men who had been stressed by the cold-water task tended to take more risks in the experiment while women responded in the opposite way. In stressful situations in which risk-taking can pay off big, men may tend to do better, when caution weighs more, however, women will win.‎ This tendency to slow down and become more cautious when decisions are risky might also help explain why women are less likely to become addicted than men: they may more often avoid making the risky choices that eventually harden into addiction.‎ ‎64. We can learn from the passage that people under pressure tend to ______.‎ ‎ A. keep rewards better in their memory B. recall consequences more effortlessly ‎ C. make risky decisions more frequently D. learn a subject more effectively ‎65. According to the research, stress affects people most probably in their ______.‎ ‎ A. ways of making choices B. preference for pleasure ‎ C. tolerance of punishments D. responses to suggestions ‎66. The research has proved that in a stressful situation, ______.‎ ‎ A. women find it easier to fall into certain habits B. men have a greater tendency to slow down ‎ C. women focus more on outcomes D. men are more likely to take risks D Wilderness ‎“In wilderness(荒野) is the preservation of the world.” This is a famous saying from a writer regarded as one of the fathers of environmentalism. The frequency with which it is borrowed mirrors a heated debate on environmental protection: whether to place wilderness at the heart of what is to be preserved. ‎ As John Sauven of Greenpeace UK points out, there is a strong appeal in images of the wild, the untouched;‎ ‎ more than anything else, they speak of the nature that many people value most dearly. The urge to leave the subject of such images untouched is strong, and the danger exploitation(开发) brings to such landscapes(景观) is real. Some of these wildernesses also perform functions that humans need—the rainforests, for example, store carbon in vast quantities. To Mr.Sauven, these ”ecosystem services” far outweigh the gains from exploitation.‎ Lee Lane‎, a visiting fellow at the Hudson Institute, takes the opposing view. He acknowledges that wildernesses do provide useful services, such as water conservation. But that is not, he argues, a reason to avoid all human presence, or indeed commercial and industrial exploitation. There are ever more people on the Earth, and they reasonably and rightfully want to have better lives, rather than merely struggle for survival. While the ways of using resources have improved, there is still a growing need for raw materials, and some wildernesses contain them in abundance. If they can be tapped without reducing the services those wildernesses provide, the argument goes, there is no further reason not to do so. Being untouched is not, in itself, a characteristic worth valuing above all others.‎ I look forwards to seeing these views taken further, and to their being challenged by the other participants. One challenge that suggests itself to me is that both cases need to take on the question of spiritual value a little more directly. And there is a practical question as to whether wildernesses can be exploited without harm.‎ This is a topic that calls for not only free expression of feelings, but also the guidance of reason. What position wilderness should enjoy in the preservation of the world obviously deserves much more serious thinking.‎ ‎67. John Sauven holds that_____.‎ ‎ A. many people value nature too much ‎ B. exploitation of wildernesses is harmful ‎ C. wildernesses provide humans with necessities ‎ D. the urge to develop the ecosystem services is strong ‎68. What is the main idea of Para. 3?‎ ‎ A. The exploitation is necessary for the poor people.‎ ‎ B. Wildernesses cannot guarantee better use of raw materials.‎ ‎ C. Useful services of wildernesses are not the reason for no exploitation.‎ ‎ D. All the characteristics concerning the exploitation should be treated equally.‎ ‎69. What is the author’s attitude towards this debate?‎ ‎ A. Objective. B. Disapproving. C. Skeptical. D. Optimistic.‎ ‎70. Which of the following shows the structure of the passage?‎ ‎ A. B. ‎ ‎ C. D. ‎ CP: Central Point P: Point Sp: Sub-point(次要点) C: Conclusion 第二节（共5小题 ；每小题2分，共10分）‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的七个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ Empathy Last year, researchers from the University‎ of ‎Michigan reported that empathy, the ability to understand other people, among college students had dropped sharply over the past 10 years. __71__ Today, people spend more time alone and are less likely to join groups and clubs.‎ Jennifer Freed, a co-director of a teen program, has another explanation. Turn on the TV, and you’re showered with news and reality shows full of people fighting, competing, and generally treating one another with no respect. __72__‎ There are good reasons not to follow those bad examples. Humans are socially related by nature. __73__ Researchers have also found that empathetic teenagers are more likely to have high self-respect. Besides, empathy can be a cure for loneliness, sadness, anxiety, and fear.‎ Empathy is also an indication of a good leader. In fact, Freed says, many top companies report that empathy is one of the most important things they look for in new managers. __74__ “Academics are important. But if you don’t have emotional (情感的) intelligence, you won’t be as successful in work or in your love life,” she says.‎ What’s the best way to up your EQ (情商）? For starters, let down your guard and really listen to others. __75__‎ To really develop empathy, you’d better volunteer at a nursing home or a hospital, join a club or a team that has a diverse membership, have a “sharing circle” with your family, or spend time caring for pets at an animal shelter.‎ A. Everyone is different, and levels of empathy differ from person to person.‎ B. That could be because so many people have replaced face time with screen time, the researchers said.‎ C. ‎“One doesn’t develop empathy by having a lot of opinions and doing a lot of talking,” Freed says.‎ D. Humans learn by example—and most of the examples on it are anything but empathetic.‎ E. Empathy is a matter of learning how to understand someone else—both what they think and how they feel.‎ F. Good social skills—including empathy—are a kind of “emotional intelligence” that will help you succeed in many areas of life.‎ G. Having relationships with other people is an important part of being human—and having empathy is decisive to those relationships.‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，35分）‎ 第一节 ‎ 情景作文（20分）‎ 假设你是红星中学高三（1）班的学生李华，校报英文版正在开展“续写雷锋日记”活动。请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序，将你所做的一件好事以日记形式记述下来，向校报投稿。‎ 注意：1.日记的开头已为你写好。‎ ‎ 2.词数不少于60。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Saturday，June2 Fine This morning ‎(请务必将情景作文写在答题卡指定区域内)‎ 第二节 开放作文（15分）‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ You are discussing the following picture with your English friend Jim. Now you are telling him how you understand the picture and what makes you think so.‎ ‎4. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（天津卷） ‎ 本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分，共130分，考试时间100分钟，第Ⅰ卷1页至10页，第Ⅱ卷11页至12页。‎ 第Ⅰ卷 注意事项：‎ ‎1、每小题选出答案后，用铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。‎ ‎2、本卷共55小题，共95分 ‎ 第一部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节：单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎1.—Can I have a day off tomorrow, Mr. Johnson?‎ ‎—__________. I can manage without you.‎ A. Forget it B. I’m afraid not C. It depends D. Of course ‎2.The letters for the boss___________ on his desk but he didn’t read them until three later.‎ A. were put B. was put C. put D. has put ‎3.You were working too hard. You’d better keep a ________between work and relaxation.‎ A. promise B. lead C. balance D. diary ‎4.The dog may be a good companion for the old. _______, the need to take it for walk s may be a disadvantage.‎ A. Besides. B. However C. Therefore D. Instead.‎ ‎5.—You have to believe in yourself. No one else will, if you don’t.‎ ‎—__________. Confidence is really important.‎ A. It’s not my cup of tea B. That’s not the point C. I don’t think so D. I couldn’t agree more ‎6.Only after Mary read her composition the second time_________ the spelling mistake.‎ A. did she notice B. she noticed C. does she notice D. she has noticed ‎7.I wish to thank Professor Smith, without _______help I would never have got this far.‎ A. who B. whose C. whom D. which ‎8.It’s quite warm here; we __________turn the heating on yet.‎ A. couldn’t B. mustn’t C. needn’t D. wouldn’t ‎9.It doesn’t matter _________you turn right or left at the crossing ---both roads lead to the park.‎ A. whether B. how C. if D. when ‎10.The secretary arranged a(n)___________time and space for the applicants to have an interview.‎ A. important B. spare C. public D. convenient ‎11. He got up late and hurried to his office, _________the breakfast untouched.‎ ‎ A. left B. to leave C. leaving D. having left ‎12. The three of us __________around Europe for about a month last summer.‎ ‎ A. travelled B. have travelled C. had travelled D. travel ‎13. Parents and children should communicate more to ________the gap between them so that they can understand ‎ ‎ each other better.‎ A.open B. narrow C. widen D. leave ‎14. Everything was placed exactly ___________he wanted it for the graduation ceremony.‎ ‎ A. while B. when C. where D. though ‎15. We wouldn’t have called a taxi yesterday if Harold __________us a ride home.‎ ‎ A. didn’t offer B. wouldn’t offer C. hasn’t offered D. hadn’t offered 第二节：完形填空（共20小题：每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从16～35各题所给出的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ I fell in love with Yosemite‎ ‎National Park the first time I saw it, when I was 13. My parents took us there for camping. On the way out, I asked them to wait while I ran up to E1 Capitan, a ___16___ rock of 3,300 feet straight up. I touched that giant rock and knew ___17___ I wanted to climb it. That has been my life’s passion (‎ 钟爱) ever since--- ___18___ the rocks and mountains of Yosemite. I’ve long made Yosemite my ___19___. ‎ About 15 years ago I started seeing a lot of ___20___, like toilet paper, beer cans, and empty boxes, around the area. It’s ___21___ me why visitors started respecting the place ___22___ and treated such a beautiful home-like place this way.‎ I tried ___23___ trash(垃圾)myself, but the job was too big. I would ___24___an hour or two on the job, only to find the area trashed all over again weeks later. Finally, I got so ___25__ it that I decided something had to change.‎ As a rock-climbing guide, I knew ___26___about organizing any big event. But in 2004, together with some climbers, I set a date for a ___27___. On that day, more than 300 people ___28___. Over three days we collected about 6,000 pounds of trash. It was amazing how much we were able to ___29___. I couldn’t believe the ___30___ we made ---the park looked clean!‎ Each year volunteers come for the cleanup from everywhere. In 2007 alone, 2,945 people picked up 42,330 pounds of trash and ___31___ 132 miles of roadway.‎ I often hear people ___32___ about their surroundings. If you are one of them, I would say the only way to change things is by ___33___ rather than complaining. We need to teach by ___34___. You can’t blame others ___35___ you start with yourself.‎ ‎16. A. distant B. huge C. narrow D. loose ‎17. A. immediately B. finally C. gradually D. recently ‎18. A. imagining B. painting C. describing D. climbing ‎19. A. garden B. home C. lab D. palace ‎20. A. material B. resources C. waste D. goods ‎21. A. beyond B. against C. over D. within ‎22. A. more B. most C. less D. least ‎23. A. throwing away B. picking up C. breaking down D.digging out ‎24. A. kill B. save C. wait D. spend ‎25. A. satisfied with B. delighted in C. tired of D. used to ‎26. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎27. A. cleanup B. party C. picnic D. concert ‎28. A. dropped out B. showed up C. looked around D.called back ‎29. A. demand B. receive C. accomplish D. overcome ‎30. A. plan B. visit C. contact D. difference ‎31. A. crossed B. measured C. covered D. designed ‎32. A. talk B. complain C. argue D. quarrel ‎33. A. doing B. thinking C. questioning D. watching ‎34. A. method B. explanation C. example D. research ‎35. A. although B. if C. when D. useless 第二部分： 阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2.5分，满分50分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ A Bicycle Safety Operation Always ride your bike in a safe, controlled manner on campus(校园). Obey rules and regulations. Watch out for walkers and other bicyclists, and always use your lights in dark conditions.‎ Theft Prevention Always securely lock your bicycle to a bicycle rack---even if you are only away for a minute. Register your bike with the University Department of Public Safety. It’s fast, easy, and free. Registration permanently records your serial number, which is useful in the possible recovery of the bike stolen.‎ Equipment Brakes Make sure that they are in good working order and adjusted properly.‎ Helmet A necessity, make sure your helmet meets current safety standards and fit properly.‎ Lights Always have a front headlight---visible at least 500 feet in front of the bike. A taillight is a ‎ good idea.‎ Rules of the Road Riding on Campus As a bicycle rider, you have a responsibility to ride only on streets and posted bicycle paths. Riding on sidewalks or other walkways can lead to a fine. The speed limit for bicycles on campus is ‎15mph, unless otherwise posted. Always give the right of ways to walkers. If you are involved in an accident, you are required to offer appropriate aid, call the Department of Public Safety and remain at the scene until the officer lets you go.‎ Bicycle Parking Only park in areas reserved for bikes. Trees, handrails, hallways, and sign posts are not for bicycle parking, and parking in such posts can result in a fine.‎ If Things Go Wrong If you break the rules, you will be fined. Besides violating rules while riding bicycles on campus, you could be fined for:‎ No bicycle registration---------------------------------------------------$25‎ Bicycle parking banned--------------------------------------------------$30‎ Blocking path with bicycle ---------------------------------------------$40‎ Violation of bicycle equipment requirement -------------------------$35‎ ‎36. Registration of your bicycle may help you _____________.‎ A. find y our stolen bicycle B. get your serial number C. receive free repair services D. settle conflicts with walkers ‎37. According to the passage, what bike equipment is a free choice for bicycle riders?‎ ‎ A. Brakes. B. A helmet. C. A headlight. D.A taillight.‎ ‎38. When you ride a bicycle on the campus, ___________.‎ ‎ A. ride on posted bicycle paths and sidewalks ‎ ‎ B. cycle at a speed of over ‎‎15 mph ‎ C. put the walkers’ right of way first ‎ ‎ D. call the police before leaving in a case of accident ‎39. If you lock your bicycle to a tree on the campus, you could be fined _________.‎ ‎ A. $25 B. $‎30 ‎C. $35 D. $40‎ ‎40. What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. A guide for safe bicycling on campus. B. Directions for bicycle tour on campus.‎ ‎ C. Regulations of bicycle race on campus. D. Rules for riding motor vehicles on campus.‎ B Barditch‎ ‎High School‎ decided to an All-School Reunion. Over 450 people came to the event. There were tours of the old school building and a picnic at Confederate‎ ‎Park. Several former teachers were on hands to tell stories about the old days. Ms. Mabel Yates, the English teacher for fifty years, was wheeled to the Park.‎ Some eyes rolled and there were a few low groans(嘟囔声)when Ms.Yates was about to speak. Many started looking at their watches and coming up with excuses to be anywhere instead of preparing to listen to a lecture from and old woman who had few kind words for her students and made them work harder than all the other teachers combined.‎ Then Ms. Yates started to speak:‎ ‎“I can’t tell you how pleased I am to be here. I haven’t seen many of you since your graduation, but I have followed your careers and enjoyed your victories as well as crying for your tragedies. I have a large collection of newspaper photographs of my students. Although I haven’t appeared in person, I have attended your college graduations, weddings and even the birth your children, in my imagination.”‎ Ms. Yates paused and started crying a bit. Then she continued:‎ ‎“It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could, some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me. Regardless of our motives, I can see that you have all been successful in you chosen path.”‎ ‎“There is no greater comfort for an educator than to see the end result of his or her years of work. You have all been a great source of pleasure and pride for me and I want you to know I love you all from the bottom of my heart.”‎ There was a silence over the crowd for a few seconds and then someone started clapping. Tee clapping turned into cheering, then into a deafening roar(呼喊). Lawyers, truck drivers, bankers and models were rubbing their eyes or crying openly with no shame all because of the words from a long forgotten English teacher from their hometown.‎ ‎41. What activity was organized for the school reunion?‎ ‎ A. Sightseeing in the park. B. A picnic on the school playground.‎ ‎ C. Telling stories about past events. D. Graduates’ reports in the old building.‎ ‎42. What can be inferred from Paragraph 2? ‎ ‎ A. Some graduates were too busy to listen to Ms. Yates’ speech.‎ ‎ B. Many graduates disliked Ms. Yates’ ways of teaching.‎ ‎ C. Some people got tired from the reunion activities.‎ ‎ D. Most people had little interest in the reunion.‎ ‎43. We can learn from Ms. Yates’ speech that she _____________.‎ ‎ A. kept track of her students’ progress B. gave her students advice on their careers ‎ C. attended her students’ college graduations D. went to her students’ wedding ceremonies ‎44. What was Ms.Yates’ belief in teaching teenagers?‎ ‎ A. Teachers’ knowledge is the key to students’ achievements.‎ ‎ B. Pressure on students from teachers should be reduced.‎ ‎ C. Hard-pushed students are more likely to succeed.‎ ‎ D. Students’ respect is the best reward for teachers.‎ ‎45. Which of the following can best describe Ms. Yates?‎ ‎ A. Reliable and devoted. B. Tough and generous. ‎ ‎ C. Proud but patient. D. Strict but caring.‎ C ‎ The practice of students endlessly copying letters and sentences from a blackboard is a thing of the past. With the coming of new technologies like computers and smartphone, writing by hand has become something of nostalgic (怀旧的)skill. However, while today’s educators are using more and more technology in their teaching, many believe basic handwriting skills are still necessary for students to be successful---both in school and in life.‎ Virginia Berninger, professor of educational psychology at the University‎ of ‎Washington, says it’s important to continue teaching handwriting and help children acquire the skill of writing by hand.‎ Berninger and her colleagues conducted a study that looked at the ability of students to complete various writing tasks---both on a computer and by hand. The study, published in 2009, found that when writing with a pen and paper, participants wrote longer essays and more complete sentences and had a faster word production rate.‎ In a more recent study, Berninger looked at what role spelling plays in a student’s writing skills and found that how well children spell is tied to know well they can write. “Spelling makes some of the thinking parts of the ‎ brain active which helps us access our vocabulary, word meaning and concepts. It is allowing our written language to connect with ideas.” Berninger said.‎ Spelling helps students translate ideas into words in their mind first and then to transcribe(转换) “those words in the mind written symbols on paper or keyboard and screen,” the study said. Seeing the words in the “mind’s eye” helps children not only to turn their ideas into words, says Berninger, but also to spot(发现) spelling mistakes when they write the words down and to correct then over time.‎ ‎“In our computer age, some people believe that we don’t have to teach spelling because we have spell checks,” she said. “But until a child has a functional spelling ability of about a fifth grade level, they won’t have the knowledge to choose the correct spelling among the options given by the computer.”‎ ‎46. What makes writing by hand a thing of the past?‎ ‎ A. The absence of blackboard in classroom. B. The use of new technologies in teaching.‎ ‎ C. The lack of practice in handwriting. D. The popular use of smartphones.‎ ‎47. Berninger’s study published in 2009 ___________.‎ ‎ A. focused on the difference between writing by hand and on a computer.‎ ‎ B. indicated that students prefer to write with a pen and paper.‎ ‎ C. found that good essays are made up of long sentences.‎ ‎ D. discussed the importance of writing speed.‎ ‎48. Which of the following best shows the role of spelling?‎ ‎ A. Spelling improves one’s memory of words. ‎ ‎ B. Spelling ability is closely related to writing ability.‎ ‎ C. Spelling benefits the translation from words into ideas.‎ ‎ D. Spelling slows down finding exact words to express ideas.‎ ‎49. What does “mind’s eye” in paragraph 5 mean?‎ ‎ A. Window. B. Soul C. Picture. D. Imagination.‎ ‎50. What conclusion could be drawn from the passage?‎ ‎ A. Computers can help people with their choice of words. ‎ ‎ B. Spell checks can take the place of spelling teaching.‎ ‎ C. Handwriting still has a place in today’s classrooms.‎ ‎ D. Functional spelling ability develops fast in the fifth grade.‎ D ‎ You are given many opportunities in life to choose to be a victim or creator. When you choose to be a victim, the world is a cold and difficult place. “They” did things to you which caused all of your pain and suffering. “They” are wrong and bad, and life is terrible as long as “they” are around. Or you may blame yourself for all your problems, thus internalizing(内化)your victimization. The truth is, your life is likely to stay that way as long as you feel a need to blame yourself or others.‎ Those who choose to be creators look at life quite differently. They know there are individuals who might like to control their lives, but they don’t let this get in the way. They know they have their weaknesses, yet they don’t blame themselves when they fail. Whatever happens, they have choice in the matter. They believe their dance with each sacred(神圣的)moment of life is a gift and that storms are a natural part of life which can bring the rain needed for emotional and spiritual growth.‎ Victims and creators live in the same physical world and deal with many of the same physical realities, yet their experience of life is worlds apart. Victims relish (沉溺)in anger, guilt, and other emotions that cause others---and even themselves---to feel like victims, too. Creators consciously choose love, inspiration, and other qualities which inspire not only themselves, but all around them. Both victims and creators always have choice to determine the direction of their lives.‎ In reality, all of us play the victim or the creator at various points in our lives. One person, on losing a job or ‎ a special relationship, may feel as if it is the end of the world and sink into terrible suffering for months, years, or even a lifetime. Another with the same experience may choose to first experience the grief, then accept the loss and soon move on to be a powerful creative force in his life.‎ In every moment and every circumstance, you can choose to have fuller, richer life by setting a clear intention to transform the victim within, and by inviting into your life the powerful creator that you are.‎ ‎51. What does the word “they” in Paragraph 1 probably refer to?‎ ‎ A. People and things around you. B. Opportunities and problems.‎ ‎ C. Creators and their choices. D. Victims and their sufferings.‎ ‎52. According to Paragraph 2, creators __________.‎ ‎ A. seem willing to experience failures in life B. possess the ability to predict future life ‎ C. handle ups and downs of life wisely D. have potential to create something new ‎53. What can we learn from Paragraph 3?‎ ‎ A. Creators and victims face quite different things in life.‎ ‎ B. Creators and victims are masters of their lives.‎ ‎ C. Victims can influence more people than creators.‎ ‎ D. Compared with victims, creators are more emotional.‎ ‎54. The examples mentioned in Paragraph 4 show that _______________.‎ ‎ A. strong attachment to sufferings in life pulls people into victims.‎ ‎ B. people need family support to deal with challengers in life.‎ ‎ C. it takes creators quite a long time to get rid of their pains.‎ ‎ D. one’s experiences determine his attitude toward life.‎ ‎55. What is the author’s purpose in writing this passage?‎ ‎ A. To define victims and creators. ‎ ‎ B. To evaluate victims against creators.‎ ‎ C. To explain the relationship between victims and creators.‎ ‎ D. To suggest the transformation from victims to creators.‎ ‎2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（天津卷）‎ 英语 笔试 第Ⅱ卷 注意事项：‎ ‎1.用黑色墨水的钢笔或签字笔将答案写在答题卡上。‎ ‎2.本卷共6小题，共35分。‎ 第三部分： 写作 第一节：阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 阅读短文，并按照题目要求用英语回答问题。‎ Born in 1949, Diana Nyad took an early interest in swimming as a sport and was a Florida‎ State ‎High School swimming champion. Like many young athletes, she had Olympic dreams, but a serious illness kept her from competing in the Games. The disappointment didn’t stop her from going forward. Instead, she became interested in marathon swimming. A brilliant athlete, she was well-conditioned for spending long periods of time in the water. As a long-distance swimmer, she would compete against herself and the obstacles presented by distance, danger, cold, and exhaustion.‎ For ten years Nyad devoted herself to becoming one of the world’s best long-distance swimmers. In 1970, she swam a ten-mile marathon in Lake‎ ‎Ontario, setting the women’s record for the course. In 1972 she set another record by swimming 102.5 miles from an island in the Bahamas to the coast of Florida. Then she broke a third record when swimming around Manhattan‎ ‎Island in 1975.‎ Nyad attempted to swim the distance between Florida and Cuba in 1978. Though the span of water is less ‎ than 100 miles wide, it is rough and dangerous. After battling the water for two days, she had to give for the sake of her own health and safety. Even so, she impressed the world with her courage and strong desire to succeed. For Nyad her strength of purpose was just as important as reading Cuba. That is how she defined success. It did not matter that her swim came up short; she believed she had touched the other shore.‎ When Nyad ended her career as a swimmer, she continued to try new things---travelling the world as a reporter, writing books and giving public speeches about her life. Diana Nyad works to inspire others, just as she did when she swam the waters of the world.‎ ‎56. What prevented Nyad from taking part in the Olympic Games? (No more than 5 words)‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎57. What does the underlined word “obstacles” mean? (1 word)‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎58. What achievement did Nyad make in 1970? (No more than 10 words.)‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎59. Why did Nyad believe that she had touched the other shore? (No more than 10 words)‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎60. Please explain how you are inspired by Nyad. (No more than 20 words)‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎56. A serious illness (did).‎ ‎57. Difficulties/Problems/Troubles/Challenges.‎ ‎58. She swam a ten-mile marathon and set women’s record.‎ ‎ Or: She swam a ten-mile marathon, setting the women’s record.‎ ‎ Or: She set the women’s record for a ten-mile marathon swimming.‎ ‎59. Because she had tried her best (to fulfill the task).‎ ‎ Or: Her strength of purpose was as important as reaching Cuba.‎ ‎60. I am encouraged by her determination and strong will.‎ ‎ Or: I am inspired by her courage and strong desire to succeed.‎ ‎ Or: From her I learned that once we set a goal, we should try hard to achieve it.‎ ‎ Or: We should never give up in the face of difficulty/failure.‎ ‎ Or: We should never stop trying new things and we may achieve success in different fields.‎ 第二节：书面表达（满分25分）‎ ‎61. 假设你是李津，你的美国朋友Chris就读于天津某国际学校。他熟悉中国文化，特别是戏曲文化。‎8月5日下午2：00在新落成的天津大剧院将上演越剧《梁山伯与祝英台》。请你根据以下提示，用英语给Chris写一封电子邮件，邀请他一起观看演出。‎ ‎ *提出邀请并简述原因；‎ ‎ *提出观剧后活动建议（如参观附近的博物馆或美术馆等）‎ ‎ *请求对方回复 注意：‎ ‎ 1.请使用规范英语，词数不少于100；‎ ‎ 2.可适当加入细节，以使内容充实、行文连贯；‎ ‎ 3.开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。‎ 参考词汇：‎ 越剧：Shaoxing Opera 《梁山伯与祝英台》 Butterfly Lovers 天津大剧院Tianjin Grand Theater Dear Chris,‎ ‎ I have good news to tell you.___________________________________________________ ‎ ‎ Yours, ‎ Li Jin ‎ 参考答案 第I卷 第一、二部分（Key 1 to 55）‎ 单项选择 ‎1---5 DACBD 6---10 ABCAD 11---15 CABCD 完形填空 ‎16---20 BADBC 21---25 ACBDC 26---30 DABCD ‎31---35 CBACD 阅读理解 ‎36---40 ADCBA 41---45 CBACD 46---50 BABDC ‎51---55 ACBAD 第II卷 第三部分 第一节 ‎56. A serious illness (did).‎ ‎57. Difficulties/Problems/Troubles/Challenges.‎ ‎58. She swam a ten-mile marathon and set women’s record.‎ ‎ Or: She swam a ten-mile marathon, setting the women’s record.‎ ‎ Or: She set the women’s record for a ten-mile marathon swimming.‎ ‎59. Because she had tried her best (to fulfill the task).‎ ‎ Or: Her strength of purpose was as important as reaching Cuba.‎ ‎60. I am encouraged by her determination and strong will.‎ ‎ Or: I am inspired by her courage and strong desire to succeed.‎ ‎ Or: From her I learned that once we set a goal, we should try hard to achieve it.‎ ‎ Or: We should never give up in the face of difficulty/failure.‎ ‎ Or: We should never stop trying new things and we may achieve success in different fields.‎ ‎5.2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（上海卷）‎ 考生注意：‎ ‎1．考试时间120分钟，试卷满分150分。‎ ‎2．本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。试卷分为第1卷（第1-12页）和第II卷（第13页），‎ ‎ 全卷共13页。所有答题必须涂（选择题）或写（非选择题）在答题纸上，做在试卷上 ‎ 一律不得分。‎ ‎3．答题前，务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名，并将核对后的条形码贴在指定位置上。‎ 第1卷 （共105分）‎ I . Listening Comprehension Section A Directions：In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a conversation and the question about it,‎ read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.‎ ‎1. A. At a library. B. At a hotel. C. At a bank. D. At an airport.‎ ‎2. A. Relaxed. B. Annoyed. C. Worried. D. Satisfied ‎3. A. Doctor and patient. B. Shop owner and customer.‎ C. Secretary and boss. D. Receptionist and guest.‎ ‎4. A. He would have thrown $300 around. B. $300 is not enough for the concert.‎ ‎ C. Sandy shouldn't have given that much. D. Dave must be mad with the money ‎5. A. She lives close to the man. B. She changes her mind at last.‎ ‎ C. She will turn to her manager. D. She declines the man's offer.‎ ‎6. A.2 B.3. C.4. D. 5‎ ‎7. A. Both of them drink too much coffee. B. The woman doesn't Like coffee at all.‎ ‎ C. They help each other stop drinking coffee. D. The man is uninterested in the woman's story ‎8. A. He doesn't. mind helping the woman. B. He hesitates whether to help or not.‎ C. He'll help if the woman doesn't mind D. He can't help move the cupboard.‎ ‎9. A. He's planning to find a new job. B. He prefers to keep his house in a mess.‎ ‎ C. He's too busy to clean his house D. He has already cleaned his new house,‎ ‎10. A. She doesn't agree with the man. B. She is good at finding a place to stay.‎ C. She could hardly find the truth. D. She had no travel experience in Britain.‎ Section B Directions: In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only once. When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.‎ Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage ‎11. A. Use the company's equipment. B. Give orders to robots C. Make decisions for the company. D. Act as Big Brother.‎ ‎12. A. Employees gain full freedom. B. Employees suspect one another.‎ ‎ C. Employees' children are happy. D. Employees enjoy working there.‎ ‎13. A. Reward. B. Safety. C. Trust. D. Honesty Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage ‎14. A. Canada had a smaller population. B. Land was cheaper in Canada.‎ ‎ C. They wanted to continue the Revolution. D. They were against Britain.‎ ‎15. A. They standardized Canadian English. B. They settled there after the Revolution.‎ ‎ C. They enjoy a very high social position. D. They make up a small part of the population ‎16. A. It is considered unique to some extent. B. It is greatly influenced by French.‎ ‎ C. It is mainly linked to British culture. D. It dates back to the late 17th century.‎ Section C Directions: In Section C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will be read twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet.‎ Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.‎ Complete the form. Write ONE WORD for each answer.‎ Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.‎ Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.‎ II. Grammar and Vocabulary Section A Directions: Beneath each of the following sentences there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one answer that best completes the sentence.‎ ‎25. passion, people won't have the motivation or the joy necessary for creative thinking.‎ ‎ A. For . B. Without C. Beneath D. By ‎26. Is honesty the best policy? We _ that it is when we are little.‎ ‎ A. will teach B. teach C. are taught D. will be taught ‎27. As Jack left his membership card at home, he wasn't allowed into the sports club.‎ ‎ A. going B. to go C. go D. gone ‎28. The new law states that people _ drive after drinking alcohol.‎ ‎ A. wouldn't B. needn't C. won't D. mustn't ‎29. Only with the greatest of luck _ to escape from the rising flood waters.‎ ‎ A. managed she B. she managed C. did she manage D. she did manage ‎30.—I hear that Jason is planning to buy a car.‎ ‎ —I know. By next month, he _ enough for a used one.‎ ‎ A. will have saved B. will be saving C. has saved D. saves ‎31.When he took his gloves off, I noticed that one had his name written inside.‎ ‎ A. each B. every C. other D. another ‎32. I have a tight budget for the trip, so I'm not going to fly _ the airlines lower ticket prices.‎ ‎ A. once B. if C. after D. unless ‎33. When Peter speaks in public, he always has trouble _ the right things to say.‎ ‎ A. thinking of B. to think of C. thought of D. think of .‎ ‎34. There is much truth in the idea _ kindness is usually served by frankness.‎ ‎ A. why B. which C. that D. whether ‎35. Have you sent thank-you notes to the relatives from _ _ you received gifts?‎ ‎ A. which B. them C. that D. whom ‎36. The club, _ _ 25 years ago, is holding a party for past and present members.‎ ‎ A. founded B. founding C. being founded D. to be founded ‎37.—Was it by cutting down staff _ _she saved the firm?‎ ‎ —No, it was by improving work efficiency.‎ ‎ A. when B. what C. how D. that ‎38.—We've only got this small bookcase. Will that do?‎ ‎ —No, _ _ I am looking for is something much bigger and stronger.‎ ‎ A. who B. that C. what D. which ‎39. "Genius" is a complicated concept, _ _ many different factors.‎ ‎ A. involved B. involving , C. to involve D. being involved ‎40. The map is one of the best tools a man has _ _ he goes to a new place.‎ ‎ A. whenever B. whatever C. wherever D. however Section B Directions: Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can only be used once. Note that there is one word more than you need.‎ A. maintained B. serious C. indications D. figures E. anxious F. concern G crisis H. decided I.‎ available J. reversed ‎ Filmgoers should be told how many calories there are in the popcorn, ice cream and soft drinks that they buy in cinemas, according to the Food Standard Agency.‎ ‎ Smaller popcorn buckets and drink cups should also be made 41 , the nutrition inspector said.‎ ‎ Tim Smith, chief executive of the agency, told The 77mes that cinemas should help to deal with the country's overweight 42 .‎ ‎ "There is a misbelief that popcorn is calorie-free, but that is not the case. It is a 43 to us," he said. "Portion sizes are also a big issue, and there seems to be increasingly big packs on sale."‎ ‎ He spoke as a number of food chains such as Pret A Manger, Wimpey and The Real Greek 44 to put calorie counts on all their menus.‎ ‎ A trial scheme（试行方案） with 21 food companies took place last summer, and 45 are that consumers altered their buying habits when they realized the number of calories in a product.‎ ‎ A consultation(征询意见) on the trial ends next month but Mr. Smith is already planning the second drive for American-style calorie counts and is 46 to win support from cinemas and other entertainment places, from football grounds to concert halls.‎ ‎ Government 47 suggest that two thirds of adults and a third of children are overweight. If trends are not 48 , this could rise to almost nine in ten adults and two thirds of children by 2050, putting them at ‎ ‎ 49 risk of heart disease, cancer and other diseases.‎ III. Reading Comprehension Section A Directions: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A,‎ B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.‎ ‎ People on a college campus were more likely to give money to the March of Dimes if they were asked for a donation by a disabled woman in a wheelchair than if asked by a nondisabled woman. In another 50 , subway riders in New York saw a man carrying a stick stumble（绊脚） and fall to the floor. Sometimes the victim had a large red birthmark on his 51 ;‎ ‎ sometimes he did not. In this situation, the victim was more likely t0 52 aid if his face was spotless than if he had an unattractive birthmark. In 53 these and other research findings, two themes are ‎ 54 : we are more willing to help people we like for some reason and people we think _ 55 _ assistance.‎ In some situations, those who are physically attractive are more likely to receive aid. 56 , in a field study researchers placed a completed application to graduate school in a telephone box at the airport. The application was ready to be 57 , but had apparently been "lost" . The photo attached to the application was sometimes that of a very 58 person and sometimes that of a less attractive person. The measure of helping was whether the individual who found the envelope actually mailed it or not. Results showed that people were more likely to 59 the application if the person in the photo was physically attractive.‎ The degree of _ 60 between the potential helper and the person in need is also important.‎ For example, people are more likely to help a stranger who is from the same country rather than a foreigner. In one study, shoppers on a busy street in Scotland were more likely to help a person wearing a(n) 61 ‎ T-shirt than a person wearing a T-shirt printed with offensive words.‎ ‎ Whether a person receives help depends in part on the "worth" of the case. For example, shoppers in a supermarket were more likely to give someone . 62 _ to buy milk rather than to buy cookies, probably because milk is thought more essential for 63 than cookies. Passengers on a New York subway were more likely to help a man who fell to the ground if he appeared to be 64 rather than drunk.‎ ‎50. A. study B. way C. word D. college ‎51. A. hand B. arm C. face D. back ‎52. A. refuse B. beg C. lose D. receive ‎53. A. challenging B. recording C. understanding D. publishing ‎54. A. important B. possible C. amusing D. missing ‎55. A. seek B. deserve C. obtain D. accept ‎56. A. At first B. Above all C. In addition D. For example ‎57. A. printed B. mailed C. rewritten D. signed ‎58. A. talented B. good-looking C. helpful D. hard-working ‎59. A. send in B. throw away C. fill out D. turn down ‎60. A. similarity B. friendship C. cooperation D. contact ‎61. A. expensive B. plain C. cheap D. strange ‎62. A. time B. instructions C. money D. chances ‎63. A. shoppers B. research C. children D. health ‎64. A. talkative B. handsome C. calm D. sick Section B Directions: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D.Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.‎ ‎(A)‎ Phil White has just returned from an 18,OOO-mile, around-the-world bicycle trip. White had two reasons for making this epic journey. First of all, he wanted to use the trip to raise money for charity, which he did. He raised ~70,000 for the British charity, Oxfam. White's second reason for making the trip was to break the world record and become the fastest person to cycle around the world. He is still waiting to find out if he has broken the record or not.‎ White set off from Trafalgar Square, in London, on 19th June 2004 and was back 299 days later. He spent more than l,300 hours in the saddle（车座） and destroyed four sets of tyres and three bike chains. He had the adventure of his life crossing Europe, the Middle East, India, Asia, Australia, New Zealand and the Americas. Amazingly, he did all of this with absolutely no support team. No jeep carrying food, water and medicine. No doctor. Nothing! Just a bike and a very, very long road.‎ ‎ The journey was lonely and desperate at times. He also had to fight his way across deserts, through jungles ‎ and over mountains. He cycled through heavy rains and temperatures of up t0 45 degrees, all to help people in need. There were other dangers along the road. In Iran, he was chased by armed robbers and was lucky to escape with his life and the little money he had. The worst thing that happened to him was having to cycle into a headwind on a road that crosses the south of Australia. For l,000 kilometres he battled against the wind that was constantly pushing him. This part of the trip was slow, hard work and depressing, but he made it in the end. Now Mr.White is back and intends to write a book about his adventures.‎ ‎65. When Phil White returned from his trip, he .‎ A. broke the world record B. collected money for Oxfam C. destroyed several bikes D. travelled about l,300 hours ‎66. What does the word "epic" in Paragraph l most probably mean?‎ A. Very slow but exciting. B. Very long and difficult.‎ C. Very smooth but tiring. D. Very lonely and depressing.‎ ‎67. During his journey around the world, Phil White _ .‎ A. fought heroically against robbers in ‎Iran B. experienced the extremes of heat and cold C. managed to ride against the wind in ‎Australia D. had a team of people who travelled with him ‎68. Which of the following words can best describe Phil White?‎ A. Imaginative. B. Patriotic. C. Modest. D. Determined.‎ ‎(B)‎ The value-packed, all-inclusive sight-seeing package that combines the best of Sydney's harbour, city, bay and beach highlights.‎ A SydneyPass gives you unlimited and flexible travel on the Explorer Buses: the 'red' Sydney Explorer shows you around our exciting city sights while the 'blue' Bondi Explorer visits Sydney‎ ‎Harbour bays and famous beaches. Take to the water on one of three magnificent daily harbour cruises(游船). You can also travel free on regular Sydney Buses, Sydney Ferries or CityRail services (limited area), so you can go to every corner of this beautiful city.‎ Imagine browsing at Darling Harbour, sampling the famous seafood at Watsons‎ ‎Bay or enjoying the city lights on an evening ferry cruise. The possibilities and plans are endless with a SydneyPass. Wherever you decide to go, remember that bookings are not required on any of our services so tickets are treated on a first in, first seated basis.‎ SydneyPasses are available for 3, 5 0r 7 days for use over a 7 calendar day period. With a 3 or 5 day pass you choose on which days out of the 7 you want to use it. All SydneyPasses include a free Airport Express inward trip before starting your 3, 5 0r 7 days, and Lhe return trip is valid (育效的) for 2 months from the first day your ticket was used.‎ SydneyPass Fares ‎*A child is defined as anyone from the ages of 4 years to under ~6 ye rs. Children under 4 years travel free.‎ ‎**A family is defined as 2 adults and any number of children from 4 to under 16 years of age from the same family.‎ ‎69. A SydneyPass doesn7t offer unlimited rides on ‎ A. the Explorer Buses B. the harbour cruises ‎ C. regular Sydney Buses D. CityRail services ‎70. With a SydneyPass, a traveller can _.‎ A. save fares from and to the airport B. take the Sydney Explorer to beaches C. enjoy the famous seafood for free D. reserve seats easily in a restaurant ‎71. If 5-day tickets were to be recommended to a mother who travelled with her colleague and her children, aged ‎ ‎3, 6 and 10, what would the lowest cost be?‎ A. $225. B. $300. C. $360. D. $420.‎ ‎(C)‎ Researchers in the psychology department at the University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA) have discovered a major difference in the way men and women respond to stress. This difference may explain why men are more likely to suffer from stress-related disorders.‎ Until now, psychological research has maintained that both men and women have the same "fight-or-flight" reaction to stress. In other words, individuals either react with aggressive behavior, such as verbal or physical conflict ("fight"), or they react by withdrawing from the stressful situation ("flight"). However, the UCLA research team found that men and women have quite different biological and behavioral responses to stress. While men often react to stress in the fight-or-flight response, women often have another kind of reaction which could be called "tend and befriend." That is, they often react to stressful conditions by protecting and nurturing their young ("tend"), and by looking for social contact and support from others - especially other females《'befriend").‎ Scientists have long known that in the fight-or- flight reaction to stress, an important role is played by certain hormones(澈素) released by the body. The UCLA research team suggests that the female tend-or-befriend response is also based on a hormone. This hormone, called oxytocin, has been studied in the context of childbirth, but now it is being studied for its role in the response of both men and women to stress. The principal investigator, Dr. Shelley E. Taylor, explained that "animals and people with high levels of oxytocin are calmer, more relaxed, more social, and less anxious." While men also secrete(分泌) oxytocin, its effects are reduced by male hormones.‎ In terms of everyday behavior, the UCLA study found that women are far. more likely than men to seek social contact when they are feeling stressed. They may phone relatives or friends, or ask directions if they are lost.‎ The study also showed how fathers and mothers responded differently when they came home to their family after a stressful day at work. The typical father wanted to be left alone to enjoy some peace and quiet. For a typical mother, coping with a bad day at work meant focusing her attention on her children and their needs.‎ The differences in responding to stress may explain the fact that women have lower frequency of stress-related disorders such as high blood pressure or aggressive behavior. The tend-and-befriend regulatory(‎ 调节的) system may protect women against stress, and this may explain why women on average live longer than men.‎ ‎72. The UCLA study shows that in response to stress, men are more likely than women to .‎ A. turn to friends for help B. solve a conflict calmly C. find an escape from reality D. seek comfort from children ‎73. Which of the following is true about oxytocin according to the passage?‎ A. Men have the same level of oxytocin as women do.‎ B. Oxytocin used to be studied in both men and women.‎ C. Both animals and people have high levels of oxytocin.‎ D. Oxytocin has more of an effect on women than on men.‎ ‎74. What can be learned from the passage?‎ A. Male hormones help build up the body's resistance to stress.‎ B. In a family a mother cares more about children than a father does.‎ C. Biological differences lead to different behavioral responses to stress.‎ D. The UCLA study was designed to confirm previous research findings.‎ ‎75. Which of the following might be the best ti.tle of the passage?‎ ‎ A. How men and women get over stress ‎ B. How men and women suffer from stress C. How researchers overcome stress problems D. How researchers handle stress-related disorders Section C Directions: Read the following text and choose the most suitable heading from A-F for each paragraph. There is one extra heading which you do not need.‎ A. When a child should learn to read B. Why it is fun to teach a child reading C. What if a child has reading problems D. How you prepare a young child for reading E. What is the best way to teach a child reading F. Whether reading early promises later achievements ‎76. ‎ Learning to read early has become one of those indicators - in parents' minds at least – that their child is smart. In fact, reading early has very little to do with whether a child is successful academically. Research has shown that difficulty with reading is often due not to inferior intelligence but to differences in the developmental wiring of each individual child. In some cases, there are neurological problems and developmental lags that can be overcome with proper training.‎ ‎77. ‎ Traditionally, American schools teach children at age six, but many schools begin teaching informally in kindergarten and pre-kindergarten. If parents start too early to encourage reading,and a child does not immediately succeed, the parent has a hard time relaxing and letting the child go at his or her own pace.‎ ‎78. ‎ Over the years, research has proved that the use of both the e&whole language" method and the "phonic" method works best for a child to master reading. While the whole language approach, which includes reading to children and getting them interested in both the activity of reading and the story they are reading, is helpful, phonics must be taught. Children must be taught that one of the squiggles they see is a "p" and another a "b". Getting the print off the page requires a different ability than being able to understand the meaning of what is written.‎ ‎79. ‎ You can start developing the skills needed in reading at a very young age without putting any pressure on children. Besides reading to them, parents can start "ear training" their child by playing thyme games. This develops the child's ability to recognize different sounds. In reading to children, parents also can point to words as they go, teaching the child that the funny lines on the page are the words you are saying. All this should be a fun activity.‎ ‎80. ‎ Once a child is in school, the learning of reading is inevitably more serious. For children who have some kind of reading difficulty, you must get a professional diagnosis. While the teacher might say the child is merely disinterested but will get over it, disinterest or poor performance in reading can stem from a number of things, some being very specific learning disabilities that can be identified and worked on. But it is very tricky for parents to deal with their own child's learning disabilities.‎ Section D Directions: Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words.‎ While contact between adolescents (between the ages of fifteen and nineteen) and their peers crd龄人) is a universal characteristic of all cultures, the nature and the degree of such contact vary a great deal. In American contemporary society, adolescents spend much more time with their peers than with younger children or adults.‎ This pattern of age segregation(隔离) in American society did not become usual until the beginning of the industrialized society. Changes in the workplace separated children from adults, with adults working and children attending school. The dramatic increase of mothers in the workplace has further contributed to the reduction in the amount of time adolescents spend with adults. School reform efforts during the nineteenth century, which resulted in age-segregated schools and grades, have reduced the amount of time adolescents spend with younger children. Finally, the changes in population are considered a factor that may have contributed to the emergence of adolescent peer culture. From 1955 t0 1975, the adolescent population increased dramatically, from 11 percent t0 20.9 percent. This increase in the number of adolescents might be a contributing factor to the increase in adolescent peer culture in terms of growth in size.‎ Research supports the view that adolescents spend a great deal of time with their peers. Reed Larson and his colleagues examined adolescents' daily activities and found that they spend more time talking to their friends than engaging in any other activity. In a typical week, high school students will spend twice as much time with their peers as with adults. This gradual withdrawal from adults begins in early adolescence. Ln sixth grade, adults (excluding parents) account for only 25 percent of adolescent social networks. Another important characteristic of adolescent peer culture is its increasingly autonomous (白治的) function. While childhood peer groups are conducted under the close supervision of parents, adolescent peer groups typically make an effort to escape adult supervision and usually succeed in doing so.‎ ‎(Note: Answer t.he questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN EIGHT WORDS.)‎ ‎81."This pattern of age segregation" refers to the phenomenon that adolescents segregate themselves from ‎ ‎82.Besides changes in the workplace, are the other two factors contributing to adolescent peer culture.‎ ‎83.When do adolescents start to spend less time with adults?‎ ‎84.How do adolescent peer groups differ from childhood peer groups?‎ 第II卷 （共45分）‎ I．Translation Directions: Translate the following sentences into English, using the words given in the brackets.‎ ‎1.她五年前开始拉小提琴。(play)‎ ‎2.由于天气恶劣，航班延误了好几个小时。(owing)‎ ‎3.每位设计师都希望自己的作品能经受时间的考验。(stand)‎ ‎4.能否抵御网络游戏的诱惑是摆在中学生面前的一道难题。(It)‎ ‎5.在展览会上，公司销售经理展示了孩子们翘首以盼的新型电子玩具。(demonstrate)‎ II．Guided Writing Directions: Write an English composition in 120 - 150 words according to the instructions given below in Chinese.‎ 上周一，你在一所小学观摩了小女孩Amy所在班级的两堂绘画课（如图所示），回家后你用英语写了一篇日记，内容包括：‎ ‎● 对两堂绘画课的具体描述；‎ ‎● 你从中获得的启发。‎ 上海英语英语参考 第1卷 第一大题第1至第10小题，每题1分；第11至第16小题，每题2分；第17至第24小题，每题1分。共30分。‎ ‎1.B 2.C 3.B 4.C 5.D 6.B 7.A 8.D 9.C 10.A 11.A 12.D 13.C 14.B 15.D 16.A ‎17. History 18. HD3309 19. photography 20. Tuesday 21. religions 22. good friends / more than friends /like a family 23. their daughter 24. a simple smile 第二大题每小题1分。共25分。‎ ‎25.B 26.C 27.B 28.D 29.C 30.A 31.A 32.D 33.A 34.C 35.D 36.A 37.D 38.C 39.B 40.A 41.1 42.G 43.F 44.H 45. C 46. E 47. D 48. J 49. B Date: June 8, 2012‎ Last week, I sat in on two painting classes at a primary school. In one class a student dipped her feet in ink and made a painting out of footprints. By contrast, the same student used a brush to make a breath-taking landscape painting—so vivid that one could almost smell the refreshing rivers and hear the chirping birds.‎ Though standing in stark contrast, the two paintings both intrigued me. In fact, they reminded me of what Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg said, “Keep your eyes on the stars and your feet on the ground.” It’s this maxim on success that lends insight into the two paintings. The first painting represents that we should remain grounded and be cautious of being carried away with temporary success. A kite stays afloat because it’s attached to a reel; otherwise it will instantly lose its balance before eventually crashing into the ground. So it is with us.‎ However, success requires more than being simply down-to-earth, with a lofty ideal being another crucial factor. So grand was the scenery portrayed in the second painting that it embodied the reach of our dreams. Instead of ‎ ignoring the gleam of light, the spark of wisdom that flashes across our mind and worshipping the luster of the sky of geniuses, we’d be better off trusting that the gleam and the spark will one day shine as brightly as a search light if we have faith in ourselves.‎ The paintings taught me to dream big and act small. And I believe, by doing so, the warm light of success will cascade into my life.‎ ‎6. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（重庆卷）‎ 英语试题卷共16页。满分150分。考试时间120分钟。‎ 注意事项：‎ ‎1.答题前，务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡规定的位置上。‎ ‎2.答选择题时，必须使用2B铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。‎ ‎3.答非选择题时，必须使用0.5毫米黑色签字笔，将答案写在答题卡规定的位置上。‎ ‎4.所有题目必须在答题卡上作答，在试题卷上答题无效。‎ ‎5.考试结束后，将试卷和答题卡一并交回。‎ 一、听力（共三节，满分30分）‎ 做题时，请先将答案划在试题卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试题卷上的答案转涂或转填到答题卡上。‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 请听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话读一遍。‎ 例：How much is the shirt?‎ A.£19.15 B. £‎9.15 ‎ C. £9.18‎ 答案是B。‎ ‎1.How old is the girl?‎ A.7 B‎.8 ‎ C.10‎ ‎2 . Where does the conversation most probably take place ?‎ A. In a bank B. In a store C. In a library ‎ ‎3. How will the two speakers travel ?‎ A .By bus B. By car C. By train ‎ ‎4. What are the two speakers talking about ?‎ A. Their work B. Their manager C. Their meeting ‎ ‎5. What is the woman’s problem ?‎ A. She is thirsty B. She is sick C. She is tired ‎ 第二节 （共12小题；每小题1.5分，满分18分）‎ 请听下面4端对话或独白。 每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 请听第六段材料，回答第6至第8题。‎ ‎6. Which TV program does the women like best ?‎ A. Sports program B. Morning news C. Talk show ‎ ‎7. How much time does the woman spend watching TV every day ?‎ A. About half an hour B. About two hours C. About four hours ‎ ‎8. What is the conversation mainly about ?‎ A. Types of TV programs.‎ B. Popular TV shows ‎ C.TV watching habits 请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。‎ ‎9. Who will take the guitar lessons?‎ A. The woman B. The woman’s son C. The woman’s friend ‎10.How long has the woman played the piano ？‎ A. For two years B. For three years C. For five years ‎11. How much do the Tuesday lessons cost per hour?‎ A. $ 4 B. $‎8 ‎ C. $10 D. $12‎ 请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。‎ ‎15. What does the conversation most probably take place?‎ A. On Monday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Saturday.‎ ‎16. What kind of food might the woman have tonight?‎ A. Italian food. B. French food. C. Japanese food.‎ ‎17. How many people will go for dinner?‎ A. Three. B. Six. C. Eight.‎ 第三节（共3小题；每小题1.5分，满分4.5分）‎ 请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空，每空限填一个词或一个数。填入内容要写在答题卡相应的位置上。在听本段独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒，听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。本段独白读两遍。‎ 请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。‎ Timetable of a Radio Station Time Program Radio Four ‎7:30‎ ‎__18__‎ Radio Three ‎7:30‎ Concert Radio Two ‎8:00‎ ‎__19__ Match Radio One ‎10:00‎ News Radio One ‎__20__‎ Travel 二、英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 请从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项标号涂黑。‎ ‎ 例：A computer can only do ________ you have instructed it to do.‎ A. how B. after C. what D. when 答案是C。‎ ‎21.—John, when shall we meet again, Thursday or Friday?‎ ‎ —_________.I’ll be off to London then.‎ ‎ A. Either B. Neither C. Both D. None ‎22.—Kevin, you look worried. Anything wrong?‎ ‎ —Well, I____ a test and I’m waiting for the result.‎ ‎ A. will take B. took C. had taken D. take ‎23.______to work overtime that evening, I missed a wonderful film.‎ ‎ A. Having been asked B. To ask C. Having asked D. To be asked ‎24.Sam has been appointed _______ manager of the engineering department to take ____ place of George.‎ ‎ A. /,/ B. the,/ C the, the D./, the ‎25.—____you interrupt now? Can’t you see I’m on the phone?‎ ‎ —Sorry Sir, but it’s urgent.‎ ‎ A. Can B. Should C. Must D. Would ‎26.—The Modern Art Exhibition in the City‎ ‎Museum has been cancelled.‎ ‎ —Oh, no! ______.‎ ‎ A. It’s a pity B. It doesn’t matter C.I knew it already D. It’s not interesting at all ‎27. Food supplies in the flood-stricken area ______.We must act immediately before there’s left.‎ A. have run out B. are running out C. have been run out D. are being run out ‎28. We’re having a meeting in half an hour. The decision ______ at the meeting will in the future of our company.‎ A. to be made B. being made C. made D. having been made ‎29. Sales director is a position ______ communication ability is just as important as sales A. which B. that C. when D. where ‎30.—Coach, can I continue with the training? ‎ ‎—Sorry, you can’t ______you haven’t recovered from the knee injury.‎ A. until B. before C. to consider D. unless ‎31. Before you quit your job, ______how your family would feel about your decision.‎ A. consider B. considering C. to consider D. considered ‎32. It was 80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic______ Zheng He sailed to ‎East Africa A. when B. that C. after D. since ‎33. The headmaster will not permit the change in the course, nor______ it a thought.‎ A. does he even given B. he even gives C. whether D. he will even given ‎34. Evidence has been found through years of study______ children’s early sleeping problem likely to continue when they grow up.‎ A. why B. how C. whether D. that ‎35.—Look, here comes your dream girl. Invite her to dance.‎ ‎—______W hat if she refuses me?‎ A.I don’t know B. Why me? C. With pleasure D. So what?‎ 四、完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 请阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。‎ I became a gardener when I was twelve. My early__36___of gardening may not have originate from my love for nature. It was to _37__my parents.‎ ‎ At that time, we had a big yard in which a beautiful maple tree stood. But my mother often looked with __38___at this work of natural art. Those golden leaves seemed like tons of rubbish her, “something else to __39__!”Seeing the neighbors busy with gardening, my father ever thought it a waste of time.‎ At that age, I always did something__40___to whatever my parents did! If gardening were something they found__41__, I would plant a garden!‎ ‎ I planted some lily（百合花）seeds in the yard. But they failed to _42___.I continued to sunflower seeds and roses, Wild __43__joy,I found the first rose bloom（开花）.One by one, the flowers bloomed their heads off.__44___, I was touched by this land of wonder.‎ ‎___45__, my parents showed no interest in my garden. My father even__46___at me because found it was __47__to move around my garden to the driveway. To my mother’s __48__,I put her vase my real roses which, in her eyes, were simply weeds__49__flowers.‎ Regardless of their __50__, I kept on planting my garden and _51__to enjoy the pleasure gardening. Plants make such good companions: they breathe, they bloom, they___52__to care and love.‎ ‎ It has been many years since I made my first garden out of my desire to __53___my parent .Today I become known as Mrs. Greenthumbs, teaching gardening and hosting a gardening show which makes my parents feel ‎ very__54_.And now I could say it is my affection for___55__they makes me a real gardener.‎ ‎36.A.memory B. dream C. intention D. design ‎37.A.please B. change C. help D. annoy ‎38.A.doubt B. appreciation C. surprise D. excitement ‎39.A.collect up B. care about C. clean up D. come in ‎40.A.equal B. similar C. superior D. opposite ‎41.A.painful B. valuable C. upsetting D. interesting ‎42.A.come up B. break out C. hold on D. get through ‎43.A.to B. with C. in D. by ‎44.A.Luckily B. Cheerfully C. Regularly D. Eventually ‎45.A.Inetead B. However C. Therefore D. Besides ‎46.A.should B. laughed C. glanced D. jumped ‎47.A. convenient B. troublesome C. enjoyed D. dangerous ‎48.A. sadness B. displeasure C. delight D. relief ‎49A‎. other than B. more than C. rather than D. less than ‎ ‎50 A‎. dislike B. encouragement C. threat D. suggestion ‎51.A. decided B. stopped C. continued D. struggled ‎ ‎52 A‎. devote B. turn C. respond D. challenge ‎53.A. defeat B. satisfy C. respect D. lead ‎54 A‎. proud B. comfortable C. strange D. disappointed ‎55. A. freedom B. life C. growth D. nature 三、 阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)‎ A One of my wonderful memories is about a Christmas gift. Unlike other gifts, it came without wrap(包装).‎ On September 11th. 1958. Mum gave birth to Richard. After she brought him home from hospital, she put him in my lap, saying. "I promised you a gift, and here it is. " What an honor! I turned four a month earlier and none of my friends had such a baby doll of their own. I played with it day and night. I sang to it. I told it stories. 1 told it over and over how much I loved it!‎ One morning, however, I found its bed empty. My doll was gone! I cried for it. Mum wept and told me that the poor little thing had been sent to a hospital. It had a fever. For several days, I heard Mum and Dad whispering such words as "hopeless", "pitiful", and "dying", which sounded ominous.‎ Christmas was coming. "Don’t expect any presents this year." Dad said, pointing at the socks I hung in the living room. "If your baby brother lives, that'll be Christmas enough. " As he spoke, his eyes filled with tears. I'd never seen him cry before.‎ The phone rang early on Christmas morning. Dad jumped out of bed to answer it. From my bedroom I heard him say. "What? He's all right?" He hung up and shouted upstairs. " The hospital said we can bring Richard home!" "Thank God.'" I heard Mum cry.‎ From the upstairs window, I watched my parents rush out to the car. I had never seen them happy. And I was also full of joy. What a wonderful day! My baby doll would be home. I downstairs. My sacks still hung there flat. But I knew they were not empty; they were filled with love!‎ ‎56. what happened to the author on September 11 1958 ?‎ A. He got a baby brother B. He got a Christmas gift ‎ C. He became four years old D. He received a doll ‎ ‎57.What does the underlined word “ominous” in Paragraph 3 probably mean？‎ A. Impossible. B. Boring C. Difficult D. Fearful ‎58. Which word can best describe the feeling of the father when Christmas was coming?‎ A. Excitement. B. Happiness. C. Sadness. D. Disappointment.‎ ‎59. What is the passage mainly about ?‎ A .A sad Christmas day B .Life with a lovely baby ‎ C. A special Christmas gift. D. Memories of a happy family B Top lists are lecturing people on everything from"100 books to read ". Aren't you just tired of being told what to do with your time?‎ Now you have a list to end all lists!‎ Take a look at the following two examples from the list of "101 things not to do":‎ Swim with Dolphins（海豚）？‎ ‎ Swimming with dolphins is one of the world’s most profitable tourist activities. However, every dolphin will welcome having their busy ,tiring day interrupted by tourists screaming pushing around them in the water. Worse yet, when dolphins get too near to the boats loaded tourists, they could get caught up in ropes and killed by propellers(螺旋桨).‎ Here’s a little secret. Dolphins look like smiling at you, but actually they’re just opening mouths.‎ Go to See the Mona Lisa?‎ There must be something about the mysterious(神秘的)smile. The 6 million people who the lady in the Louvre every year can’t all be wrong after all. But they can be quite anno standing in front of you, holding up their cameras to prevent you from seeing anything. In fact hard for you to see the painting clearly because you have to stay away from it for security read. After queuing for hours, many tourists can remain in front of the painting only for 15 seconds most.‎ If the mysterious lady in the picture knew her fate, she wouldn’t just be smiling, she laughing.‎ So, still long to see the Mona Lisa? If you want to find out more about the list, read 101 Tings NOT to Do Before You Die. ‎ Visit www.not2dobeforeidie.co.uk and buy the book at a 20％ discount.‎ ‎60. According to the passage, swimming with dolphins________.‎ ‎ A. is the world’s most popular tourist activity B. gives fun to both tourists and dolphins ‎ C. will make tourists busy and tired D. can cause danger to dolphins ‎61. what does the author think about going to see the Mona Lisa?‎ ‎ A. It is wrong to go and see the mysterious smile. B. It is not as satisfying as expected.‎ ‎ C. Fifteen seconds in front of the painting is enough. D. Queuing for hours is worthwhile.‎ ‎62. The list of “101 things not to do” is made most probably because its author_______.‎ ‎ A. thinks it boring to do the things suggested by other lists ‎ B. believes other lists are not humorous enough ‎ C. intends to persuade people to read more lists ‎ D. wants to provide a list different from other lists ‎63. What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ ‎ A. To advertise a book B. To introduce a website ‎ ‎ C. To comment on popular lists D. To recommend tourist activities.‎ C There is no better way to enjoy Scottish traditions than going fishing and tasting a little whisky(威士忌)at a quiet place like the Inverlochy Castle. When Queen Victoria visited the in 1873 she wrote in her diary, “I never saw a lovelier spot ,” And she didn’t even go fishing.‎ Scotland‎ is not easily defined. In certain moments, this quiet land of lakes and grass mountains changes before your very eyes. When evening gently sweeps the hillside into orange, the rivers, teeming with fish, can turn into ‎ streams of gold. As you settle down with just a people and a basket on the bank of River Orchy, near the Inverlochy castle , any frustration will float away as gently as the circling water. It’s just you and purple , pink ,white flowers, a perfect harmony . If you are a new comer to fishing, Learning the basics form a fishing leave you with a lifetime’s fun. Four many, fishing is more than a sport; it is an art Scotland‎ offers interesting place where you can rest after a long day’s fishing. Set wild mountain and hidden behind woodland, the beautiful Inverlochy Castle Hotel below the a perfect place to see the beauty of Scotland’s mountains . Ben Nevis is the highest of mountains, and reaching its 1342-metre top is a challenge. But it’s not just what goes matters; what comes down is unique . More than 900 metres high, on the mountain’s north an all-important source of pure water. Its name comes form the Gaelic language “usqueb “water of life”; And it is the single most important ingredient(原料) in Scotland’s best know whisky.‎ ‎64. The story of Queen Victoria is to show that _____.‎ A. the queen is rich in tour experience B. the Castle is a good place to go in ‎Scotland C. tasting whisky is better than going fishing D.1873 is a special year for the queen ‎65. How is Paragraph 2 mainly developed?‎ A. By giving descriptions. B. By flowering time order.‎ C. By analyzing causes. D. By making comparisons.‎ ‎66. What is Ben Nevis special for?‎ A. The Inverlochy Castle Hotel. B. The beauty of its surroundings.‎ C. The water from the mountain. D. The challenge up to its top.‎ ‎67. What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ A. To introduce Scottish traditions to tourists. B. To show the attractions of Scotland to readers.‎ C. To explore geographical characteristics of Scotland. D To describe the pleasures of life in ‎Scotland D To take the apple as a forbidden fruit is the most unlikely story the Christians（基督教徒）have ever cooked up. For them, the forbidden fruit from Eden is evil（邪恶的）.So when Columbus brought the tomato back from South America, a land mistakenly considered to be Eden, everyone jumped to the obvious conclusion. Wrongly taken as the apple of Eden, the tomato was shut out of the door of Europeans.‎ What made it particularly terrifying was its similarity to the mandrake, a plant that was thought to have come from Hell （地狱）.What earned the plant its awful reputation was its roots which looked like a dried-up human body occupied by evil spirits. Though the tomato and the mandrake were quite different except that both had bright red or yellow fruit, the general population considered them one and the same, too terrible to touch.‎ Cautious Europeans long ignored the tomato, and until the early 1700s most of the Western people continued to drag their feet. In the 1880s, the daughter of a well-known plant expert wrote that the most interesting part of an afternoon tea at her father’s house had been the “introduction this wonderful new fruit--or is it a vegetable?” As late as the twentieth century some writers still classed tomatoes with mandrakes as an ”evil fruit”.‎ But in the end tomatoes carried the day. The hero of the tomato was an American named Robert Johnson, and when he was publicly going to eat the tomato in 1820,people journeyed for hundreds of miles to watch him drop dead.” What are you afraid of?” he shouted. ”I’ll show you fools these things are good to eat!” Then he bit into the tomato. Some people fainted. But he survived and, according to a local story, set up a tomato-canning factory.‎ ‎68. The tomato was shut out of the door of early Europeans mainly because ______.‎ A .it made Christive evil B. it was the apple of Eden ‎ C. it came from a forbidden land D. it was religiously unacceptable ‎ ‎69. What can we infer the underlined part in Paragraph 3 ?‎ A .The process of ignoring the tomato slowed down ‎ B .There was little progress in the study of the tomato ‎ C. he tomato was still refused in most western countries ‎ D. Most western people continued to get rid of the tomato ‎ ‎70. What is the main reason for Robert Johnson to eat the tomato Publicly ?‎ A .To make himself a hero ‎ B .To remove people’s fear of the tomato ‎ C .To speed up the popularity of the tomato ‎ D. To persuade people to buy products from his factory ‎ ‎71. What is the main purpose of the passage ?‎ A .To challenge people’s fixed concept of the tomato ‎ B .To give an explanation to people’s dislike of the tomato ‎ C .To present the change of people’s attitudes to the tomato ‎ D .To show the process of freeing the tomato from religious influence ‎ E ‎ In his 1930 essay “Economic Possibilities for Our Grandchildren “, John Keynes, economist, rewrote that human needs fall into two classes: absolute needs ,which are indeed what other have , and relative needs ,which make us feel superior to our fellows. He thought although relative needs may indeed be insatiable (无止境的) this is not true of absolute ‎ Keynes was surely correct that only a small part of total spending id decided by the super- iority He was greatly mistaken, however, in seeing this derive as the only source of demands ‎ ‎ Decisions to spend are also driven by ideas of quality which can influence the den almost all goods, including even basic goods like food. When a couple goes out for an dinner, for example, the thought of feeling superior to others probably never comes to them. The goal is to share a special meal that stands out from other meals.‎ There are no obvious limits to the escalation of demand for quality. For example, Porsche famous car producer, has a model which was considered perhaps the best sport car on the mark Priced at over $120,000,it handles perfectly well and has great speed acceleration. But in 200 the producer introduced some changes which made the model slightly better in handling acceleration. People who really care about cars find these small improvements exciting. To them, however, they must pay almost four times the price.‎ By placing the desire to be superior to other at the heart of his description of negation demands, Keynes actually reduced such demands. However, the desire for higher quality has natural limits.‎ ‎72. According to the passage, John Keynes Believed that_______.‎ A. desire is the root of both absolute and relative needs B. absolute needs come from our sense of superiority C. relative needs alone lead to insatiable demands D. absolute needs are stronger than relative needs ‎73. What do we know about the couple in Paragraph 3?‎ A. They want to show their superiority B. They find specialty important to meals C. Their demands for food are not easily satisfied.‎ D. Their choice of dinner is related to ideas of quality.‎ ‎74.What does the underlined word “escalation” in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ A. Understanding. B. Increase C. Difference D. Study ‎75. The author of the passage that ______.‎ A. absolute needs have no limits B. demands for quality are not insatiable C. human desires influence ideas of quality D. relative needs decide most of our spending 四、写作（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 以下标有题号的每一行均有一个错误，请找出，并按下列情况改正；‎ 此行多一个词，把多余的词用斜线（）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。‎ 此行缺一个词，在缺词处加一个漏字符号（^），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。‎ 此行错一个词，在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。‎ 注意：请在答题卡上作答。‎ Dear Grandpa,‎ How are you those days? I have been missing you very 76._________‎ much after I went to college a year ago. Whenever I think of 77._________‎ the old days, I feel very happily. I still remember when I 78._________‎ was child, you always held me in your arms and told me stories 79._________‎ till I fall asleep. We often went to the fields to enjoy the pleasant 80._________‎ view there. You told me the name of different plants and their 81._________‎ characteristics. Gradually, I became interesting in biology 82._________‎ and chose to learn biology when I entered into the college. Now 83.________‎ my friend Ann, together with me, are going to do field study 84.________‎ and the findings will be use as materials for our research. Since 85.________‎ we’ll do the study in our hometown, I hope to see you by then.‎ ‎ Yours,‎ ‎ Daisy 第二节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ 某国际网站提供个人闲置物品交换服务。现在，你打算通过该网站将自己的一件闲置物品与他人交换（exchange）。请你用英文在该网站上发帖，发布物品交换信息。内容应包括：‎ ‎·你将拿出什么物品进行交换 ‎·具体介绍该物品 ‎·你希望换回什么物品 ‎·请愿意交换的朋友给你留言 注意：‎ ‎（1）词数100左右；‎ ‎（2）格式不限；‎ ‎（3）文中不得使用考生真实姓名和学校名称。‎ 英语试题答案 A. 听力 ‎1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. C 9. A ‎ ‎10. A 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. C 16. B 17. A ‎ ‎18. Discussion/ discussion 19. Football/football 20. 10:30/Ten-thirty/ ten-thirty 二、英语知识运用 第一节 单项填空 ‎21.B 22.B 23.A 24.D 25.C 26.A 27.B 28.A 29.D 30.C ‎ ‎31.A 32.B 33.C 34.D 35.A 第二节 完型填空 ‎36.C 37.D 38.A 39.C 40.D 41.C 42.A 43.B 44.D 45.B ‎ ‎46.A 47.B 48.B 49.C 50.A 51.C 52.C 53.D 54.A 55.D 三、阅读理解 ‎56.A 57.D 58.C 59.C 60.D 61.B 62.D 63.A 64.B 65.A ‎ ‎66.C 67.B 68.D 69.C 70.A 71.C 72.C 73.D 74.B 75. A ‎ 四、写作 第一节 短文改错 Dear Grandpa,‎ ‎ How are you those days? I have been missing you very ‎ ‎76. these ‎ much after I went to college a year ago. Whenever I think of ‎ ‎77. since ‎ the old days, I feel very happily. I still remember when I ‎ ‎78. happy ‎ was child, you always held me in your arms and told me stories ‎ ‎79. a ‎ till I fall asleep. We often went to the fields to enjoy the pleasant ‎ ‎80. fell ‎ view there. You told me the name of different plants and their ‎ ‎81. names ‎ characteristies. Gradually, I became interesting in biology ‎ ‎82. interested ‎ and chose to learn biology when I entered into the college. Now ‎ ‎83. into ‎ my friend Ann, together with me, are going to do field study ‎ ‎84. is ‎ and the findings will be use as materials for our research. Since ‎ ‎85. used ‎ we’ll do the study in our homewown, I hope to see you by then. ‎ ‎ Yours,‎ Daisy 第二节 书面表达 ‎ 略 ‎7. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（安徽卷）‎ 第Ⅰ卷（选择题 共50分）‎ 第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30分）‎ 回答听力部分时，请先将答案标在试卷上。听力部分结束前，你将有两分钟的时间将您的答案转涂到客观答题卡上。‎ 第一节（共5小题：每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1.Where does this conversation probably take place?‎ A. In a bookstore. B. In a classroom C. In a library ‎2. At what time will the film begin?‎ A. 7:20 B. 7:‎15 ‎ C.7:00‎ ‎3.What are the two speakers mainly talking about?‎ A. Their friend Jane. B. A weekend trip C.A radio programme ‎4. What will the woman probably do?‎ A. Catch a train B. See the man off C. Go shopping ‎5.Why did the woman apologize?‎ A. She made a late delivery ‎ B. She went to the wrong place ‎ C. She couldn’t take the cake back 第二节（共15小题：每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出的最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6.Whose CD is broken?‎ A. Kathy’s B. Mum’s C. Jack’s ‎7.What dose the boy promise to do for the girl?‎ A. Buy her new CD. B. Do some cleaning. C. Give her 10 dollars.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8.What did the man think of the meal?‎ A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory C.A bit disappointing.‎ ‎9. What was the 15% on the bill paid for ?‎ A. The food B. The drinks C. The service.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why is the man at the shop?‎ A. To order a camera for his wife. ‎ B. To have a camera repaired.‎ C. To get camera changed.‎ ‎11.What colour does the man want?‎ A. Pink. B. Black C. Orange.‎ ‎12.What will the man do afterwards?‎ A. Make a phone call.‎ B. Wait until further notice.‎ C. Come again the next day.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13.What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?‎ A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston.‎ ‎14.What is Ariel going to do in Toronto?‎ A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show.‎ ‎15.Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?‎ A. To call up Betty. B. To buy some DVDs. C. To pick up Daniel.‎ ‎16.What might be the relationship between the speakers?‎ A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers. C. Guide and tourist.‎ 听第10段材料，回答每17至20题。‎ ‎17.Where does Thomas Manning work?‎ A. In the Guinness Company.‎ B. At a radio station.‎ C. In a museum.‎ ‎18.Where did the idea of a book of records come from?‎ A. A bird-shooting trip. B. A visit to Europe. C. A television talk show.‎ ‎19.When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear?‎ A. In 1875 B. In ‎1950 ‎ C.In 1955‎ ‎20.What are the two speakers going to talk about next?‎ A. More records of unusual facts.‎ B. The founder of the company.‎ C. The oldest person in the world.‎ 第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎21.Carl is studying food science at college and hopes to open up meat processing factory of his own one day.‎ ‎ A. / ; a B. / ；the C. the; a D. the; the ‎ ‎22.—May I help you? You seem to be having some problems.‎ ‎ — , thanks. I think I can manage.‎ ‎ A. All right B. No problem C. It’s all right D. There’s no way ‎ ‎23.Interest is as to learning as the ability to understand, even more so.‎ ‎ A. vital B. available C. specific D. similar ‎24.I remembered the door before I left the office, but forgot to turn off the lights. ‎ ‎ A. locking B. to lock C. having locked D. to have locked ‎ ‎25.You can change your job, you can move house, but friendship is meant to be life.‎ ‎ A. of B. on C. to D. for ‎26.In order to find the missing child, villagers all they can over the past five hours.‎ ‎ A. did B. do C. had done D. have been doing ‎27.The limits of a person’s intelligence, generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but he reaches these ‎ limits will depend on his environment.‎ ‎ A. where B. whether C. that D. why ‎ ‎28.The athlete’s years of hard training when she finally won the Olympic gold medal.‎ A. went on B. got through C. paid off D. ended up ‎ ‎29.Ａlot of language learning, has been discovered, is happening in the first year of life, so parents should talk much to their children during that period.‎ ‎ A. as B. it C. which D. this ‎30.When for his views about his teaching job, Philip said he found it very interesting and rewarding. ‎ A. asking B. asked C. having asked D. to be asked ‎31.Grace doesn’t want to move to New York because she thinks if she there, she wouldn’t be able to see her parents very often.‎ A. lives B. would live C. has lived D. were to live ‎32.—I love the Internet. I’ve come to know many friends on the Net.‎ ‎ — . Few of them would become your real friends.‎ ‎ A. That’s for sure B. It’s not the case ‎ C. I couldn’t agree more D. I’m pleased to know that ‎33.Walmart, which is one of the largest American supermarket chains, some of its store open 24 hours ‎ on Mondays through Saturdays.‎ A. keeps B. keep C. have kept D. had kept ‎34.Queen Elizabeth Ⅱis often to be richest woman in the world. , her personal wealth seems rather ‎ small.‎ A. Besides B. Otherwise C. However D. Altogether ‎35. After school we went to the reading-room to do some reading, only to be told that it .‎ A. was decorated B. had decorated C. had been decorating D. was being decorated ‎ 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ When I settled in Chicago, my new city seemed so big and unfriendly. Then I had a 36 problem and had to go to hospital for a 37 examination.‎ ‎ It seemed a small 38 compared to the one I was about to face ,but things started to go 39 right from the beginning. Not having a car or 40 the city, I was depending on a couple of buses to get me from A to B. 41 I’d left myself plenty of time, soon it was 42 I was going to be late, as I had mistakenly boarded a bus that was taking me in the 43 direction.‎ I 44 the bus and stood on the pavement not knowing what to do. I looked into the eyes of a 45 , who was trying to get past me 46 , instead of moving on, she stopped to ask if I was 47 . After I explained my 48 to her, she pointed to a bus stop across the street, where a bus would take me back into the city to my 49 . Sitting there waiting, I felt 50 that someone had been willing to help. 51 , hearing a horn (喇叭) nearby, I looked up to see a car with my new friend 52 at me to get in. She had returned to offer me a 53 to the hospital.‎ ‎ Such unexpected 54 from a passer-by was a lovely gift to receive. As I climbed out of the car at the hospital and turned to thank her, she smiled and told me not to lose 55 , for all things are possible.‎ ‎36. A. physical B. traveling C. social D. housing ‎37. A. scientific B. final C. previous D. thorough ‎38. A. chance B. challenge C. success D. error ‎39. A. wrong B. easy C. fast D. ahead ‎40. A. leaving B. visiting C. knowing D. appreciating ‎41. A. Although B. Since C. Unless D. Once ‎42. A. strange B. necessary C. obvious D. important ‎43. A. same B. right C. general D. opposite ‎ ‎44. A. looked at B. waited for C. got off D. ran into ‎45. A. driver B. friend C. stranger D. gentleman ‎46. A. Especially B. Surprisingly C. Probably D. Normally ‎47. A. nervous B. excited C. OK D. dangerous ‎48. A. idea B. motivation C. excuse D. situation ‎49. A. appointment B. apartment C. direction D. station ‎50. A. afraid B. grateful C. certain D. disappointed ‎51. A. Thus B. Then C. Perhaps D. Surely ‎52. A. staring B. laughing C. waving D. shouting ‎53. A. lift B. suggestion C. bike D. guidebook ‎54. A. results B. news C. kindness D. appearance ‎55. A. power B. faith C. touch D. support 第三部分 阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答r题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎ ‎ Welcome to one of the largest collections of footwear（鞋类）in the world that will make you green with envy. Here at the Footwear Museum you can see exhibits（展品）from all over the world. You can find out about shoes worn by everyone from the Ancient Egyptians to pop stars.‎ Room 1‎ ‎ The celebrity（名人）footwear section is probably the most popular in the entire museum. Stared in the 1950s there is a wide variety of shoes and boots belonging to everyone from queens and presidents to pop stars and actors! Most visitors find the celebrities’ choice of footwear extremely interesting.‎ Room 2‎ ‎ Most of our visitors are amazed ‎ ‎—and shocked— by the collection of “special purpose”shoes on exhibition here at the Museum‎ of ‎Footwear. For example, there are Chinese shoes made of silk, that were worn by women to tie their feet firmly to prevent them from growing too much!‎ Room 3‎ ‎ As well as shoes and boots the museum also exhibits shoe-shaped objects. The variety is unbelievable. For example, there is a metal lamp that resembles a pair of shoes, and Greek wine bottles that like legs!‎ The footwear Library ‎ People come from all over the world to study in our excellent footwear library. Designers and researchers come here to look up information on anything and everything related to the subject of footwear.‎ ‎56. Where would you find a famous singer’s shoes?‎ A. Room1. B. Room 2.‎ C. Room3. D. The Footwear Library ‎57. All exhibits in each room .‎ ‎ A. share the same theme B. have the same shape C. are made of the same material D. belong to the same social class ‎58. Which of the following is true according to the text?‎ ‎ A. The oldest exhibits in Room 1 were made in the 1950s.‎ B. Room 2 is the most visited place in the museum.‎ C. Room 3 has a richer variety of exhibits than the other two.‎ D. Researchers come to the Footwear Library for data.‎ ‎59. The purpose of the text is to get more people to .‎ ‎ A. do research B. design shoes C. visit the museum D. follow celebrities B ‎ Why is pink or purple a color for girls and blue or brown for boys?‎ The answer depends largely on cultural values as well as personal experiences. To the Egyptians, green was a color that represented the hope and joy of spring, while for Muslims, it means heaven. Red is a symbol of good luck in many cultures. In China, children are given money in a red envelope to bring good fortune in the New Year. For many nations, blue is a symbol of protection and religious beliefs. Greek people often wear a blue necklace hoping to protect themselves against evils（灾祸）.‎ People’s choice of colors is also influenced by their bodies’ reactions （反应）toward them. Green is said to be the most restful color. It has the ability to reduce pain and relax people both mentally and physically. People who work in green environment have been found to have fewer stomach aches.‎ ‎ Red can cause a person’s blood pressure to rise and increase people’s appetites（食欲）. Many decorators will include different shades of red in the restaurant. Similarly, many commercial websites will have a red “Buy Now” button because red is a color that easily catches a person’s eye.‎ ‎ Blue is another calming color. Unlike red, blue can cause people to lose appetite. So if you want to eat less, some suggest that eating from blue plates can help.‎ ‎ The next time you are deciding on what to wear or what color to decorate your room, think about the color carefully.‎ ‎60. Muslims regard green as a symbol of heaven mainly because of their .‎ ‎ A. cultural values B. commercial purposes C. personal experiences D. physical reactions to the color ‎61. Why will many commercial websites have a red “Buy Now” button?‎ ‎ A. To relax people physically. ‎ ‎ B. To increase people’s appetites.‎ ‎ C. To encourage people to make a purchase.‎ ‎ D. To cause a person’s blood pressure to rise.‎ ‎62. What color might help lose weight according to the text?‎ ‎ A. Red B. Green. C. Blue. D. Purple.‎ ‎63. Which of the following would be the most proper title for the text?‎ ‎ A. Colors and Human Beings B. The Cultural Meaning of Color ‎ C. Colors and Personal Experiences D. The Meaning and Function of Color C When Frida Kahlo’s paintings were on show in London, a poet described her paintings as “ a ribbon （丝带）around a bomb”. Such comments seem to suggest Kahlo had a big influence on the art world of her time. Sadly, she is actually a much bigger name today than she was during her time.‎ Born in ‎1907 in a village near Mexico City , Kahlo suffered from polio（小儿麻痹症）at the age of seven. Her spine（脊柱）become bent as she grew older. Then, in 1925, her back was broken in several places in a school-bus accident. Throughout the rest of her life, the artist had many operations, but noting was able to cure the terrible pain in her back. However, the accident had an unexpected side effect. While lying in her bed recovering, Kahlo taught herself to paint.‎ In 1929, she got married to Diego Rivera, another famous Mexican artist. Rivera’s strong influences on Kahlo’s style can be seen in her early works, but her later works from the 1940s, known today as her best works, show less influence from her husband.‎ Unfortunately, her works did not attract much attention in the 1930s and1940s, even in her home country. Her first one-woman show in Mexico was not held until 1953.For more than a decade after her death in 1954, Kahlo’s works remained largely unnoticed by the world, but in the 1970s her works began to gain international fame at last. ‎ ‎64. What does the phrase “a much bigger name” in paragraph 1 most nearly mean?‎ ‎ A. a far better artist B. a for more gifted artist ‎ C. a much stronger person D. a much more famous person ‎65. The terrible pain Kahlo suffered was caused by .‎ ‎ A. polio B. her bent spine C. back injuries D. the operations she had ‎66. Kahlo’s style had become increasingly independent since the .‎ ‎ A.1930s B. 1940s C. 1950s D. 1970s ‎67. What is author’s attitude toward Kahlo?‎ ‎ A. Devotion B. Sympathy C. Worry D. Encouragement D In Asia, there are special competitions where kites have complex designs and are fitted with instruments that make musical sounds as the wind blows through them. Although all kites have a similar structure （结构）, they are widely different in size and shape. Kite-fighting competitions are also held, in which competitions us their kites to attack and bring down their opponents’（对手）kites or cut their strings（线）.‎ For more than 15 years, the Big Wind Kite Factory has been giving kite-making and kite flying classes for the children on an island in Hawaii. In its kite-making lessons, students can make kites in as little as 20 minutes! Children as young as four years old can learn how to fly a kite. Jonathan Socher and his wife Daphne started the kite factory in 1980. Their kites are made of nylon（尼龙）.Their designs are Hawaiian themes created by Daphne. The designs are cut out of the nylon with a hot knife that seals the edges and then fastened directly onto the kite. ‎ The kite that is used to give lessons is a regular diamond kite with a rainbow pattern. The difference between this kite and the ones they make during the lessons is that it is a two-string controllable kite. Big Wind employees fly the kite and for a few minutes show students how pulling on one line and then on the other controls the direction the kite goes in. Then the controls are given to the students.‎ Jonathan insists that it is not necessary to make a huge impressive kite to have fun making and flying kites. Even the simplest structure can work, and can give hours of fun. Go on, give it a try!‎ ‎68. Which of the following is true according to the text?‎ ‎ A. A hot knife is used to iron the nylon.‎ B. Children never fly kites on their own in flying lessons.‎ C. Kite strings must not be cut in kite-fighting competitions.‎ D. Daphne designs kites for the Big Wind Kite Factory.‎ ‎69. What is different about the kite used for flying lessons?‎ A. It has two strings. B. It is simple in design C. It has a rainbow pattern. D. It is shaped like a diamond.‎ ‎70. According to Jonathan, what do you need to have fun with kites?‎ ‎ A. A large kite. B Any type of kite.‎ ‎ C. A complex structure. D. A kite that impresses others.‎ ‎71. What is mainly described in the text?‎ ‎ A. A kite factory B. Kite-flying lessons.‎ ‎ C. Special competitions. D. The kite-making Process. ‎ E ‎ Welcome to your future life!‎ ‎ You get up in the morning and look into the mirror. Your face is firm and young-looking. In 2035, medical technology is better than ever. Many people your age could live to be 150, so at 40, you’re not old at all. And your parents just had an anti-aging(抗衰老的) treatment. Now, all three of look the same age!‎ ‎ You say to your shirt, “Turn red.” It changes from blue to red. In 2035, “smart clothes” contain particles(粒子) much smaller than the cells in your body. The particles can be programmed to change clothes’ color or pattern.‎ ‎ You walk into the kitchen. You pick up the milk, but a voice says,“ You shouldn’t drink that!” Your fridge has read the chip (芯片) that contains information about the milk , and it knows the milk is old . In 2035, every article of food in the grocery store has such a chip.‎ ‎ It’s time to go to work. In 2035, cars drive themselves. Just tell your “smart car” where to go. On the way, you can call a friend using your jacket sleeve. Such “smart technology” is all around you.‎ ‎ So will all these things come true? “For new technology to succeed,” says scientist Andrew Zolli ,”it has to be so much better that it replaces what we have already.” The Internet is one example—what will be the next?‎ ‎72. We can learn from the text that in the future__________.‎ ‎ A .people will never get old B. everyone will look the same ‎ C. red will be the most popular color D. clothes will be able to change their pattern ‎73. What can be inferred from Paragraph 4?‎ ‎ A. Milk will be harmful to health.‎ ‎ B. More drinks will be available for sale.‎ ‎ C. Food in the grocery store will carry electronic information.‎ D. Milk in the grocery store will stay fresh much longer.‎ ‎74. Which of the following is mentioned in the text?‎ A. Nothing can replace the Internet. B. Fridges will know what people need.‎ C. Jacked sleeves can be used as a guide. D. Cars will be able to drive automatically.‎ ‎75. What is the text mainly about?‎ A. Food and clothing in 2035. B. Future technology in everyday life.‎ C. Medical treatments of the future. D. The reason for the success of new technology.‎ ‎2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（安徽卷）‎ 英语 第II 卷 考生注意事项：‎ ‎ 请用0.5毫米黑色墨水签字笔在答题卡上作答，在 试题卷上答题无效。‎ 第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）‎ A. 任务型读写（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入恰当的单词。‎ 注意：每个空格只填一个单词。‎ Traveling to all corners of the world gets easier and easier. We live in a global village, but this doesn’t mean that we all behave in the same way.‎ How should we behave when you meet someone for the first time? An American shakes your hand firmly while looking you straight in the eye. In many part of Asia, there is no physical contact (接触)at all. In Japan, you should bow, and the more respect you want to show, the deeper you should bow. In Thailand, people greet each other by pressing both hands together at the chest. In both countries, eye contact is avoided as a sign of respect.‎ Many countries have rules about what you should and shouldn’t wear. In Muslim countries, you shouldn’t reveal (显露)the body, especially women, who Should wear long blouses and skirts .In Korea, you should take off your shoes when entering a house. Remember to place then neatly together where you came in.‎ In Spain, lunch is often the biggest meal of the day, and can last two or three hours. For this reason many people eat a light breakfast and a late dinner. In Mexico, lunch is the time to relax, and many people prefer not to discuss business as they eat .In Britain, it’s not unusual to have a business meeting over breakfast.‎ In most countries, an exchange of business cards is necessary for all introductions. You should include your company name and your position. If you are going to a country where your language is not widely spoken, you can get the back side of your card printed in the local language. In China, you may present your card with the writing facing the person you are giving it to.‎ Title :good(76) ‎ Aspect Country Custom ‎(77) ‎ A. America B. Japan C. Thailand A. Shaking hands firmly B. ‎(78)_____to show respect C. Pressing both hands together at the chest Dressing A. ‎(79)________Countries Korea A. Wearing long blouses and skirts Taking off your shoes at the (80)___________‎ Eating A. Spain B. Mexico C. ‎(82)___________‎ A. Having a light breakfast and a late dinner ‎ B. Relaxing while having (81)__________‎ C. Holding a business meeting over breakfast Doing ‎ business A. Most countries B. China A. Exchanging business cards when(83)_______yourself B. Presenting a card to a person (84)________it’s front facing him Conclusion: When traveling (85) ________, we should follow local customs.‎ 第二节 书面表达(满分25分)‎ 假设美国某中学的学生明天来你校访问交流，主题是高中生对文，理科的选择。请你用英语写一篇发言稿，向他们介绍你所做的选择，并说明选择的理由。‎ 注意： 1.开头和结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数；‎ ‎ 2.词数120左右；‎ ‎ 3.短文中不能出现与本人相关的信息。‎ 参考词汇：文科 arts; 理科:science Good afternoon, everyone.‎ Welcometo our school! ______________________________________________‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________‎ One possible version ‎ Good afternoon, everyone. ‎ Welcome to our school! High school students are faced with a choice between arts and science. It was not an easy choice for me to make. After careful consideration, though, I decided on science as my main subject of study. ‎ First ,science graduates are in greater demand than arts ones in China. Second, the science major can help me achieve my childhood dream of becoming a scientist. Third, my parents wish me to study science at college because they believe i will have a brighter future as a science student. Last but not least, my physics teacher is my role model, whose influence on me had a lot to do with my decision. ‎ It is for these reasons that I finally made my choice. ‎ Thanks! ‎ ‎8. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（福建卷）‎ 第I卷（选择题共115分） ‎ 第一部分听力（共两节,满分30分）‎ 第一节 ‎1. Where does this conversation probably take place?‎ ‎ A. In a bookstore. B. In a classroom. C. In a library.‎ ‎2. At what time will the film begin?‎ ‎ A. 7:20. B. 7:15. C. 7:00.‎ ‎3. What are the two speakers mainly talking about?‎ ‎ A. Their friend Jane. B. A weekend trip. C. A radio programme.‎ ‎4. What will the woman probably do?‎ ‎ A. Catch a train. B. See the man off. C. Go shopping.‎ ‎5. Why did the woman apologize?‎ ‎ A. She made a late delivery. B. She went to the wrong place. C. She couldn't take the cake back.‎ 笫二节（共15小题;每小题1.5分,满分22.5分）‎ 听第6段材料,回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. Whose CD is broken? ‎ ‎ A. Kathy's. B. Mum’s C. Jack's.‎ ‎7. What does the boy promise to do for the girl? ‎ ‎ A. Buy her a new CD. B. Do some cleaning C. Give her 10 dollars.‎ 听第7段材料,回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. What did the man think of the meal?‎ ‎ A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory. C. A bit disappointing.‎ ‎9. What was the 15% on the bill paid for?‎ ‎ A. The food. B. The drinks. C. The service.‎ 听第8段材料,回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why is the man at the shop?‎ ‎ A. To order a camera for his wife. B. To have a camera repaired. C. C. To get a camera changed.‎ ‎11. What colour does the man want? ‎ ‎ A. Pink. B. Black. C. Orange.‎ ‎12. What will the man do afterwards? ‎ ‎ A. Make a phone call. B. Wait until further notice. C. Come again the next day.‎ 听第9段材料,回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday? ‎ ‎ A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston.‎ ‎14. What is Ariel going to do in Toronto?‎ ‎ A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show ‎15. Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?‎ ‎ A. To call up Betty. B. To buy some DVDs C. To pick up Daniel.‎ ‎16. What might be the relationship between the speakers?‎ ‎ A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers. C. Guide and tourist.‎ 听第10段材料,回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. Where does Thomas Manning work? ‎ ‎ A. In the Guinness Company. B. At a radio station. C. In a museum.‎ ‎18. Where did the idea of a book of records come from?‎ ‎ A. A bird-shooting trip. B. A visit to Europe. C. A television talk show.‎ ‎19. When did Sir Hugh's first book of records appear? ‎ ‎ A. In 1875. B. In 1950. C. In 1955.‎ ‎20. What are the two speakers going to talk about next?‎ ‎ A. More records of unusual facts. ‎ B. The founder of the company. ‎ C. The oldest person in the world.‎ 第二部分 英语知识运用 第一节 单项填空 ‎21. — What are you going to do this weekend?‎ ‎ — _____. If time permits, I may go to Shanghai with my friends.‎ ‎ A. Don't mention it B. It doesn't matter C. Forget it D. It depends ‎22. — Have you figured out how much the trip will cost? —$4,000, or _____ like that.‎ ‎ A. anything B. everything C. something D. nothing ‎23. The air quality in the city, ______ is shown in the report, has improved over the past two months.‎ ‎ A. that B. it C. as D. what ‎24. — When did the computer crash?‎ ‎ — This morning, while I ______ the reading materials downloaded from some websites.‎ ‎ A. have sorted B. was sorting C. am sorting D. had sorted ‎25. — Why do you choose to work in an international travel agency?‎ ‎ — Well, you know, English is my _____. So it is my best choice.‎ ‎ A. strength B. talent C. ability D: skill ‎26. China has been pushing the reform of public hospitals ____all its citizens.‎ ‎ A. in charge of B. for the purpose of C. in honor of D. for the benefit of ‎27. Anyone, whether he is an official or a bus driver, should be _____respected.‎ ‎ A. especially B. equally C. naturally D. normally ‎28. China recently tightened its waters controls near the Huangyan Island to prevent Chinese fishing boats from ______in the South China Sea.‎ ‎ A. attacking B. having attacked C. being attacked D. having been attacked ‎29. You had better _____some time every day for sports so that you can keep yourself energetic.‎ ‎ A. set aside B. take up C. put away D. give out ‎30. It is hard for the Greek government to get over the present difficulties ____ it gets more financial support from the European Union.‎ ‎ A. if B. unless C. because D. since ‎31. We lost our way in that small village, otherwise we ____ more places of interest yesterday.‎ ‎ A. visited B. had visited C. would visit D. would have visited ‎32. — Can you lend me the book Gone with the Wind?‎ ‎ — Sorry. I returned it to the library just now. Maybe it is still ____.‎ ‎ A. available B. affordable C. acceptable D. valuable ‎33. Nothing is so easy as _____ parents to raise their expectations of their children too high.‎ ‎ A. of B. to C. by D. for ‎34. Pressed from his parents，and _____that he has wasted too much time, the boy is determined to stop playing video games.‎ ‎ A. realizing B. realized C. to realize D. being realized ‎35. We promise _____attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.‎ ‎ A. who B. whom C. whoever D. whomever 第二节 完形填空 ‎ I often read of incidents of misunderstanding or conflict. I'm left 36 . Why do these people create mistrust and problems, especially with those from other 37 ?‎ ‎ I was growing up in Kuala Lumpur in the early 1960s, 38 children from different races and religions played and studied ‎39 in harmony. At that time my family lived a stone's 40 from Ismail's. And no one was bothered that Ismail was a Malay Muslim and I was an Indian Hindu—we just 41 our differences. Perhaps，our ‎ elders had not filled our heads with unnecessary advice, well 42 or otherwise.‎ ‎ We were nine when we became friends. During the school holidays, we 'd 43 the countryside on our bicycles，hoping to 44 the unexpected. At times Ismail would accompany my family as we made a rare shopping trip to town. We would be glad of his 45 .‎ ‎ When I was twelve, my family moved to Johor. Ismail's family later returned to their village, and I 46 touch with him.‎ One spring afternoon in 1983, I stopped a taxi in Kuala Lumpur. I 47 my destination. The driver acknowledged my 48 but did not move off. Instead, he looked 49 at me. “Raddar?" he said, using my childhood nickname (绰号).I was astonished at being so 50 addressed (称呼).Unexpectedly! It was Ismail! Even after two 51 we still recognized each other. Grasping his shoulder, I felt a true affection, something 52 to describe.‎ ‎ If we can allow our children to be 53 without prejudice, they'll build friendships with people，regardless of race or religion, who will be 54 their side through thick and thin. On such friendships are societies built and 55 we can truly be, as William Shakespeare once wrote, “We happy few. We band of brothers".‎ ‎36.A. interested B. pleased C. puzzled D. excited ‎37.A. parties B. cities C. villages D. races ‎38.A. why B. which C. how D. when ‎ ‎39.A. together B. around C. alone D. apart ‎40.A. drop B. throw C. move D. roll ‎41.A. refused B. made C. sought D. accepted ‎42.A. paid B. meant C. preserved D. treated ‎43.A. explore B. search C. discover D. desert ‎44.A. get through B. deal with C. come across D. take away ‎45.A. arrival B. choice C. effort D. company ‎46.A. lost B. gained C. developed D. missed ‎47.A. stated B. ordered C. decided D. chose ‎48.A. attempts B. instructions C. opinions D. arrangements ‎49.A. anxiously B. carelessly C. disappointedly D. fixedly ‎50.A.familiarly B. strangely C. fully D. coldly ‎51.A.departures B. months C. years D. decades ‎52.A.possible B. funny C. hard D. clear ‎53.A.them B. themselves C. us D. ourselves ‎54.A. from B. by C. with D. against ‎55.A. still B. otherwise C. then D. instead 第三部分 阅读理解 A ‎ Some people believe that a Robin Hood is at work，others that a wealthy person simply wants to distribute his or her fortune before dying. But the donator who started sending envelopes with cash to deserving causes，accompanied by an article from the local paper, has made a northern German city believe in fairytales (童话）.‎ ‎ The first envelope was sent to a victim support group. It contained €10，000 with a cutting from the Braunschiveiger Zeitung about how the group supported a woman who was robbed of her handbag; similar plain white anonymous (匿名）envelopes, each containing €10,000, then arrived at a kindergarten and a church.‎ ‎ The envelopes keep coming, and; so far at least €190,000 has been distributed. Last month, one of them was sent to the newspaper 's own office. It came after a story it published about Tom, a 14-year-old boy who was severely disabled in a swimming accident. The receptionist at the Braunschiveiger Zeitung opened an anonymous white envelope to find 20 notes of € 500 inside with a copy of the article. The name of the family was underlined.‎ ‎ “I was driving when I heard the news," Claudia Neumann, the boy's mother, told Der Spiegel magazine. “I ‎ had to park on the side of the road; I was speechless."‎ ‎ The money will be used to make the entrance to their house wheelchair-accessible and for a course of treatment that their insurance company refused to pay for.‎ ‎ "For someone to act so selflessly, for this to happen in such a society in which everyone thinks of himself, was astonishing," Mrs. Neumann said. Her family wonder whether the donator is a Robin Hood character, taking from banks to give to the needy.‎ ‎ Henning Noske，the editor of the Braunschiveiger Zeitung, said: "Maybe it is an old person who is about to die. We just do not know." However, he has told his reporters not to look for the city's hero, for fear that discovery may stop the donations.‎ ‎56. The Braunschiveiger Zeitung is the name of ______.‎ ‎ A. a church B. a bank C. a newspaper D. a magazine ‎57. Which of the following is TRUE about the donation to Tom?‎ ‎ A. The donation amounted to €190,000. B. The donation was sent directly to his house.‎ ‎ C. The money will be used for his education. D. His mother felt astonished at the donation.‎ ‎58. It can be inferred from the passage that _____.‎ ‎ A. the donator is a rich old man B. the donation will continue to come ‎ C. the donation comes from the newspaper D. the donator will soon be found out ‎59. What would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Money Is Raised by the Newspaper. B. Newspaper Distributes Money to the Needy. ‎ ‎ C. Unknown Hero Spreads Love in Envelopes D. Robin Hood Returns to the City B ‎ At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered, with anxiety and worry in every line of his face. This meeting would decide his future life, and he obviously knew it.‎ ‎ “You may wonder, Sir Percival," said Laura calmly, "if I am going to ask to be released (免除）from ray promise to marry you. I am not going to ask this. I respect my father's wishes too much. ” ‎ ‎ His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.‎ ‎ “No, if we are going to withdraw.(退出）from our planned marriage, it will be because of your wish, not mine. ”‎ ‎ "Mine?” he said in great surprise. ”What reason could I have for withdrawing?”‎ ‎ "A reason that is very hard to tell you,” she answered. "There is a change in me. ” ‎ ‎ His face went so pale that even his lips lost their color. He turned his head to one side. ‎ ‎ “What change?" he asked, trying to appear calm.‎ ‎ " When the promise was made two years ago", she said, “ my love did not belong to anyone. Will you forgive me, Sir Percival, if I tell you that it now belongs to another person?"‎ ‎ “I wish you to understand", Laura continued, “that I will never see this person again, and that if you leave me, you only allow me to remain a single woman for the rest of my life. All I ask is that you forgive me and keep my secret.”‎ ‎ “I will do both those things, " he said. Then he looked at Laura, as if he was waiting to hear more. ‎ ‎ "I think I have said enough to give you reason to withdraw from our marriage,’，she added quietly. ‎ ‎ "No. You have said enough to make it the dearest wish of my life to marry you, ” he said.‎ ‎60. How did Percival feel during his meeting with Laura?‎ ‎ A. Angry. B. Calm. C. Nervous. D. Excited.‎ ‎61. We can learn from the passage that _____.‎ ‎ A. Laura had once promised to marry Percival ‎ B. Laura's father wished to end her marriage ‎ C. Percival had been married to Laura for two years ‎ D. Percival asked to be released from the marriage ‎62. The passage is probably taken out of_.‎ ‎ A. a novel B. a report C. a diary D. an essay C Finally, a cell phone That's ... a phone With rates as low as $3.75 per week!‎ ‎ “Well, I finally did it. I finally decided to enter the digital age and get a cell phone. My kids have been annoying me and the last straw was when my car broke down，and I was stuck by the highway for an hour before someone stopped to help. But when I went to the cell phone store, I almost changed my mind. The phones all have cameras, computers and a "global-positioning" something or other that's supposed to spot me from space. Goodness, all I want to do is to be able to talk to my grandkids! The people at the store weren't much help. They couldn't understand why someone wouldn't want a phone the size of a postage stamp. And the rate plans! They were confusing, and expensive ... and the contract (合同）lasted for two years! I'd almost given up until a friend told me about her new Jitterbug phone. Now, I have the convenience and safety of being about to stay in touch --- with a phone I can actually use. ”‎ ‎ Affordable plans that I can understand一and no contract to sign (签订）！ Unlike other cell phones，Jitterbug has plans that make sense. Why should I pay for minutes I'm never going to use? And if I do talk more than I plan, I won't find myself with no minutes like my friend who has a prepaid phone. Best of all, there is no contract to sign—so I'm not locked in for years at a time. The US-based customer service is second to none. And the phone gets service anywhere in the country.‎ Monthly Minutes ‎50‎ ‎100‎ Monthly Rate ‎$14.99‎ ‎$19.99‎ ‎911 Access FREE FREE Long Distance Calls No additional charge No additional charge Friendly Return Policy ‎30 days ‎30 days ‎ Call now and receive a FREE gift when you order. Try Jitterbug for 30 days and if you don't love it, just return it! Why wait, the Jitterbug comes ready to use right out of the box. If you aren't as happy with it as I am, you can return it and get your money back. Call now, the Jitterbug product experts are ready to answer your questions. Call 1-888-809-8794 or visit www. jitterbugdirect.com.‎ ‎63. What made “I” finally think of getting a cell phone?‎ ‎ A. Being stuck by the highway. ‎ B. Being urged by his grandkids.‎ ‎ C. Being persuaded by cell phone salespersons. ‎ D. Being attracted by the friendly return policy.‎ ‎64. On the monthly basis of 100 minutes, the Jitterbug weekly rate is about ____.‎ ‎ A. $3.75 B. $‎4.99 ‎ C. $14. 99 D. $19.99‎ ‎65. An advantage of Jitterbug mentioned in the passage is _____. ‎ ‎ A. its discount price with a free gift B. its reasonable rate plans without a contract ‎ C. its “global-positioning” system with 911 access D. its good customer service all over the world ‎66. The main purpose of the passage is to _____.‎ ‎ A. tell a customer's story of Jitterbug B. provide two ways to order Jitterbug ‎ C. give a brief introduction of Jitterbug D. attract potential customers to Jitterbug D ‎ Do you know how it is when you see someone yawn and you start yawning too? Or how hard it is to be among people laughing and not laugh yourself? Well, apparently it's because we have mirror neurons (神经元）in ‎ our brains.‎ ‎ Put simply, the existence of mirror neurons suggests that every time we see someone else do something, our brains imitate (模仿)it, whether or not we actually perform the same action. This explains a great deal about how we learn to smile, talk, walk, dance or play sports. But the idea goes further: mirror neurons not only appear to explain physical actions，they also tell us that there is a biological basis for the way we understand other people.‎ ‎ Mirror neurons can undoubtedly be found all over our brains，but especially in the areas which relate to our ability to use languages，and to understand how other people feel. Researchers have found that mirror neurons relate strongly to language. A group of researchers discovered that if they gave people sentences to listen to (for example: "The hand took hold of the ball"), the same mirror neurons were triggered as when the action was actually performed (in this example, actually taking hold of a ball).‎ ‎ Any problems with mirror neurons may well result in problems with behavior. Much research suggests that people with social and behavioral problems have mirror neurons which are not fully functioning. However, it is not yet known exactly how these discoveries might help find treatments for social disorders.‎ ‎ Research into mirror neurons seems to provide us with ever more information concerning how humans behave and interact(互动).Indeed, it may turn out to be the equivalent (相等物)for neuroscience of what Einstein's theory of relativity was for physics. And the next time you feel the urge to cough in the cinema when someone else does—well, perhaps you'll understand why.‎ ‎67. Mirror neurons can explain _____.‎ ‎ A. why we cry when we are hurt ‎ B. why we cough when we suffer from a cold ‎ C. why we smile when we see someone else smile ‎ D. why we yawn when we see someone else stay up late ‎68. The underlined word "triggered" in the third paragraph probably means “____”.‎ ‎ A. set off B. cut off C. built up D. broken up ‎69. We can learn from the passage that mirror neurons _____.‎ ‎ A. relate to human behavior and interaction B. control human physical actions and feelings ‎ C. result in bad behavior and social disorders D. determine our knowledge and language abilities ‎70. What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. Ways to find mirror neurons. B. Problems of mirror neurons.‎ ‎ C. Existence of mirror neurons. D. Functions of mirror neurons.‎ E ‎ Holidays are really important. Many of us will have childhood memories of summer holidays where we were taken away from home to experience new environments and learn in different ways.‎ ‎ But holidays are expensive and, for those on low wages or living on benefits，they are often unobtainable. Even the cheapest holidays require travel and other additional costs that are difficult for many families to meet.‎ ‎ For working parents，the long summer break can be a very difficult problem for childcare. When an annual leave allowance amounts to only five weeks，there is a need to spread this across the year. Couples can find themselves taking leave in turn in order to care for children who are on holiday. For some，this makes even an affordable family holiday difficult.‎ ‎ The schools that I visit in Nottingham are full of experienced staff committed to giving our children a caring and inspiring learning environment. The number of children receiving free school meals is quite large in Nottingham and many schools have breakfast clubs to make sure that children get a healthy start to the day. Most schools undertake programs of group or individual educational support. Schools also have an important role in safeguarding children、 welfare through the ongoing touch and support with their pupils. During the long summer holidays，much of this is missed.‎ ‎ While teachers are holidaying in the UK, many of their pupils spend the whole six weeks on the street where ‎ they live. The lack of free school meals for six weeks can result in pressure on a family budget and an inability to afford the inspiring experiences that help children to continue their learning.‎ ‎ In setting out its plans for a five-term year, Nottingham City Council (委员会）is seeking to reduce the summer holiday down to four and a half weeks, with a. more balanced five terms of roughly eight weeks, each followed by a two-week break. We believe this will give real “down time" for school staff and pupils alike but will be short enough not to cause a real break in learning.‎ ‎ We acknowledge that this change may be difficult for some school staff, particularly whose own children are educated in other authorities. However, this must be weighed against the benefits for city children for whom we all have the greatest duty of care. 71. The passage is probably written by _____.‎ ‎ A. an experienced teacher B. a working parent ‎ C. an inspired student D. a city council member ‎72. The underlined word “they" in the second paragraph refers to “____”.‎ ‎ A. environments B. holidays C. wages D. benefits ‎73. It is suggested in the passage that the summer break be reduced to _____. ‎ ‎ A. 2 weeks B. 4.5 weeks C. 5 weeks D. 6 weeks ‎74. The plans for a shorter summer holiday will help students _____.‎ ‎ A. obtain the cheapest holidays without additional costs ‎ B. get a chance to spend, six weeks a term with teachers in school ‎ C. benefit more from the caring and inspiring learning environment ‎ D. have more school days to receive free school meals ‎75. It can be inferred from the passage that _____.‎ ‎ A. working parents can enjoy a five-week break to care for their children ‎ B. the suggested plans for a five-term school year can hardly be carried out ‎ C. the long summer holiday gives teachers and students real “ down time"‎ ‎ D. some school staff will say “ No" to the plans for a shorter summer holiday 第II卷（非选择题共35分） ‎ 第四部分写作（共两节,满分35分） ‎ 第一节短文填词（共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分）‎ People often don’ t do what they really want to for fear ‎ of failure. You don't apply for a job _____ case you don't 76. ______‎ get it. You don't perform at the school concert b ____ others 77. ______‎ might laugh at you. A lack of confidence can l____ to a lot 78. ______‎ of suffering. The key to o____ this problem is to believe in 79. ______‎ yourself. This might be _____(容易)said than done, but there 80. ______‎ are many w_____ to help you do this. Talk about your problem 81. ______‎ with a friend or look _____ advice on the Internet. Imagine 82. ______‎ yourself being _____(成功）and practise breathing techniques 83. ______‎ to keep you calm when you get nervous. And the ____ important 84. ______‎ thing is: believe you can do it. When you've _____ (学会）to do 85. ______‎ that, you are well on your way.‎ 第二节 书面表达 第二节书面表达(满分25分）‎ 假定你是某中学生英语报的小记者；以下漫画内容是你的所见所闻,谙根据要求写一篇英语短文投稿。‎ 内容要求：‎ ‎1.描述漫画内容； 2.发表个人感想。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 短文标题与开头已给出,不计入总词数；‎ ‎2. 考生可适当发挥，使文章内容充实、连贯 ‎3. 词数120左右;‎ ‎4. 文中不能出现考生的具体信息。 ‎ 参考词汇:告示牌sign Mind Your Behavior in Public Places Last Sunday, I went sightseeing with my friends in the Fairy‎ Lake ‎Park.‎ 选择题 ‎1. C 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. C ‎11. A 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. A 18. A 19.C 20. A ‎21. D 22. C 23. C 24. B 25. A 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. B ‎31. D 32. A 33. D 34. A 35. C 36. C 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. B ‎41. D 42. B 43. A 44. C 45. D 46. A 47. A 48. B 49. D 50. A ‎51. D 52. C 53. B 54. B 55. C ‎56. C 57. D 58. B 59. C 60. C 61. A 62. A 63. A 64. B 65. B ‎66. D 67. C 68. A 69. A 70. D 71. D 72. B 73. B 74. C 75. D 短文填词 ‎76. in 77. because 78. lead 79. overcoming 80. easier ‎ ‎81. ways 82. for 83. successful 84. most 85. learned/learnt 书面表达 参考范文 Mind Your Behavior in Public Places Last Sunday, I went sightseeing with my friends in the Fairy Lake Park. The park was full of freshness and beauty of spring, with the sun shining and birds singing. When I was enjoying the fantastic scenery around, something unpleasant caught my eye. A young couple in a boat were eating, talking and laughing loudly as if they were the only people in the world. What's worse, they spat and even threw rubbish into the lake, totally ignoring the noticeable sign "No Littering" nearby. What a shame! ‎ Such behavior left me deep in thought. If all visitors to the Fairy‎ Lake ‎Park do as the couple did, the lake will be severely polluted and soon turned into a huge dustbin. I think all of us should mind our behavior in public places. Only in this way can we live in more comfortable and beautiful surroundings.‎ ‎9. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（广东卷）‎ I 语言知识及应用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）‎ ‎    阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从1~15各题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎    We all know that some things are obviously right. For example, it is right to be ___1___ to other people. It is also right to look after the environment. Some things are ___2___ wrong, too. For instance, we should not hurt or bully (欺负) others, nor should we litter. Rules often tell us what is right or wrong.‎ ‎    Rules can help the public make the right ___3___, and remain safe. Car divers have to obey traffic regulations that tell them the right things to do on the road to avoid crashes. Cyclists who give signals before turning or stopping help prevent ___4___.‎ ‎    If people follow rules without taking other matters into consideration, it will be ___5___ for them to form what is sometimes called a “black and white” view. For example, they may believe that people should always tell the truth, and that lying is ___6___ acceptable. Such people always stick to their views, even if it means that they may get into ___7___.‎ ‎    Sometimes it may not be so easy to know ___8___ what is right or wrong. Some people choose not to eat meat because they believe that it is ___9___ to eat animals, but other argue that they can eat meat and ___10___ be kind to animals; some insist that stealing is always wrong, but others think that one does not need to feel so ___11___ when stealing some food to eat, if he lives in a really poor area and he is ___12___.‎ ‎    Rules help us live together in harmony, because they show us the right way to ___13___ others. However, some people argue that rules may be ___14___, having observed that rules change all the time, and that some schools have some regulations and others have different ones —so who is to ___15___ what is right ?‎ ‎1. A. kind               B .sensitive         C. fair              D. generous ‎2. A. equally            B. slightly          C. clearly          D. increasingly ‎3. A. suggestions       B. conclusions       C. turns             D. choices ‎4. A. accidents          B mistakes           C. falls             D. deaths ‎5. A. interesting        B. vital             C. easy               D. valuable ‎6 .A. seldom            B. rarely            C. merely            D. never ‎7. A. trouble            B. power             C. prison            D. control ‎8. A. roughly            B. eventually        C. deliberately      D. exactly ‎9. A. awful              B. cruel             C. unhealthy         D. unnecessary ‎10. A. still             B. even              C. later             D. somehow ‎11. A. nervous          B. anxious           C. afraid            D. guilty ‎12. A. begging          B. staving           C. growing           D. wandering ‎13. A. follow            B. instruct          C. treat             D. protect ‎14. A. disgusting       B. confusing         C. unsafe            D. unimportant ‎15. A. predict           B. explain           C. decide            D. consider 第二节   语法填空 （共10小题 ，每小题1.5分 ，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用口号中词语的正确形式填空，并将答案填写在答题卡标号为16~25的相应位置上。‎ ‎    Mary will never forget the first time she saw him. He suddenly appeared in class one day, __16__ (wear) sun glasses. He walked in as if he __17__ (buy) the school. And the word quickly got around that he was from New York City.‎ For some reason he sat beside Mary. Mary felt __18__ (please), because there were many empty seats in the room. But she quickly realized that it wasn’t her, it was probably the fact that she sat in ___19___ last row.‎ ‎    ___20___ he thought he could escape attention by sitting at the back, he was wrong. It might have made it a little ___21___ (hard) for everybody because it meant they had to turn around, but that didn’t stop the kids in the ‎ class. Of course whenever they turned to look at him, they had to look at Mary, ___22___ made her feel like a star.‎ ‎    “Do you need those glasses for medical reasons?” the teacher asked. The new boy shook his head.” “Then I’d appreciate it if you didn’t wear them in class. I like to look at your eyes when I’m speaking to you.” The new boy looked at the teacher ___23___ a few seconds and all the other students wondered ___24___ the boy would do. Then he took ___25___ off, gave a big smile and said “That is cool”.‎ Ⅱ阅读理解（共两节，满分50分）‎ 第一节  阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D和D项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎    “Have a nice day!” may be a pleasant gesture or a meaningless. When my friend Maxie says “Have a nice day” with a smile, I know she sincerely cares about what happens to me. I feel loved and secure since another person cares about me and wishes me well.‎ ‎    “Have a nice day. Next!” This version of the expression is spoken by a salesgirl at the supermarket who is rushing me and my groceries out the door. The words come out in the same tone (腔调) with a fixed procedure. They are spoken at me, not to me. Obviously, the concern for my day and everyone else’s is the management’s attempt to increase business.‎ ‎    The expression is one of those behaviors that help people get along with each other. Sometimes it indicates the end of a meeting. As soon as you hear it, you know the meeting is at an end. Sometimes the expression saves us when we don’t know what to say “oh, you may have a tooth out? I’m terribly sorry, but have a nice day.”‎ ‎    The expression can be pleasant. If a stranger says “Have a nice day” to you, you may find it heart-warming because someone you don’t know has tried to be nice to you.‎ ‎    Although the use of the expression is an insincere, meaningless social custom at times, there is nothing wrong with the sentence except that it is a little uninteresting. The salesgirl, the waitress, the teacher, and all the countless others who speak it without thinking may not really care about my day. But in a strange and comfortable way, it’s nice to know they care enough to pretend they care when they really don’t care all that much. While the expression may not often be sincere, it is always spoken. The point is that people say it all the time when they like.‎ ‎26. How does the author understand Maxie’s words?‎ A. Maxie shows her anxiety to the author. B. Maxie really wishes the author a good day.‎ C. Maxie encourages the author to stay happy. D. Maxie really worries about the author’s security.‎ ‎27. What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 2 mean?‎ A. The salesgirl is rude.            B. The salesgirl is bored.‎ C. The salesgirl cares about me.    D. The salesgirl says the words as a routine.‎ ‎28. By saying “Have a nice day,” a stranger may _____.‎ A. try to be polite to you           B. express respect to you C. give his blessing to you          D. share his pleasure with you ‎29. According to the last paragraph, people say “Have a nice day”_______.‎ A. sincerely           B. as thanks    C. as a habit    D. encouragingly ‎30. What is the best title of the passage?‎ A. Have a Nice Day—a Social Custom. B. Have a Nice Day—a Pleasant Gesture.‎ C. Have a Nice Day—a Heart-warming Greeting. D. Have a Nice Day—a Polite Ending of a Conversation.‎ B ‎    I have been consistently opposed to feeding a baby regularly. As a doctor, mother and scientist in child development I believe there is nothing to recommend it, from the baby’s point of view.‎ ‎    Mothers, doctors and nurse alike have no idea of where a baby’s blood sugar level lies. All we know is that a ‎ low level is harmful to brain development and makes a baby easily annoyed. In this state, the baby is difficult to calm down and sleep is impossible. The baby asks for attention by crying and searching for food with its mouth.‎ ‎    It is not just unkind but also dangerous to say a four-hourly feeding schedule will make a baby satisfied. The first of the experts to advocate a strict clock-watching schedule was Dr Frederic Truby King, who was against feeding in the night. I’ve never heard anything so ridiculous. Baby feeding shouldn’t follow a timetable set by the mum. What is important is feeding a baby in the best way, though it may cause some inconvenience in the first few weeks.‎ ‎    Well, at last we have copper-bottomed research that supports demand feeding and points out the weaknesses of strictly timed feeding. The research finds out that babies who are fed on demand do better at school at age 5, 7, 11 and 14, than babies fed according to the clock. By the age of 8, their IQ（智商）scores are four to five percent higher than babies fed by a rigid timetable. This Research comes from Oxford and Essex University using a sample（样本）of 10,419 children born in the early 1990s, taking account of parental education, family income, a child’s sex and age, the mother’s health and feeling style. These results don’t surprise me. Feeding according to schedule runs the risk of harming the rapidly growing brain by taking no account of sinking blood sugar levels.‎ ‎    I hope this research will put an end to advocating strictly timed baby feeding practices.‎ ‎31. According to Paragraph 2, one reason why a baby cries is that it feels______.‎ A. sick         B. upset       C. sleepy       D. hungry ‎32. What does the author think about Dr King?‎ A. He is strict.                B. He is unkind.‎ C. He has the wrong idea.     D. He sets a timetable for mothers.‎ ‎33. The word “copper-bottomed” in Paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to _________.‎ A. basic          B. reliable       C. surprising          D. interesting ‎34. What does the research tell us about feeding a baby on demand?‎ A. The baby will sleep well.‎ B. The baby will have its brain harmed.‎ C. The baby will have a low blood sugar level.‎ D. The baby will grow to be wiser by the age of 8.‎ ‎35. The author supports deeding the baby_______.‎ A. in the night               B. every four hours C. whenever it wants food    D. according to its blood sugar level C ‎    I was blind, but I was ashamed of it if it was known. I refused to use a white stick and hated asking for help. After all, I was a teenager girl, and I couldn’t bear people to look at me and think I was not like them. I must have been a terrible danger on the roads, coming across me wandering through the traffic; motorists probably would have to step rapidly on their brakes. Apart from that, there were all sorts of disasters that used to occur on the way to and from work.‎ ‎    One evening, I got off the bus about halfway home where I had to change buses, and as usual I ran into something. “I’m awfully sorry,” I said and stepped forward only to run into it again. When it happened a third time, I realized I had been apologizing to a lamppost. This was just one of the stupid things that constantly happened to me. So I carried on and found the bus stop, which was a request stop, where the bus wouldn’t stop unless passengers wanted to get on or off. No one else was there and I had to try to guess if the bus had arrived.‎ ‎    Generally in this situation, because I hated showing I was blind by asking for help, I tried to guess at the sound. Sometimes I would stop a big lorry and stand there feeling stupid as it drew away. In the end, I usually managed to swallow my pride and ask someone at the stop for help.‎ ‎    But on this particular evening no one joined me at the stop; it seemed that everyone had suddenly decided not to travel by bus. Of course I heard plenty of buses pass, or I thought I did. But because I had given up stopping them ‎ for fear of making a fool of myself, I let them all go by. I stood there alone for half an hour without stopping one. Then I gave up. I decided to walk on to the next stop.‎ ‎36. The girl refused to ask for help because she thought_________.‎ A. she might be recognized B. asking for help looked silly C. she was normal and independent D. being found blind was embarrassing ‎37. After the girl got off the bus that evening, she_________.‎ A. began to run B. hit a person as usual C. hit a lamppost by accident D. was caught by something ‎38. At the request stop that evening, the girl___________.‎ A. stopped a big lorry B. stopped the wrong bus C. made no attempt to stop the bus D. was not noticed by other people ‎39. What was the problem with guessing at the sound to stop a bus?‎ A. Other vehicles also stopped there.‎ B. It was unreliable for making judgments.‎ C. More lorries than buses responded to the girl.‎ D. It took too much time for the girl to catch the bus.‎ ‎40. Finally the girl decided to walk to the next stop, hoping__________.‎ A. to find people there B. to find more buses there C. to find the bus by herself there D. to find people more helpful there D ‎ Sports account for a growing amount of income made on the sales of commercial time by television companies. Many television companies have used sports to attract viewers from particular sections of the general public, and then they have sold audiences to advertisers.‎ ‎ An attraction of sport programs for the major U.S.‎ media companies is that events are often held on Saturday and Sunday afternoons—the slowest time periods of the week for general television viewing. Sport events are the most popular weekend programs, especially among male viewers who may not watch much television at other times during the week. This means the television networks are able to sell advertising time at relatively high prices during what normally would be dead time for programming.‎ ‎ Media corporations also use sports to attract commercial sponsors that might take their advertising dollars elsewhere if television stations did not report certain sports. The people in the advertising departments of major corporations realize that sports attract made viewers. They also realize that most business travelers are men and that many men make family decisions on the purchases of computers, cars and life insurance.‎ ‎ Golf and tennis are special cases for television programming. These sports attract few viewers, and the ratings(收视率)are unusually low. However, the audience for these sports is attractive to certain advertisers. It is made up of people from the highest income groups in the United States, to certain advertisers. It is made up of people from the highest income groups in the United States, including many lawyers and business managers. This is why television reporting of golf and tennis is sponsored by companies selling high-priced cars. business and personal computer, and holiday trips .This is also why the networks continue to carry these programs regardless of low ratings.‎ Advertisers are willing to pay high fees to reach high-income consumers and those managers who make decisions to buy thousands of “company cars” and computer, with such viewers, these programs don’t need high ratings to stay on the air.‎ ‎41.Television sport programs on weekend afternoons .‎ A. result in more sport event ‎ B. get more viewers to play sports C. make more people interested in television ‎ D. bring more money to the television networks ‎42.Why would weekend afternoons become dead time without sport programs?‎ A. Because there would be few viewers B. Because the advertisers would be off work C. Because television programs would go slowly D. Because viewers would pay less for watching television ‎43.In many families, men make decision on .‎ A. holiday B. sports viewing C. television shopping D. expensive purchases ‎44.The ratings are not important for golf and tennis programs because .‎ A. their advertisers are carmakers B. their viewers are attracted by sports C. their advertisers target at rich people D. their viewers can afford expensive cars ‎45.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. Television viewers are determined by male viewers B. Rich viewers contribute most to television companies C. Sports are gaining importance in advertising on television D. Commercial advertisers are the major sponsors of sport event 第二节 信息匹配（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下列应用文及相关信息，并按照要求匹配信息。请在答题卡上将对应题号的相应选项字母涂黑。‎ 首先阅读下列某实习编辑从一组读者来信中整理出来的关键备忘信息：‎ A Hobbies: reading, listening to music and watching birds Purpose: asking for spare copies of textbooks, teaching materials or journals B Hobbies: reading, singing and traveling Purpose: learning about ideas of teaching professionals in the world C Hobbies: role-playing, listening to music and collecting nice things Purpose: communicating with new friends among English teachers from the UK and the ‎USA D Hobbies: reading and exchanging fancy gifts and ideas about local customs and conventions Purpose: exchanging ideas on teaching methods E Hobbies: listening to western pop music, exchanging gifts and collecting things Purpose: making friends with both fellow teachers and students of English around the world F Hobbies: swimming, cycling and raising cats and dogs Purpose: finding pen friends all over the world and communicating in English 以下信函为上面关键备忘信息的来源。为有效管理资料，请将关键备忘信息与信函原件匹配起来。‎ ‎46.‎ Dear Editor,‎ I am a secondary school teacher of English. I would like to have pen friends all over the world for my ‎ students. They are aged 15-19 and good at swimming, cycling and raising cats and dogs. If students in your country are interested in corresponding with Turkish students in English, please tell them to write to my address, so that I can distribute their letters to my students who are willing to have friends and are in need of practice.‎ Ms. Imbat ‎81030, ‎Istanbul Turkey ‎47.‎ Dear Editor,‎ I am interested in corresponding with other TEFL teachers and researchers about issues of professional development. I would like to share ideas with fellow teachers from English-speaking countries throughout the world. My hobbies are reading, listening to music and watching birds. Since I live in a rather isolated area, I would appreciate any spare copies if text books, teaching materials or journals that other teachers would be able to send me.‎ Ms. Juliana Sirait ‎21214,Kisaran Indonesia ‎48.‎ Dear Editor I am a 33-year-old secondary school teacher of English in Hungary. I would like to make new friends among English teachers mainly from English, the USA, Switzerland, and Scandinavia. I am interested in role-playing and team work, I would also like to correspond with colleagues all over the world with the same hobbies as mine: collecting nice things, listening to music, reading and traveling.‎ Mariann Nyari ‎6724, Szeged , Tavasz1/B Hungary ‎49.‎ Dear Editor,‎ I am a 23-year-old Peace Corps Volunteer teaching secondary English in Equatorial Guinea. This is my first experience teaching formally, so I would like to know some of the ideas of all you professionals out there in the world. Letters do not have to be all business. When the school day ends, I would enjoy hearing from you. I enjoy reading. Singing, traveling and so on.‎ Kury W.Cobham AP Box 456‎ Equatorial Guinea ‎50. ‎ Dear Editor,‎ ‎ I’m a 30-year-old teacher of English at a middle school. I’d be happy to make friends with both fellow teachers and students of English around the world. I also wish to find pen-friends for my students between 13 and 20 years old. My interests are letter writing, listening to western pop music, exchanging gifts, and collecting stamps, maps, picture postcards and coins.‎ Mr.S. Thevachandra ‎47/1,Kalm Unai Sri Lanka II 写作 （共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节 基础写作 （共1小题；满分15分）‎ ‎ 你接受了一项写作任务，要为英语校报写一篇人物介绍。‎ ‎【写作内容】‎ 请根据以下信息，介绍一位传奇人物 姓 名：Allan Stewart 国 籍：澳大利亚 出生日期：‎‎1915年3月7日 世界纪录：2006年获硕士学位时年龄最大 学习态度：挑战自我，永远为时不晚。‎ 第一个学位：1936年获得 第二个学位：医学博士 第三个学位：80多岁时决定学习法律，2006年获得硕士学位。‎ 第四个学位：2012年通过网络学习获得，善于合理安排学习时间，受到老师表扬。‎ ‎*硕士学位：master’s degree; **博士：doctor ‎[写作要求]‎ 只能用5个句子表达全部内容 ‎[评分标准]‎ 句子结构准确，信息内容完整，篇章连贯。‎ 第二节 读写任务（共1小题；满分25分）‎ 阅读下面短文，然后按要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。‎ My husband received a letter a month ago a young woman who had been his student when she was in middle school. She was writing because she wanted to thank for having a great influence in her life.‎ In the letter she wrote, “You were the teacher who helped me discover my talent for math. Before you came to teach us, I had been terribly poor at math, and had never thought that I would be interested in it. To my surprise, you magically showed me the beauty of math. I guess that was the turning point of my attitude towards it. Gradually my interest in it began to grow. Thanks to your encouragement, I made continuous progress in math, and finally made up my mind to study it in the university. Today I am working as an accountant at Valley Medical Center in California. You played an important part. Thank you!”‎ What a wonderful gift to a retired teacher! My husband has received many letters from students over the years. This one was special, for it arrived at this time in his life when he is in very poor health.‎ ‎[写作内容]‎ ‎1.以约30个词概括上文的主要内容。‎ ‎2.以约120个词就老师影响学生的话题谈谈你的想法，内容包括：‎ ‎（1）上文使你想起哪位对你帮助最大的老师；‎ ‎（2）举例说明该老师对你学习或成长的影响；‎ ‎（3）你怎样看待老师对学生的影响。‎ ‎[写作要求]‎ ‎1.作文中可以使用亲身经历或虚构的故事，也可以参照阅读材料的内容，但不得直接引用原文中的句子。‎ ‎2.作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称。‎ ‎[评分标准]‎ 概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，语篇连贯。‎ ‎10. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（海南卷）‎ 同全国新课标卷 ‎11. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（湖北卷）‎ 第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）‎ 做题时，先将答案划在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。‎ ‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ 例：How much is the shirt?‎ ‎ A. £ 19.15． B. £ 9.15． C. £ 9.18．‎ 答案：B ‎1. What is the problem for the man?‎ A. He has to meet many people.‎ B. He has to leave his friends.‎ C. He has to travel a lot.‎ ‎2. How does the man think of the book?‎ A. Humorous. B. Scientific. C. Popular.‎ ‎3. What’s the matter with the woman?‎ ‎ A. She has caught a bad cold.‎ ‎ B. She stayed online too long.‎ ‎ C. She is allergic to paint smell.‎ ‎4. What does the man suggest the woman do?‎ A. Consult a repair shop. ‎ B. Purchase another car.‎ C. Fix the car herself.‎ ‎5. In which year is the man in college now?‎ A. The first year.‎ B. The second year.‎ C. The third year.‎ 第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ ‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. What has the woman ordered for herself?‎ A. Milk.‎ B. Juice.‎ C. Coffee. ‎ ‎7. Why does the man recommend strawberry juice?‎ A. It’s sweeter.‎ B. It’s fresher.‎ C. It’s colder.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. Why is Jane upset?‎ A. David fell in love with her. ‎ B. Kevin made up stories about her.‎ C. She made a mistake in calculation.‎ ‎9. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?‎ A. Teacher and student. ‎ B. Father and daughter. ‎ C. Employer and employee.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. How far away is Hill Farm?‎ ‎ A. Nearly a mile. ‎ B. Just one mile.‎ C. More than a mile.‎ ‎11. Which is the route to Hill Farm?‎ A. Left track → bridge → road.‎ B. Road‎ → left track → bridge.‎ C. Bridge → road → left track.‎ ‎12. What would the man like the woman to do towards the end of the conversation?‎ A. Give him a ride.‎ B. Repeat what she said.‎ C. Walk him to Hill Farm.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What is the woman doing? [来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ A. Hosting a TV show.‎ B. Giving a lecture on poetry. ‎ C. Conducting a radio debate.‎ ‎14. How did the man’s mother contribute to his success in poetry?‎ ‎ A. She sent him to poetry classes.‎ ‎ B. She taught him to write business plans.‎ ‎ C. She asked him to read from early childhood. ‎ ‎15. What does the man find most difficult in writing?‎ ‎ A. Choosing the right words.‎ ‎ B. Describing real experiences. ‎ ‎ C. Getting an appropriate opportunity.‎ ‎16. What does the man say about his own writing?‎ ‎ A. Creative. B. Successful. C. Encouraging. ‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. How do students enter the library?‎ A. With a library account. B. With a student card. C. With a password.‎ ‎18. What is the maximum number of books current students can borrow?‎ A. 12. B. 11. C. 9.‎ ‎19. What kind of books have to be returned within one week?‎ A. Books borrowed by local residents. ‎ B. Books liked by a lot of people.‎ C. Books published recently.‎ ‎20. What will the speaker do next?‎ A. Tell the students where to get bottled water.‎ B. Take the students on a campus tour.‎ C. Show the students around the library.‎ 第二部分：词汇知识运用(共两节，满分30分) ‎ 第一节：多项选择（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ 例：To make members of a team perform better, the trainer first of all has to know ‎ their _____ and weaknesses．‎ A. strengths B. benefits C. techniques D. values ‎ 答案：A ‎21.Two lawyers have donated $50,000 to ________ our school’s campaign “Help the Needy”, which was started by our former headmaster three years ago.[来源:学。科。网Z。X。X。K]‎ A. sponsor B. launch C. organize D. plan ‎22. Finally, my thanks go to my tutor, who has offered a lot of suggestions and comments on my paper and ________ every page of my draft.‎ A. approved B. quoted C. polished D. folded ‎23. Walking alone in the dark, the boy whistled to ________ his courage.‎ A. hold up B. keep up C. set up D. take up ‎24. I’m so glad you’ve come here to ________ this matter in person.‎ ‎ tick to /look fore to _________neutralA. lead to B. see to C. turn to D. refer to ‎25. The furniture, with its modern style and bright colors, suits modern houses and their gardens, but looks ‎ _______ in the garden of a traditional home.‎ A. out of question B. out of order C. out of sight D. out of place ‎26. “Perhaps we need to send for Dr. Smith to see what we can do about it,” Father suggested ________ to his neighbor who had come to discuss the problem.‎ A. tentatively B. thoughtlessly C. definitely D. rudely ‎27. Can you tell the ________ difference between the words “require” and “request”? I sometimes get puzzled by their meanings.‎ ‎ A. dramatic B. regional C. apparent D. subtle ‎28. Whether the buildings in this area should be pulled down has remained ________; people are still looking for other possible solutions.‎ A. unchallenged B. relevant C. controversial D. contradictory ‎29. It is important to have your eyes examined regularly to check for any sign of eye disease that may not have any ________.‎ A. symptom B. similarity C. sample D. shadow ‎30. The officer insisted that Michael did not follow the correct ________ in applying for a visa. ‎ A. pattern B. procedure C. program D. perspective 第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ I tend to accept any idea put forward by experts on TV. One day, a sociologist proposed that the 31 society has been consuming modern humans little by little. For fear that I would become a victim of the consumer society, I 32 hurried to a bicycle shop in my neighborhood. 33 the shopkeeper Mr. Johnson was selling me the bicycle, he said, “This is the best thing you 34 have done. Life has become hopelessly 35 . A bicycle is simple, and it brings to you 36 things: fresh air, sunshine and exercise.” I agreed. Happy as a child, I got on the bicycle and headed out onto the streets. After some time, I 37 at the other end of the town. I was 38 that this simple vehicle could let me 39 long distances in a fairly short time. But how 40 did I really go?‎ Since I hated to be 41 , I went back to Mr. Johnson and asked him to 42 an odometer (里程表) on my bicycle. He agreed, but 43 , “An odometer without a speedometer (速度计) is like a 44 without a knife.” I admitted he was right and in a few minutes, the two devices (装置) were 45 to the handlebars of my bicycle. “What about a horn?” he then asked. “Look, this horn is no larger than a matchbox and has many 46 .” Attracted by these functions, I bought the horn.‎ ‎“You can’t leave the back part 47 ,” noted Mr. Johnson. He fixed a metal box with buttons 48 the seat, and said, “Is there anything better than this oven when you feel 49 on your way? I can give you a special discount.” I was not strong enough to 50 the offer.‎ ‎“I congratulate you once more; this is the best thing you could have done,” said Mr. Johnson in the end.‎ ‎31. A. adult B. human C. consumer D. bachelor ‎ ‎32. A. eventually B. immediately C. reluctantly D. gratefully ‎33. A. Although B. Because C. As D. Unless ‎34. A. would B. should C. must D. could ‎35. A. boring B. complicated C. stressful D. tough ‎36. A. natural B. mysterious C. complex D. unique ‎ ‎37. A. gave up B. broke down C. calmed down D. ended up ‎38. A. amazed B. amused C. confused D. concerned ‎39. A. march B. drive C. cover D. measure ‎40. A. far B. long C. fast D. deep ‎41. A. unreliable B. impractical C. unprepared D. inaccurate ‎42. A. fix B. check C. repair D. lay ‎43. A. swore B. added C. replied D. concluded ‎44. A. pencil B. fork C. box D. cake ‎45. A. distributed B. converted C. applied D. attached ‎46. A. shapes B. sizes C. functions D. models ‎47. A. loose B. blank C. bare D. incomplete ‎48. A. beside B. before C. below D. behind ‎49. A. sick B. hungry C. hot D. thirsty ‎50. A. consider B. withdraw C. make D. resist ‎ 第三部分：阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)‎ 阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A You’ve just come home, after living abroad for a few years. Since you’ve been away, has this country changed for the better—or for the worse?‎ If you’ve just arrived back in the UK after a fortnight’s holiday, small changes have probably surprised you—anything from a local greengrocer suddenly being replaced by a mobile-phone shop to someone in your street moving house.‎ So how have things changed to people coming back to Britain after seven, ten or even 15 years living abroad? What changes in society can they see that the rest of us have hardly noticed—or now take for granted? To find out, we asked some people who recently returned.‎ Debi: When we left, Cheltenham, my home town, was a town of white, middle-class families—all very conservative (保守的). The town is now home to many eastern Europeans and lots of Australians, who come here mainly to work in hotels and tourism. There are even several shops only for foreigners.‎ Having been an immigrant (移民) myself, I admire people who go overseas to find a job. Maybe if I lived in an inner city where unemployment was high, I’d think differently, but I believe foreign settlers have improved this country because they’re more open-minded and often work harder than the natives.‎ Christine: As we flew home over Britain, both of us remarked how green everything looked. But the differences between the place we’d left behind and the one we returned to were brought sharply into focus as soon as we landed.‎ To see policemen with guns in the airport for the first time was frightening—in Cyprus, they’re very relaxed—and I got pulled over by customs officers just for taking a woolen sweater with some metal-made buttons out of my case in the arrivals hall. Everyone seemed to be on guard. Even the airport car-hire firm wanted a credit card rather than cash because they said their vehicles had been used by bank robbers.‎ But anyway, this is still a green, beautiful country. I just wish more people would appreciate what they’ve got. ‎ ‎51. After a short overseas holiday, people tend to _______.‎ A. notice small changes[来源:Z.xx.k.Com B. expect small changes ‎ C. welcome small changes D. exaggerate small changes ‎52. How does Debi look at the foreign settlers?‎ A. Cautiously. B. Positively. C. Skeptically. D. Critically.‎ ‎53. When arriving at the airport in Britain, Christine was shocked by _______.‎ A. the relaxed policemen B. the messy arrivals hall C. the tight security D. the bank robbers ‎54. Which might be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Life in Britain. B. Back in Britain. C. Britain in Future. D. Britain in Memory.‎ B When my brother and I were young, my mom would take us on Transportation Days. ‎ It goes like this: You can’t take any means of transportation more than once. We would start from home, walking two blocks to the rail station. We’d take the train into the city center, then a bus, switching to the tram, then maybe a taxi. We always considered taking a horse carriage in the historic district, but we didn’t like the way the horses were treated, so we never did. At the end of the day, we took the subway to our closest station, where Mom’s friend was waiting to give us a ride home—our first car ride of the day.‎ The good thing about Transportation Days is not only that Mom taught us how to get around. She was born to be multimodal (多方式的). She understood that depending on cars only was a failure of imagination and, above all, a failure of confidence—the product of a childhood not spent exploring subway tunnels. ‎ Once you learn the route map and step with certainty over the gap between the train and the platform, nothing is frightening anymore. New cities are just light-rail lines to be explored. And your personal car, if you have one, becomes just one more tool in the toolbox—and often an inadequate one, limiting both your mobility and your wallet.‎ On Transportation Days, we might stop for lunch on Chestnut Street or buy a new book or toy, but the transportation was the point. First, it was exciting enough to watch the world speed by from the train window. As I got older, my mom helped me unlock the mysteries that would otherwise have paralyzed my first attempts to do it myself: How do I know where to get off? How do I know how much it costs? How do I know when I need tickets, and where to get them? What track, what line, which direction, where’s the stop, and will I get wet when we go under the river?‎ I’m writing this right now on an airplane, a means we didn’t try on our Transportation Days and, we now know, the dirtiest and most polluting of them all. My flight routed me through Philadelphia. My multimodal mom met me for dinner in the airport. She took a train to meet me. ‎ ‎55. Which was forbidden by Mom on Transportation Days?‎ ‎ A. Having a car ride. B. Taking the train twice.‎ C. Buying more than one toy. D. Touring the historic district.‎ ‎56. According to the writer, what was the greatest benefit of her Transportation Days?‎ A. Building confidence in herself. B. Reducing her use of private cars.‎ C. Developing her sense of direction. D. Giving her knowledge about vehicles.‎ ‎57. The underlined word “paralyzed” (in Para. 5) is closest in meaning to “_______”.‎ A. displayed[来源 B. justified C. ignored D. ruined ‎58. Which means of transportation does the writer probably disapprove of?‎ A. Airplane. B. Subway. C. Tram. D. Car.‎ C It was a simple letter asking for a place to study at Scotland’s oldest university which helped start a revolution in higher education. A 140-year-old letter written by a lady calling for her to be allowed to study medicine at St Andrews‎ ‎University has been discovered by researchers. Written by Sophia Jex-Blake in 1873, the seven-page document, which urged the university to allow women to study medicine at the institution, was released yesterday on International Women’s Day.‎ ‎ The document was discovered buried in the university archives (档案) by part-time history student Lis Smith, who is completing her PhD at St Andrews Institute of Scottish Historical Research. She said: “We knew that Sophia Jex-Blake and her supporters, in their effort to open up university medical education for women, had written to the Senatus Academicus (校评议委员会) at St Andrews in an attempt to gain permission to attend classes there, but we didn’t know documentary evidence existed. While searching the archives for information ‎ about the university’s higher certificate for women, I was astonished to come across what must be the very letter Jex-Blake wrote.”‎ In the letter, Sophia and her supporters offered to hire teachers or build suitable buildings for a medical school and to arrange for lectures to be delivered in the subjects not already covered at St Andrews. Although her letter was not successful, it eventually led to the establishment of the Ladies Literate in Arts at St Andrews, a distance-learning degree for women. The qualification, which ran from 1877 until the 1930s, gave women access to university education in the days before they were admitted as students. It was so popular that it survived long after women were admitted as full students to St Andrews in 1892.‎ Ms Jex-Blake went on to help establish the London School of Medicine for Women in 1874. She was accepted by the University‎ of ‎Berne, where she was awarded a medical degree in January 1877. Eventually, she moved back to Edinburgh and opened her own practice. ‎ ‎59. Sophia wrote a letter to St Andrews‎ ‎University because she wanted _______.‎ A. to carry out a research project there B. to set up a medical institute there C. to study medicine there D. to deliver lectures there ‎60. Lis Smith found Sophia’s letter to St Andrews‎ ‎University _______.‎ A. by pure chance B. in the school office C. with her supporters’ help D. while reading history books ‎61. Sophia’s letter resulted in the establishment of _______.‎ A. the London School of Medicine for Women B. a degree programme for women C. a system of medical education D. the ‎University‎ of ‎Berne ‎62. When did St Andrews‎ ‎University begin to take full-time women students?‎ A. In 1873. B. In 1874. C. In 1877. D. In 1892.‎ D How is it that siblings (兄弟姐妹) can turn out so differently? One answer is that in fact each sibling grows up in a different family. The firstborn is, for a while, an only child, and therefore has a completely different experience of the parents than those born later. The next child is, for a while, the youngest, until the situation is changed by a new arrival. The mother and father themselves are changing and growing up too. One sibling might live in a stable and close family in the first few years; another might be raised in a family crisis, with a disappointed mother or an angry father.‎ Sibling competition was identified as an important shaping force as early as in 1918. But more recently, researchers have found many ways in which brothers and sisters are a lasting force in each others’ lives. Dr. Annette Henderson says firstborn children pick up vocabulary more quickly than their siblings. The reason for this might be that the later children aren’t getting the same one-on-one time with parents. But that doesn’t mean that the younger children have problems with language development. Later-borns don’t enjoy that much talking time with parents, but instead they harvest lessons from bigger brothers and sisters, learning entire phrases and getting an understanding of social concepts such as the difference between “I” and “me”. ‎ A Cambridge‎ ‎University study of 140 children found that siblings created a rich world of play that helped them grow socially. Love-hate relationships were common among the children. Even those siblings who fought the most had just as much positive communication as the other sibling pairs.‎ One way children seek more attention from parents is by making themselves different from their siblings, particularly if they are close in age. Researchers have found that the first two children in a family are typically more different from each other than the second and third. Girls with brothers show their differences to a maximum degree by being more feminine than girls with sisters. A 2003 research paper studied adolescents from 185 families over two years, finding that those who changed to make themselves different from their siblings were successful in increasing the amount of warmth they gained from their parents. ‎ ‎63. The underlined part “in a different family” (in Para. 1) means “_______”.‎ A. in a different family environment B. in a different family tradition ‎ C. in different family crises D. in different families ‎64. In terms of language development, later-borns ________.‎ A. get their parents’ individual guidance B. learn a lot from their elder siblings C. experience a lot of difficulties D. pick up words more quickly ‎65. What was found about fights among siblings?‎ ‎ A. Siblings hated fighting and loved playing. B. Siblings in some families fought frequently. ‎ ‎ C. Sibling fights led to bad sibling relationships. D. Siblings learned to get on together from fights.‎ ‎66. The word “feminine” (in Para. 4) means “_______”.‎ ‎ A. having qualities of parents B. having qualities of women ‎ C. having defensive qualities D. having extraordinary qualities ‎ E Brrriiinnng. The alarm clock announces the start of another busy weekday in the morning. You jump out of bed, rush into the shower, into your clothes and out the door with hardly a moment to think. A stressful journey to work gets your blood pressure climbing. Once at the office, you glance through the newspaper with depressing stories or reports of disasters. In that sort of mood, who can get down to work, particularly some creative, original problem-solving work?‎ The way most of us spend our mornings is exactly opposite to the conditions that promote flexible, open-minded thinking. Imaginative ideas are most likely to come to us when we’re unfocused. If you are one of those energetic morning people, your most inventive time comes in the early evening when you are relaxed. Sleepy people’s lack of focus leads to an increase in creative problem solving. By not giving yourself time to tune into your wandering mind, you’re missing out on the surprising solutions it may offer.‎ The trip you take to work doesn’t help, either. The stress slows down the speed with which signals travel between neurons (神经细胞), making inspirations less likely to occur. And while we all should read a lot about what’s going on in the world, it would not make you feel good for sure, so put that news website or newspaper aside until after the day’s work is done.‎ So what would our mornings look like if we wanted to start them with a full capacity for creative problem solving? We’d set the alarm a few minutes early and lie awake in bed, following our thoughts where they lead. We’d stand a little longer under the warm water of the shower, stopping thinking about tasks in favor of a few more minutes of relaxation. We’d take some deep breaths on our way to work, instead of complaining about heavy traffic. And once in the office—after we get a cup of coffee—we’d click on links not to the news of the day but to the funniest videos the web has to offer. ‎ ‎67. According to the author, we are more creative when we are _______.‎ A. focused B. relaxed C. awake D. busy ‎68. What does the author imply about newspapers?‎ A. They are solution providers.‎ B. They are a source of inspiration.‎ C. They are normally full of bad news.‎ D. They are more educational than websites.‎ ‎69. By “tune into your wandering mind” (in Para. 2), the author means “_______”.‎ A. wander into the wild B. listen to a beautiful tune ‎ C. switch to the traffic channel D. stop concentrating on anything ‎70. The author writes the last paragraph in order to _______.‎ ‎ A. offer practical suggestions B. summarize past experiences ‎ ‎ C. advocate diverse ways of life D. establish a routine for the future ‎ 第四部分：书面表达(共两节，满分50分)‎ 第一节：完成句子（共10小题；每小题2分，满分20分)‎ 阅读下列各小题，根据汉语提示，用句末括号内的英语单词完成句子，并将答案写在答题卡上的相应题号后。‎ 例：______ was that the young player performed extremely well in the table tennis ‎ tournament. (delight)‎ ‎ 令球迷欣喜的是那位年轻的球员在乒乓球锦标赛中表现得极为出色。‎ 答案：What delighted the fans/made the fans delighted ‎71. With ________, some animals are facing the danger of dying out. (cut)‎ 由于越来越多的森林被砍伐，一些动物正面临着灭绝的危险。‎ ‎72. Popularly ________ American films ever made, The Godfather is a milestone of cinema. (regard) ‎ ‎《教父》被普遍认为是美国有史以来最好的影片之一，是电影界的一个里程碑。‎ ‎73. I don’t know ________ in the novel that made him burst into tears. (what) ‎ 我不知道是小说中的什么东西使他突然泪如泉涌。‎ ‎74. Little ________ what she looks like; all she cares about is her job performance. (care) ‎ 她不在乎外表，她在乎的是自己的工作表现。‎ ‎75. Had we not used an out-of-date train schedule, we ________ the train. (miss)‎ 要不是用了一张过期的列车时刻表，我们就不会误了火车。‎ ‎76. However ________, I could not read his handwriting. (try) ‎ 不论我怎样努力，还是没法看清他写的字。 ‎ ‎77. In response to the audience’s great demand, the play ________ in the theatre twice a week. (put) ‎ 应观众的强烈要求，这部戏将会在这个剧院每周上演两次。‎ ‎78. The soldier was absent from his camp for three days without ________. (ask)‎ ‎ 这个士兵没有请假就离开营地三天。‎ ‎79. Our understanding of education, work and society is ________ of the earlier generation. (different) ‎ 我们对教育、工作和社会的认识和我们上一代人的不同。‎ ‎80. Things aren’t always ________. (appear) ‎ 事情往往不是它们看上去的那样。‎ 第二节：短文写作（共1题；满分30分)‎ 请根据以下提示，并结合事例，用英语写一篇短文。‎ You cannot choose what you are given, but you can choose how you make use of it.‎ 注意：①无须写标题，不得照抄英语提示语；‎ ‎②除诗歌外，文体不限；‎ ‎③文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称；‎ ‎④词数为120左右。‎ 答案 第一部分：听力（每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. A ‎11. A 12. C 13. C 14. A 15. C 16. A 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. B 第二部分：词汇知识运用 第一节：多项选择（每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎21. D 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. C 26. D 27. C 28. B 29. C 30. D 第二节：完形填空（每小题1分，满分20分）‎ ‎31. D 32. A 33. B 34. C 35. D 36. B 37. C 38. D 39. B 40. D ‎41. C 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. B 46. A 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. A 第三部分：阅读理解（每小题2分，满分40分）‎ A篇：51. D 52. B 53. B 54. C B篇：55. C 56. D 57. A 58. D[来源:Z。xx。k.Com]‎ C篇：59. B 60. D 61. C 62. A D篇：63. D 64. C 65. A 66. A E篇：67. A 68. B 69. A 70. D 第四部分：书面表达 第一节：完成句子（每小题2分，满分20分）‎ ‎71. more and more forests/trees (being) cut down 72. regarded as one of the best ‎73. what it was 74. does she care (about)‎ ‎75. would not have missed 76. hard/much I (had) tried ‎ ‎77. will/would be put on 78. asking for leave (first)‎ ‎79. different from/than that 80. what they appear (to be)‎ 第二节：短文写作（满分30分）‎ One Possible Version Three years ago I failed an important exam in my life and became a student in an ordinary school. Disappointed as I felt at the shabby campus and the poorly-equipped classroom, I found the teachers patient and considerate. Besides, I enjoyed the friendly atmosphere in class. I decided to make the best of it. I worked hard and got along well with my teachers and classmates. Whenever I had difficulties, they were always available. Soon, I became one of the top students in my class, which greatly increased my confidence and got me motivated. ‎ My experience tells me that it is not what you are given but how you make use of it that determines who you are. ‎ ‎12. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（湖南卷）‎ PartⅠ Listening Comprehension(30 marks)‎ Section A （22.5 marks）‎ ‎ Directions: In this section, you will hear six conversations between two speakers. For each conversation, there are several questions and each question is followed by three choices marked A, B and C. Listen carefully and then choose the best answer for each question. ‎ ‎ You will hear each conversation TWICE.‎ Conversation 1‎ ‎1.When does the woman finish work?‎ ‎ A. At 6:00 B.At 7:‎00 ‎ C.At 8:00‎ ‎2.What is the man going to do tonight?‎ A. See his parents B. Watch a new movie C. Go for an appointment Conversation 2‎ ‎3.Where does the man play tennis?‎ A. At the university B. At the club C. At the community center ‎4.How often does the woman swim?‎ A. Once a week B. Three times a week C. Five times a week Conversation 3‎ ‎5.What is the man doing?‎ A. Getting dressed B. Having an interview C. Celebrating a birthday ‎6. What is the probable relationship between the two speaker?‎ A. Parent and child B. Husband and wife C. Customer and saleswoman Conversation 4‎ ‎7.Why did the man come back late ?‎ A. He went to the bar. B. He met his teacher. C. He played basketball.‎ ‎8.What did the woman do this morning?‎ A. She took a physics test. B. She had a meeting C. She held a party ‎9. What will the woman probably do after the conversation?‎ A. See her friends B. Go to the school C. Prepare dinner Conversation 5‎ ‎10.Where did the woman grow up?‎ A. In Switzerland. B.In the UK. C. In France.‎ ‎11. Which of the following does the woman like best about Weybridge?‎ A. Its scenery B. Its people C. Its facilities ‎12. What does the man do?‎ A.A teacher B.A host C.A tour guide Conversation 6‎ ‎13.Why is the woman upset?‎ A. The man didn’t apologize B. The man didn’t turn up. C. The man didn’t call.‎ ‎14. Who is the man speaking to?‎ A. A waitress. B.A professor C.A doctor ‎15. When will the two speakers see each other?‎ A. On Tuesday B. On Thursday C. On Friday Section B（7.5 marks）‎ ‎ Directions: In this section, you will hear a short passage. listen carefully and then fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Fill in each blank with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.‎ ‎ You will hear the short passage TWICE School Library Locations And resources ‎·1stfloor : 80,000 books ‎·2nd floor: 16 ___ kinds of newspapers and magazines Rules ‎·Books for lending can be kept for a 17 _____by full-time students.‎ ‎· 18 _ books, newspapers and magazines can never be taken out.‎ Opening time ‎·All day long ‎·All year round except Christmas Day and 19 _______ ‎ Access ‎·By 20 ______‎ Part II Language Knowledge (45 marks)‎ Section A (15 marks)‎ Directions: Beneath each of the following sentences there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one answer that best completes the sentence.‎ ‎21. We’ve had a good start, but next, more work needs ________ to achieve the final success.‎ ‎ A. being done B. do C. to be done D. to do ‎22. Don’t worry. The hard work that you do now ________ later in life.‎ ‎ A. will be repaid B. was being repaid C. has been repaid D. was repaid ‎23. Time, ________ correctly; is money in the bank.‎ ‎ A. to use B. used C. using D. use ‎24. Bicycling is good exercise; ________, it does not pollute the air.‎ ‎ A. nevertheless B. besides C. otherwise D. therefore ‎25. Close the door of fear behind you, and you _________ the door of faith open before you.‎ ‎ A. saw B. have seen C. will see D. are seeing ‎26. Everyone in the village is very friendly. It doesn’t matter ________ you have lived there for a short or a long ‎ time.‎ ‎ A. why B. how C. whether D. when ‎27. “The moment ________ soon,” he thought to himself, waiting nervously.‎ ‎ A. came B. has come C. was coming D. is coming ‎28. ________ I always felt I would pass the exam, I never thought I would get an A.‎ ‎ A. While B. Once C. If D. Until ‎29. Sorry, I am too busy now. If I ________ time, I would certainly go for an outing with you.‎ ‎ A. have had B. had had C. have D. had ‎30. It was not until I came here ________ I realized this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its ‎ weather.‎ ‎ A. who B. that C. where D. before ‎31. The lecture, ________ at 7：00 pm last night, was followed by an observation of the moon with telescopes.‎ ‎ A. starting B. being started C. to start D. to be started ‎32. ________ hard you try, it is difficult to lose weight without cutting down the amount you eat.‎ ‎ A. However B. Whatever C. Whichever D. Whenever ‎33. — I remember you were a talented pianist at college. Can you play the piano for me?‎ ‎— Sorry, I ________ the piano for years.‎ A. don’t play B. wasn’t playing C. haven’t played D. hadn’t played ‎34. Care of the soul is a gradual process ________ even the small details of life should be considered.‎ ‎ A. what B. in what C. which D. in which ‎35. All the scientific evidence ________ that increasing use of chemicals in farming ________ damaging our ‎ health.‎ ‎ A. show；are B. shows；are C. show；is D. shows；is Section B (18 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.‎ ‎ “What’s it like to have a gap between your teeth?” a girl asked me one day.‎ ‎ Nobody had ever 36 before. My hand unconsciously rose to cover my mouth. But, as she looked at me, sincerely waiting for 37 , I realized she was not trying to be rude. “I never think about it,” I truthfully replied. She nodded and turned away. I was left wondering if people 38 me and saw only happy teeth.‎ ‎ Later that day at home, I began to 39 my teeth again. I felt upset. I thought my life would be somehow better if my teeth were not happy. How I wanted the perfect teeth that everyone else seemed to have! ‎ ‎ Of course, Mom 40 everything. She has lived her entire life with happy teeth, and tried to convince me that there was nothing to 41 . When I refused to listen, she told me I could get the surgery to close the gap if it was that important. “Let’s be 42 , though,” she said. “If everyone got surgeries to become pretty, everyone would be exactly the same. There is beauty in differences.”‎ ‎ Her 43 made me consider my teeth seriously. the thought of losing my gap was more terrible than the reality that people were going to notice it. I realized how important it was to me. It is part of my 44 .‎ ‎ Nowadays many people do ridiculous things to realize their dream of “perfection.” The 45 is that no one is perfect. When all potential for ugliness is removed, so is all of the potential for 46 .‎ ‎ So if that girl ever asked about my teeth 47 , I would truthfully answer, “You know? It’s really cute.” ‎ ‎36. A. faced B. guessed C. asked D. imagined ‎37. A. an offer B. an answer C. a suggestion D. a result ‎38. A. heard of B. thought of C. talked about D. looked at ‎39. A. consider B. brush C. cover D. appreciate ‎40. A. admitted B. noticed C. controlled D. changed ‎41. A. worry about B. put off C. give up D. wipe out ‎42. A. friendly B. lovely C. honest D. helpful ‎43. A. words B. jokes C. dreams D. acts ‎44. A. ability B. decision C. goal D. identity ‎45. A. possibility B. purpose C. truth D. choice ‎46. A. courage B. wisdom C. kindness D. beauty ‎47. A. once B. again C. too D. instead Section B (18 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.‎ ‎ Keeping in touch with our friends is an important part of friendship. This does not mean that 48. have to write or call our friends every day. It does mean, however, that we 49. care enough about our friends to find out how they are doing from time to time.‎ ‎ People have different habits about keeping in touch with others. Some like to call their friends, sometimes many times 50. a day. Others prefer to e-mail their friends. Still 51. prefer writing letters so that they can include photos or interesting articles 52. the envelopes along with their letters. Some even write postcards while they are on vacation 53. send them to friends.‎ ‎ Every kind of communication is important. It is 54. important what kind of call we make or letter we send. 55. is important is that we let others know we care about them.‎ Part III Reading Comprehension (30 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B,C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage.‎ A ‎ What makes a gift special? Is it the price you see on the gift receipt? Or is it the look on the recipient’s face when they receive it that determines the true value? What gift is worth the most?‎ ‎ This Christmas I was debating what to give my father. My dad is a hard person to buy for because he never wants anything. I pulled out my phone to read a text message from my mom saying that we were leaving for Christmas shopping for him when I came across a message on my phone that I had locked. The message was from my father. My eyes fell on a photo of a flower taken in Wyoming, and underneath a poem by William Blake. The flower, a lone dandelion standing against the bright blue sky, inspired me. My dad had been reciting those words to me since I was a kid. That may even be the reason why I love writing. I decided that those words would be my gift to my father.‎ ‎ I called back. I told my mom to go without me and that I already created my gift. I sent the photo of the cream-colored flower to my computer and typed the poem on top of it. As I was arranging the details another poem came to mind. The poem was written by Edgar Allan Poe; my dad recited it as much as he did the other. I typed that out as well and searched online for a background to the words of it. The poem was focused around dreaming, and after searching I found the perfect picture. The image was painted with blues and greens and purples, twisting together to create the theme and wonder of a dream. As I watched both poems passing through the printer, the white paper coloring with words that shaped my childhood, I felt that this was a gift that my father would truly appreciate.‎ ‎ Christmas soon arrived. The minute I saw the look on my dad’s face as he unwrapped those swirling black letters carefully placed in a cheap frame, I knew I had given the perfect gift.‎ ‎56. The idea for a special gift began to form when the author was _________.‎ ‎ A. doing shopping B. having a debater C. reading a message D. leaving for ‎Wyoming ‎57. The author’s inspiration for the gift came from _________.‎ ‎ A. a photo of a flower B. a story about a kid C. a call from the mother D. a text about Christmas ‎58. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 3 refers to a poem by _________.‎ ‎ A. the father B. the author C. William Blake D. Edgar Allan Poe ‎59. The author made the gift by _________.‎ ‎ A. searching for the poems online B. drawing the background by hand ‎ C. painting the letters in three colors D. matching the words with pictures ‎60. What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ ‎ A. To show how to design images for gifts. B. To suggest making gifts from one’s heart.‎ ‎ C. To explain how computers help create gifts. D. To describe the gifts the author has received.‎ B Still seeking a destination for your weekend break? There are some places which are probably a mere walk away from your college.‎ King’s Art Centre ‎ A day at the Centre could mean a visit to an exhibition of the work of one of the most interesting contemporary artists on show anywhere. This weekend sees the opening of an exhibition of four local artists.‎ ‎ You could attend a class teaching you how to ‘learn from the masters’ or get more creative with paint — free of charge.‎ ‎ The Centre also runs two life drawing classes for which there is a small fee.‎ The Botanic Garden ‎ The Garden has over 8,000 plant species; it holds the research and teaching collection of living plants for Cambridge‎ ‎University.‎ ‎ The multi-branched Torch Aloe here is impressive. The African plant produces red flowers above blue-green leaves, and is not one to miss.‎ Get to the display house to see Dionaea muscipula, a plant more commonly known as the Venus Flytrap that feed on insects and other small animals.‎ ‎ The Garden is also a place for wildlife-enthusiasts. Look for grass snakes in the lake. A snake called ‘Hissing Sid’ is regularly seen lying in the heat of the warm sun. ‎ Byron’s Pool ‎ Many stories surround Lord Byron’s time as a student of Cambridge‎ ‎University. Arriving in 1805, he wrote a letter complaining that it was a place of “mess and drunkenness”. However, it seems as though Byron did manage to pass the time pleasantly enough. I’m not just talking about the pet bear he kept in his rooms. He spent a great deal of time walking in the village.‎ It is also said that on occasion Byron swam naked by moonlight in the lake, which is now known as Byron’s Pool. A couple of miles past Grantchester in the south Cambridgeshire countryside, the pool is surrounded by beautiful circular paths around the fields. The cries of invisible birds make the trip a lovely experience and on the way home you can drop into the village for afternoon tea. If you don’t trust me, then perhaps you’ll take it from Virginia Woolf — over a century after Byron, she reportedly took a trip to swim in the same pool.‎ ‎61. As mentioned in the passage, there is a small charge for _________.‎ ‎ A. attending the masters’ class B. working with local artists ‎ C. learning life drawing D. seeing an exhibition ‎62. “Torch Aloe” and “Venus Flytrap” are _________.‎ ‎ A. common insects B. impressive plants ‎ C. rarely-seen snakes D. wildlife-enthusiasts ‎63. We can infer from the passage that Byron seemed _________.‎ ‎ A. to fear pet bears B. to like walking ‎ C. to be a heavy drinker D. to finish university in 1805‎ ‎64. In the passage Byron’s Pool is described as a lake _________.‎ ‎ A. surrounded by fields B. owned by Lord Byron ‎ C. located in Grantchester D. discovered by Virginia Woolf ‎65. What is the passage mainly about?‎ ‎ A. Some places for weekend break. B. A way to become creative in art.‎ ‎ C. The colourful life in the countryside. D. Unknown stories of Cambridge University.‎ C ‎ Harvard researchers have created a tough, low-cost, biodegradable (可生物降解的) material inspired by insects’ hard outer shells. The material’s inventors say it has a number of possible uses and someday could provide a more environmentally friendly alternative to plastic. The material, made from shrimp (虾) shells and proteins produced from silk, is called “shrilk.” It is thin, clear, flexible and strong.‎ ‎ A major benefit of the material is its biodegradability. Plastic’s toughness and flexibility represented a revolution in materials science during the 1950s and ’60s. Decades later, however, plastic’s very durability (耐用性) is raising questions about how appropriate it is for one-time products such as plastic bags, or short-lived consumer goods, used in the home for a few years and then cast into a landfill where they will degrade for centuries. What is the point of making something that lasts 1,000 years? ‎ ‎ Shrilk not only will degrade in a landfill, but its basic components are used as fertilizer (肥料), and so will enrich the soil.‎ ‎ Shrilk has great potential, the inventors said. Materials from which it is made are plentiful in nature, found in everything ranging from shrimp shells, insect bodies to living plants. That makes shrilk low cost, and its mass production possible should it be used for products demanding a lot of material.‎ ‎ Work on shrilk is continuing in the lab. The inventors said the material becomes flexible when wet, so they’re exploring ways to use it in wet environments. They’re also developing simpler production processes, which could be used for non-medical products, like for computer cases and other products inside the home. They’re even exploring combining it with other materials, like carbon fibers, to give it new properties.‎ ‎66. Paragraph 1 of the passage is mainly about shrilk’s _________.‎ ‎ A. remarkable design B. interesting name ‎ C. major features D. basic elements ‎67. What has become a concern about plastic?‎ ‎ A. Using it properly. B. Producing it cheaply.‎ ‎ C. Developing its properties quickly. D. Evaluating its contributions fairly.‎ ‎68. According to the inventors, shrilk has great potential partly because _________.‎ ‎ A. it can help plastic degrade B. it can be found in living things ‎ C. its mass production has been realized D. its raw materials are abundant in nature ‎69. What are the inventors doing in the lab?‎ ‎ A. Replacing carbon fibers with shrilk. B. Testing shrilk’s use in wet conditions.‎ ‎ C. Making shrilk out of used household goods. D. Improving shrilk’s flexibility for medical purposes.‎ ‎70. Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Recent Progress in Environmental Protection B. Benefits of Insects in Scientific Research ‎ C. The Harm of One-time Products D. A Possible Alternative to Plastic Part IV Writing (45 marks)‎ Section A (10 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: Read the following passage. Fill in the numbered blanks by using the information from the passage.‎ ‎ Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.‎ ‎ Since the earliest civilizations, people have controlled rivers to meet society’s demands. Today, rivers are controlled for many reasons, primarily to maintain reliable water supplies for daily, agricultural and industrial needs, for power generation, for navigation (航行), and to prevent flooding.‎ ‎ River control is achieved by channelization, a term that covers a range of river engineering works, including widening, deepening, straightening and stabilization of banks, and by the construction of dams.‎ ‎ An important period of channelization took place in Europe during the 19th century, when many large rivers were straightened and their beds deepened. One of the most dramatically changed was the Tisza River, a branch of the Danube that flows through Hungary. The controlling of the Tisza, designed to reduce flooding and make land for agriculture, included cutting off more than 100 meanders (河曲), shortening the river’s length by nearly 400 kilometers.‎ ‎ One of the most common ways in which people control rivers is by damming them. The past 50 years or so has seen an increase in dam construction worldwide, and at the beginning of the 21st century, there were about 800,000 dams globally, some towering more than 200 meters in height.‎ ‎ Despite their successes, many dams also cause significant environmental changes that prove harmful. Some particularly deep reservoirs (水库) can bring about earthquakes due to the stress on their bottom rocks caused by huge volumes of water. Downstream of a reservoir, the river is certainly influenced in many ways：water volume, speed and quality are all affected, leading to changes in the landscape and among plants and animals.‎ to 73 adequate water for：‎ ‎ — daily life, 74 and industry ‎ — power generation ‎ — navigation to stop rivers from 75 ‎ channelization：‎ ‎ — engineering works：‎ ‎ — widening, 76 and straightening rivers ‎ — 77 riverbanks ‎ — an example：the 78 of the Tisza by nearly ‎‎400 km ‎ 79 ：‎ — achievements：800,000 dams built — problems：causing harmful changes 80 ‎ Title：‎ ‎ 71 ‎ Ways ‎ 72 ‎ Section B (10 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: Read the following passage, Answer the questions according to the information given in the passage.‎ ‎ A wise teacher once told me that every teenager needs to experience a not-so-fun first job from working at a grocery store to the fast food industry.‎ ‎ Now I still remember my first day at a fast food restaurant three years ago. I wanted to save up money and buy my own car, so I applied everywhere I could that summer. The restaurant called me right away and I thought to myself, this is going to be easy. Within four hours of my first shift (轮班), I had angry customers who complained how slow I was. I watched in fear as a kid spilled his milk everywhere, and I heard the words that no 16-year-old boy or anyone for that matter wants to hear：“Mike, there’s a problem in the men’s bathroom and you might want gloves for this one.” I realized right away that working at the restaurant was not going to be a picnic. The manager expected a clean environment and, particularly, fast service with a friendly smile. ‎ ‎ Over three years later I still work at that restaurant whenever I go home during vacations. I love my co-workers there and all the customers know who I am. Every morning the same senior citizens come in and get their morning coffees. They chat with us workers and joke around. Our smiles have just as much to do with them making us a part of their everyday lives as the coffee does.‎ ‎ From my first job at the restaurant, I learned teamwork and devotion. I also learned staying positive no matter how rough things seem to get. I will forever carry the experience that I gained at the restaurant with me as I go forward in my life.‎ ‎81. Why did the author apply everywhere that summer? (No more than 12 words) (2 marks)‎ ‎ ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎82. What did the manager particularly expect the workers to do? (No more than 14 words) (3 marks)‎ ‎ ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎83. Why does the author still work at the restaurant during vacations? (No more than 13 words) (2 marks)‎ ‎ ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎84. What did the author learn from his first job? (No more than 13 words) (3 marks)‎ ‎ ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Section C (25 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: Write an English composition according to the instructions given below in Chinese.‎ ‎ 生活中，你自己或他人有过物品不慎丢失而又找回的经历，其间有烦恼、有惊喜、有感慨……请就此写一篇英语短文。‎ ‎ 主要内容包括：1）丢失的物品；2）物品失而复得的经过；3）你的感想。‎ ‎ 注意：‎ ‎ 1．词数不少于120个；‎ ‎ 2．不能使用真实姓名和学校名称。‎ 参考答案 听力：1—5 ACCBA 6—10 BABCA 11—15 CBCBA ‎ 16. 90 17. month 18. Reference ‎ ‎19. New Year’s Day 20. ID card 单选：21—25 CABBC 26—30 CDADB 31—35 AACDD 完型：36—40 CBDAB 41—45 ACADC 46—47 DB ‎ 48. we 49. should 50. a 51. others ‎52. in 53. and 54. not 55. What 阅读：56—60 CADDB 61—65 CBBAA 66—70 CADBD 填空题：‎ ‎71.‎‎ ‎River‎ Control 72. Reasons ‎73. supply 74. agriculture ‎75. flooding 76. deepening ‎77. stabilizing 78. shortening ‎79. dam construction 80. the environment 间答题：‎ ‎81. He wanted to save up money and buy his own car.‎ ‎82. The manager particularly expected them to offer fast service with a friendly smile.‎ ‎83. He loves his co-workers and all the customers know who he is.‎ ‎84. He learned teamwork, devotion, and staying positive in rough situations.‎ One possible version:‎ ‎ 01 Getting back what you have lost would be an unforgettable experience. Last Monday, I lost my expensive cellphone, on which my name was inscribed. Fortunately, it was returned. That morning, I rushed out of my house and jumped into a taxi, for I would be late for the final examination. On arriving at school, I headed to my classroom quickly, not noticing that I had left my cellphone on the back seat. When the exam ended, to my great surprise, I found the driver waiting at the school gate. He handed the phone over to me, wearing a smile on his face. So touched was I that tears rolled down my cheeks. From this story, I am firmly convinced of the significance of honesty, which will contribute to building a warm and harmonious society. ‎ One possible version: ‎ ‎02 One day I received an invitation from another school to give a speech on how to learn English well, I was extremely happy and accepted it. I got ready for the speech , put the notes in my bag and went there by bus. While on the bus I discovered the notes and my ID card were missing. I was very worried, but I knew the bus wouldn’t stop for me to look for the lost things at the moment. On seeing the documents at the bus station, a cleaner picked them up and found my phone number inside. She thought I must have been worried about it. So she called me, hurried to take a taxi, and sent them to me as soon as possible. Happy and surprised, I regained the lost items. Thanks to the cleaner’s kindness, my speech was so successful that everyone cheered for me. I was very grateful to the cleaner. From the experience, I have learned that honesty is the best policy. Only in this way will our society be more harmonious and hopeful. ‎ One possible version: ‎ ‎03 Three years ago, just before my departure with my good friend Tommy, he got me a wonderful watch as my birthday gift, which I had ever since been treasuring all the time before unfortunately I got it lost. I used to go everywhere with company of my watch pet but the other day I could go nowhere for its sign. I was so upset and depressed that I lost any desire for doing things and I could not even recall where and how I lost it. What happened next on this morning, however, almost sent my spirits flying higher than sky. Guess what? It found its way back to my dormitory, lying on my bed with a note beside it saying: I’m sure it’s yours, so I brought it back from the library assistant. Jack. Ah, my dormmate Jack found it in the library. Can you imagine how excited I was at that moment? I must offer my thankfulness to Jack for his kindness. And I also need to reflect on my carelessness. ‎ ‎13. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江苏卷）‎ 第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30分）‎ 回答听力部分时，请先将答案标在试卷上。听力部分结束前，你将有两分钟的时间将您的答案转涂到客观答题卡上。‎ 第一节（共5小题：每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下小题，每段对话仅读一遍。‎ 例：How much is the shirt?‎ A. ξ19.15. B. ξ9.15. C. ξ9.18‎ 答案是B。‎ ‎1.Where does this conversation probably take place?‎ ‎ A. In a bookstore. B. In a classroom C. In a library ‎2. At what time will the film begin?‎ ‎ A. 7:20 B. 7:‎15 ‎ C.7:00‎ ‎3.What are the two speakers mainly talking about?‎ ‎ A. Their friend Jane. B. A weekend trip C.A radio programme ‎4.What will the woman probably do?‎ ‎ A. Catch a train B. See the man off C. Go shopping ‎5. Why did the woman apologize?‎ ‎ A. She made a late delivery ‎ ‎ B. She went to the wrong place ‎ ‎ C. She couldn’t take the cake back 第二节（共15小题：每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出的最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对 话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. Whose CD is broken?‎ ‎ A. Kathy’s B. Mun’s C. Jack’s ‎7. What dose the boy promise to do for the girl?‎ ‎ A. Buy her new CD. B. Do some cleaning. C. Give her 10 dollars.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8．What did the man think of the meal?‎ ‎ A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory C.A bit disappointing.‎ ‎9. What was the 15% on the bill paid for ?‎ ‎ A. The food B. The drinks C. The service.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10.Why is the man at the shop?‎ ‎ A. To order a camera for his wife. ‎ ‎ B. To have a camera repaired.‎ ‎ C. To get camera changed.‎ ‎11. What colour does the man want?‎ ‎ A. Pink. B. Black C. Orange.‎ ‎12.What will the man do afterwards?‎ ‎ A. Make a phone call. B. Wait until further notice. C. Come again the next day.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13.What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?‎ ‎ A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston.‎ ‎14.What is Ariel going to do in ‎Toronto ‎ A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show.‎ ‎15.Why is ariel in a hurry to leave?‎ ‎ A. To call up Betty. B. To buy some DVDs. C. To pick up Daniel.‎ ‎16.What might be the relationship between the speakers?‎ ‎ A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers. C. Guide and tourist.‎ 听第10段材料，回答每17至30题。‎ ‎17.Where does Thomas Manning work?‎ ‎ A. In the Guinness Company. B. At a radio station. C. In a museum.‎ ‎18.Where did the idea of a book of records come from?‎ ‎ A. A bird-shooting trip. B. A visit to Europe. C.A television talk show.‎ ‎19.When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear?‎ ‎ A. In 1875 B. In ‎1950 ‎ C.In,1955‎ ‎20. What are the two speakers going to talk about next?‎ ‎ A. More records of unusual facts.‎ ‎ B. The founder of the company.‎ ‎ C. The oldest person in the world.‎ 第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ A. 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ 例 ：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants.‎ ‎ A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever ‎ 答案是B.‎ ‎21.— Can I help you with it?‎ ‎ — I appreciate your , but I can manage it myself.‎ ‎ A. advice B. question C. offer D. idea ‎22.After the flooding, people were suffering in that area,_______ urgently needed clean water,medicine and ‎ ‎ shelter to survive.‎ ‎ A. which B. who C. where D. what ‎23.Sophia waited for a reply, but ____ came.‎ ‎ A. either B. another C. neither D. none ‎24.－Don't worry, Mum. The doctor said it was only the flu.‎ ‎ －_______! I'll tell Dad there's nothing serious.‎ ‎ A. What a relief B. Congratulations C. How surprising D. I'm so sorry ‎25.There is little doubt in your mind that he is innocent, _______________?‎ ‎ A. is there B. isn't there C. is he D. isn't he ‎26.— OK, I've had enough of it. I give up.‎ ‎ —You can't your responsibilities.‎ ‎ A. run off with B. run up against C. run out of D. run away from ‎27.The notice came around two in the afternoon _______the meeting would be postponed.‎ ‎ A. when B. that C. whether D. how ‎28.Days later, my brother called to say he was all right, but say where he was.‎ ‎ A. mustn't B. shouldn't C. wouldn't D. mightn't ‎29.— Thank God you're safe!‎ ‎ —I stepped back, just to avoid the racing car.‎ ‎ A. in time B. in case C. in need D. in vain ‎30.One's life has value one brings value to the life of others.‎ ‎ A. so that B. no matter how C. as long as D. except that ‎31. an important decision more on emotion than on reason, you will regret it sooner or later.‎ ‎ A. Based B. Basing C. Base D. To base ‎32. The manager is said to have arrived back from Paris where he________ some European partners.‎ ‎ A. would meet B. is meeting C. meets D. had met ‎33.—Honey, the cat's stuck in the tree. Can you turn off the TV and get a ladder…?‎ ‎ —Oh, it jumped off. .‎ ‎ A. Never mind B. All right C. No problem D. Take care ‎34. The president hopes that the people will be better off when he quits than when he_______.‎ ‎ A. has started B. starts C. started D. will start ‎35.—Happy birthday!‎ ‎ —Thank you! It’s the best present I for.‎ ‎ A. should have wished B. must have wished ‎ C. may have wished D. could have wished 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ The concept of solitude (独处) in the digital world is almost non-existent. In the world of digital technology, e-mail, social networking and online video games, information is meant to be____36___. Solitude can be hard to discover ___37____it has been given up. In this respect, new technologies have ___38____our culture.‎ The desire to be connected has brought solitude to a (n) ___39____as we’ve known it. People have become so ___40____in the world of networks and connections that one can often be contacted ____41___they’d rather not be. Today we can talk, text, e-mail, chat and blog (写博客), not only from our ___42____, but from our mobile phones as well.‎ Most developed nations have become ___43____on digital technology simply because they’ve grown accustomed to it, and at this point not ___44____it would make them an outsider. ___45____, many jobs and careers require people to be ___46____. From this point of view, technology has changed the culture of work. Being reachable might feel like a ___47____to those who may not want to be able to be contacted at all times.‎ I suppose the positive side is that solitude is still possible for anyone who ___48____wants it. Computers can be shut ___49____and mobile phones can be turned off. The ability to be “connected” and “on” has many ___50____, as well as disadvantages. Travelers have ended up ___51____on mountains, and mobile phones have saved countless lives. They can also make people feel ___52____and forced to answer unwanted calls or___53____to unwanted texts.‎ Attitudes towards our connectedness as a society ___54____ across generations. Some find today’s technology a gift. Others consider it a curse. Regardless of anyone’s view on the subject, it’s hard to imagine what life would be like ___55____daily advancements in technology.‎ ‎36.A. updated B. received C. shared D. collected ‎37.A. though B. until C. once D. before ‎38.A. respected B. shaped C. ignored D. preserved ‎39.A. edge B. stage C. end D. balance ‎40. A. sensitive B. intelligent C. considerate D. reachable ‎41. A. even if B. only if C. as if D. if only ‎42.A. media B. computes C. databases D. monitors ‎43.A. bent B. hard C. keen D. dependent ‎44. A. finding B. using C. protecting D. changing ‎45. A. Also B. Instead C. Otherwise D. Somehow ‎46. A. connected B. trained C. recommended D. interested ‎47. A. pleasure B. benefit C. burden D. disappointment ‎48.A. slightly B. hardly C. merely D. really ‎49.A. out B. down C. up D. in ‎50.A. aspects B. weaknesses C. advantages D. exceptions ‎51.A. hidden B. lost C. relaxed D. deserted ‎52.A. trapped B. excited C. confused D. amused ‎53.A. turn B. submit C. object D. reply ‎54.A. vary B. arise C. spread D. exist ‎55.A. beyond B. within C. despite D. without 第三部分 阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ A ‎ What Would You Want Most on a Desert‎ ‎Island?‎ This month's survey shows people worldwide have a natural understanding of what they would need most if left alone on a desert island: Another person. And one they know well. Respondents in all 16 countries surveyed said their spouse (调查对象) or partner would be their first choice to have with them. Perhaps this makes sense: An MP3 player can't help you find drinking water, your dog can't help you start a fire and who knows if George Clooney or Penelope Cruz has taken courses in wilderness survival training? Let's just hope the SOS sign you two build gets spotted sooner rather than later!‎ ‎"My husband, of course! George Clooney wouldn't think I'm as pretty as my husband does!"‎ Roseane, 42, ‎Brazil My MP3 player. I would not want my loved ones, including my pet, to be left alone like this."‎ Co-Co, 28, ‎China ‎"My partner should be there to listen to me complain about the fact that we are left alone on an island—probably due to some error he made."‎ Julia, 25, Jordan ‎ ‎56. According to the survey, people left alone on a desert island would most want their______.‎ ‎ A. MP3 player B. dog C. spouse/partner D. Celebrity ‎57. Which of the following is tree about George Clooney? A. He has been trained in wilderness survival. B. He may not be able to help you survive.‎ ‎ C. He does not think Roseane is beautiful. D. He is the choice of most South African women.‎ ‎58. The survey results are analyzed in terms of the respondents’ _________.‎ ‎ A. sex, age and nationality B. race, nationality and sex ‎ C. marriage, age and race D. age, sex and marriage B Deputy Agriculture Secretary Kathleen Merrigan sees an epidemic (流行病) sweeping across Americas ‎ farmland. It has little to do with the usual challenges, such as flood, rising fuel prices and crop-eating insects. The country's fanners are getting older, and there are fewer people standing in line to take their place. National agricultural census (普查) figures show that the fastest-growing group of fanners is the part over 65. Merrigan is afraid the average age will be even higher when the 2012 statistics are completed.‎ Merrigan, a former college professor, is making stops at universities across the country in hopes of encouraging more students to think about careers in agriculture. Aside from trying to stop the graying of .America's farmers, her work is made tougher by a recent blog posting that put agriculture at No.1 on a list of "useless" college degrees. Top federal agriculture officials are talking about the posting, and it has the attention of agricultural organizations across the country.‎ ‎“There couldn't be anything that's more incorrect," Merrigan said. "We know that there aren't enough qualified graduates to fill the jobs that are out there in American agriculture.‎ In addition, a growing world population that some experts predict will require 70% more food production by 2050, she said.‎ ‎“I truly believe we're at a golden age of agriculture. Global demand is at an all-time record high, and global supplies are at all-time record lows," said Matt Rush, director of the Texas Farm Bureau. "Production costs are going to be valuable enough that younger people are going to have the opportunity to be involved in agriculture. "‎ The Department of Agriculture has programs aimed at developing more farmers and at increasing interest in locally grown food. The National Young Farmers' Coalition has also been pushing for state and federal policy changes to make it easier for new farmers.‎ Ryan Best, president of Future Fanners of America, has been living out of a suitcase, traveling the country and visiting with high school students about careers in agriculture. The 21 -year-old Best hopes his message-that this is a new time in agriculture-will motivate the next generation to turn around the statistics. Never before have we had the innovations ( 创新) in technology which have led to agriculture in this country being the most efficient it has ever been,” he said. “there’s really a place for everybody to fit in.”‎ ‎59. What is the new challenge to American agriculture?‎ ‎ A. Fewer and older farmers. B. Higher fuel prices.‎ ‎ C. More natural disasters. D. Lower agricultural output.‎ ‎60.Why is Merrigan visiting universities across the country?‎ ‎ A. To draw federal agriculture officials' attention. B. To select qualified agriculture graduates.‎ ‎ C. To clarify a recent blog posting. D. To talk more students into farming careers ‎61.According to Matt Rush, American agriculture will provide opportunities for younger people ‎ ‎ because__________.‎ ‎ A. the government will cover production costs B. global food supplies will be even lower ‎ C. investment in agriculture will be profitable D. America will increase its food export ‎62.What do the underlined words "to turn around the statistics" in the last paragraph mean?‎ ‎ A. To re-analyze the result of the national census. B. To increase agricultural production.‎ ‎ C. To bring down the average age of farmers. D. To invest more in agriculture.‎ C Medical drugs sometimes cause more damage than they cure. One solution to this problem is to put the drugs inside a capsule, protecting them from the body—and the body from them—until they can be released at just the right spot. There are lots of ways to trigger(引发) this release, including changing temperature, acidity, and so on. But triggers can come with their own risks—burns, for example. Now, researchers in California have designed what could be a harmless trigger to date: shining near-infrared light (NIR,近红外线) on the drug in the capsule.‎ The idea of using light to liberate the drug in the capsule isn't new. Researchers around the globe have developed polymers (聚合物) and other materials that begin to break down when they absorb cither ultraviolet (UV,紫外线) or visible light. But tissues also readily absorb UV and visible light, which means the drug release ‎ can be triggered only near the skin, where the light can reach the capsule. NIR light largely passes through tissues, so researchers have tried to use it as a trigger. But few compounds(化合物) absorb NIR well and go through chemical changes.‎ That changed last year when Adah Almutairi, a chemist at the University of California, San Diego, reported that she and her colleagues had designed a polymer that breaks down when it absorbs NIR light. Their polymer used a commercially available NIR-absorbing group called o-nitrobenzyl (ONB). When they catch the light, ONB groups fall off the polymer, leading to its breakdown. But ONB is only a so-so NIR absorber, and it could be poisonous to cells when it separates from the polymer.‎ So Almutairi and her colleagues reported creating a new material for capsules that's even better. This one consists of a long chain of compounds called cresol groups linked in a polymer. Cresol contains reactive(易反应的) components that make it highly unstable in its polymeric form, a feature Almutairi and her colleagues use to their advantage. After polymerizing the cresols, they cap each reactive component with a light-absorbing compound called Bhc. When the Bhcs absorb NIR light, the reactive groups are exposed and break the long polymer into two short chains. Shining additional light continues this breakdown, potentially releasing any drugs in the capsule. What's more, Almutairi says, Bhc is 10 times better at absorbing NIR than is ONB and is not ‎ ‎63.According to the passage, which of the following could be the best trigger?‎ ‎ A. Temperature change. B. NIR light. C. Acidity change. D. UV light.‎ ‎ A. It breaks down when it absorbs NIR light.‎ ‎ B. It falls off the polymer and triggers drug release.‎ ‎ C. It has not come onto the market up till now. ‎ ‎ D. It is not effective enough and could be poisonous.‎ ‎65. Which word can be used to complete the following process of changes?‎ A. Protected B. formed C. exposed D. combined D Franz Kafka wrote that "a book must be the ax (斧子) for the frozen sea inside us. " I once shared this sentence with a class of seventh graders, and it didn't seem to require any explanation.‎ We’d just finished John Steinbeck's novel Of Mice and Men. When we read the end together out loud in class, my toughest boy, a star basketball player, wept a little, and so did I. "Are you crying?" one girl asked, as she got out of her chair to take a closer look. "I am," I told her, "and the funny thing is I've read it many times. "‎ But they understood. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen. In my 14 years of teaching in a New York City public middle school, I've taught kids with imprisoned parents, abusive parents, irresponsible parents; kids who are parents themselves; kids who are homeless; kids who grew up in violent neighborhoods. They understand, more than I ever will, the novel's terrible logic—the giving way of dreams to fate (命运).‎ For the last seven years, I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher, reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight. I originally proposed this idea to my headmaster after learning that a former excellent student of mine had transferred out of a selective high school--one that often attracts the literary-minded children of Manhattan's upper classes—into a less competitive setting. The daughter of immigrants, with a father in prison, she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates. I thought additional "cultural capital" could help students like her develop better in high school, where they would unavoidably meet, perhaps for the first time, students who came from homes lined with bookshelves, whose parents had earned Ph. D.'s.‎ Along with Of Mice and Men, my groups read: Sounder, The Red Pony, Lord of the Flies, Romeo and Juliet ‎ and Macbeth. The students didn't always read from the expected point of view. About The Red Pony, one student said, "it’s about being a man, it’s about manliness. " I had never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth, nor had I heard Lady Macbeth's soliloquies (独白)read as raps (说唱) , but both made sense; the interpretations were playful, but serious. Once introduced to Steinbeck's writing, one boy went on to read The Grapes of Wrath and told me repeatedly how amazing it was that "all these people hate each other, and they're all white. " His historical view was broadening, his sense of his own country deepening. Year after year former students visited and told me how prepared they had felt in their first year in college as a result of the classes.‎ Year after year, however, we are increasing the number of practice tests. We are trying to teach students to read increasingly complex texts, not for emotional punch (碰撞) but for text complexity. Yet, we cannot enrich (充实) the minds of our students by testing them on texts that ignore their hearts. We are teaching them that words do no. amaze but confuse. We may succeed in raising test scores, but we will fail to teach that reading can be transformative and that it belongs to them.‎ ‎66.The underlined words in Paragraph 1 probably mean that a book helps to________‎ ‎ A. realize our dreams B. give support to our life '‎ ‎ C. smooth away difficulties D. awake our emotions ‎67.Why were the students able to understand the novel Of Mice and Men?‎ ‎ A.Because they spent much time reading it. B. Because they had read the novel before.‎ ‎ C. Because they came from a public school. D. Because they had similar life experiences.‎ ‎68.The girl left the selective high school possibly because_______.‎ ‎ A. she was a literary-minded girl B. her parents were immigrants ‎ C. she couldn't fit in with her class D. her father was then in prison ‎69. To the author's surprise, the students read the novels ________.‎ ‎ A. creatively B. passively C. repeatedly D. Carelessly ‎70. The author writes the passage mainly to________.‎ ‎ A. introduce classic works of literature B. advocate teaching literature to touch the heart ‎ C. argue for equality among high school students D. defend the current testing system 第四部分：任务型阅读（共10小题:每小题1分,满分10分）‎ 请认真阅读下列短文，并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入了个最恰当的单词。注意：请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。‎ ‎"Happiness Advantage" Effect In July 2010 Burt's Bees, a personal-care products company, was going through enormous change as it began a global expansion into 19 new countries. In this kind of high-pressure situation, many leaders bother their assistants with frequent meetings or flood their in-boxes with urgent demands. In doing so, managers lift everyone's anxiety level, which activates the part of the brain that processes threats and steals resources from the prefrontal cortex ( 大脑皮层) , which is responsible for effective problem solving.‎ Burt's Bees's then-CEO, John Wolfgang, took a different approach. Each day, he'd send out an e-mail praising a team member for work related to global marketing. He'd interrupt his own presentations to remind his managers to talk with their teams about the company's values. He asked me to further a three-hour session with employees on happiness in the course of the expansion effort. As one member of the senior team told me a year later, Wolfgang's emphasis on developing positive leadership kept his managers actively involved and loyal as they successfully transformed the company into a global one.‎ That outcome shouldn't surprise us. Research shows that when people work with a positive mind-set(思维模式), performance on nearly every level—productivity, creativity, involvement—improves. Yet happiness is perhaps the most misunderstood driver of performance. For one, most people believe that success comes before happiness. " Once I get a promotion, 111 be happy," they think. Or, "Once I hit my sales target, IH feel great. " But because success is a moving target—as soon as you hit your target, you raise it again—the happiness that ‎ results from success does not last long.‎ In fact, it works the other way around: People who have a positive mind-set perform better in the face of challenge. I call this the "happiness advantage"—every business outcome shows improvement when the brain is positive. I've observed this effect in my role as a researcher and lecturer in 48 countries on the connection between employee happiness and success. And I'm not alone: In an analysis of 225 academic studies, researchers found strong evidence of cause-and-effect relationship between life satisfaction and successful business outcomes.‎ Another common misunderstanding is that our genetics, our environment, or a combination of the two determines how happy we are. To be sure, both factors have an impact. But one's general sense of well-being is surprisingly unstable. The habits you form, the way you interact with colleagues, how you think about stress—all these can be managed to increase your happiness and your chances of success.‎ 第五部分：书面表达（满分25分）‎ ‎81.生活中冲突时有发生。假设你班同学苏华和李江打篮球时发生争执,导致关系紧张.请你结合此事,并根据以下提示,用英语写一篇短文,向学校英文报“Happy Teens”专栏投稿。‎ 简要描述事情的经过 打篮球碰撞争执,等等 分析发生冲突的原因 ‎1.遇事不够冷静 ‎2.……‎ 谈谈避免冲突的做法 ‎(请考生根据自己的经历或感想,提出至少两种做法)‎ 注意 ‎1.对所有要点逐一陈述，适当发挥,不要简单翻译。 2.词数150左右。开头已经写好，不计入总词数。 3.作义中不得提及有关考生个人身份的任何信息，如校名、人名等。‎ 参考答案 第一部分(共20 小题,每小题1 分,共20 分)‎ ‎1. C 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. C ‎11. A 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. A ‎ 第二部分(共35 小题,每小题1 分,共35 分)‎ ‎21. C 22. B 23. D 24. A 25. A 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. C ‎31. B 32. D 33. A 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. C 38. B 39. C 40. D ‎41. A 42. B 43. D 44. B 45. A 46. A 47. C 48. D 49. B 50. C ‎51. B 52. A 53. D 54. A 55. D ‎ 第三部分(共15 小题,每小题2 分,共30 分)‎ ‎56. C 57. B 58. A 59. A 60. D 61. C 62. C 63. B 64. D 65. C ‎66. D 67. D 68. C 69. A 70. B ‎ 第四部分(共10 小题,每小题1 分,共10 分)‎ ‎71. bother/ annoy 72. anxiety/ concern/ worry ‎73. considerate/ aware/ conscious 74. loyal/ faithful/ devoted/ committed ‎75. difference 76. positively ‎77. success/ achievements 78. strongly ‎79. determined/ decided 80. chances/ possibilities/ opportunities ‎ 第五部分(满分25 分)‎ One possible version:‎ Conflicts with others are common in everyday life. During the basketball game yesterday afternoon, Su Hua and Li Jiang bumped into each other, trying to catch the ball. Then they started shouting and yelling, and it turned into a horrible quarrel.‎ To be honest, it was Su s fault but Li was also to blame—they were not calm enough and both said some really mean things. They cared too much about winning and losing. As a matter of fact, blocking, pushing and bumping are just part of a tough game.‎ To avoid such conflicts, we should be kind to one another, which is essential to enjoying a harmonious life. It is also a virtue to forgive and forget, especially in such a competitive and stressful society. Instead of blaming each other, we should communicate more and put ourselves in others' place.‎ Don't be self-centered and try to be considerate. We must learn to handle conflicts calmly and wisely.(150 words)‎ ‎14. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江西卷）‎ 本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分，全卷满分150分。‎ 考生注意：‎ ‎1. 答题前，务必在试题卷、答题卡规定的地方填写自己的姓名、座位号，并认真核对答题卡上所粘贴的条形码中姓名、座位号与本人姓名、座位号是否一致。务必在答题卡背面规定的地方填写姓名和座位号后两位。‎ ‎2. 答第Ⅰ卷时，每小题选出答案后，用2B 铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。第二卷用黑色墨水签字笔在答题卡上书写作答。如在试题卷上作答，答案无效。‎ ‎3. 考试结束，务必将试题卷和答题卡一并上交。‎ 第一卷（选择题，满分115分）‎ 第一部分：听力（满分30分）‎ ‎ 做题时，先将答案划在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。‎ 第一节 （共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ 例：How much is the shirt?‎ A. ￡19.15. B. ￡9.15. C. ￡9.18.‎ 答案是B。‎ ‎1. Where does this conversation probably take place?‎ ‎ A. In a bookstore. B. In a classroom. C. In a library. ‎ ‎2. At what time will the film begin?‎ ‎ A. 7:20. B. 7:15. C. 7:00. ‎ ‎3. What are the two speakers mainly talk about?‎ ‎ A. Their friend Jane. B. A weekend trip. C. A radio program.‎ ‎4. What will the woman probably do?‎ ‎ A. Catch a train. B. See the man off. C. Go shopping.‎ ‎5. Why did the woman apologize?‎ ‎ A. She made a late delivery. B. She went to the wrong place. C. She couldn’t take the cake back.‎ 第二节 （共15小题；每题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. Whose CD is broken?‎ ‎ A. Kathy’s. B. Mum’s. C. Jack’s.‎ ‎7. What does the boy promise to do for the girl?‎ ‎ A. Buy her a new CD. B. Do some cleaning. C. Give her 10 dollars. ‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. What did the man think of the meal?‎ ‎ A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory. C. A bit disappointing. ‎ ‎9. What was the 15% on the bill paid for?‎ ‎ A. The food. B. The drinks. C. The service.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why is the man at the shop?‎ ‎ A. To order a camera for his wife. ‎ ‎ B. To have a camera repaired. ‎ ‎ C. To get a camera changed.‎ ‎11. What color does the man want?‎ ‎ A. Pink. B. Black. C. Orange.‎ ‎12. What will the man do afterwards?‎ ‎ A. Make a phone call.‎ ‎ B. Wait until further notice.‎ ‎ C. Come again the next day.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?‎ ‎ A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston.‎ ‎14. What is Ariel going to do in Toronto?‎ ‎ A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show.‎ ‎15. Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?‎ ‎ A. To call up Betty. B. To buy some DVDs. C. To pick up Daniel.‎ ‎16. What might be the relationship between the speakers?‎ ‎ A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers. C. Guide and tourist.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. Where does Thomas Manning work?‎ ‎ A. In the Guinness Company.‎ ‎ B. At a radio station.‎ ‎ C. In a museum.‎ ‎18. Where did the idea of a book of records come from?‎ ‎ A. A bird-shooting trip. B. A visit to Europe. C. A television talk show.‎ ‎19. When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear?‎ ‎ A. In 1875. B. In 1950. C. In 1955.‎ ‎20. What are the two speakers going to talk about next?‎ ‎ A. More records of unusual facts. ‎ ‎ B. The founder of the company. ‎ ‎ C. The oldest person in the world.‎ 第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节, 满分45分）‎ 第一节：单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎21. The Smiths don’t usually stay at hotels, but last summer they spent a few days at a very nice hotel by ________ sea.‎ ‎ A. /; a B. the; the C. /; the D. the; a ‎22. We have bought so much food now that Suzie won’t be with us for dinner.‎ ‎ A. may not B. needn’t C. can’t D. mustn’t ‎ ‎23. My brother would like to buy a good watch but was available from that shop. A. nothing B. none C. no one D. neither ‎24. I’ve the habit of calling in on my grandparents on my way home from school.‎ ‎ A. come into B. gone into C. got into D. run into ‎25. It suddenly occurred to him he had left his keys in the office.‎ ‎ A. whether B. where C. which D. that ‎26. --Look! Somebody the sofa.‎ ‎ --Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it.‎ ‎ A. is cleaning B. was cleaning C. has cleaned D. had cleaned ‎27. --Have you paid? What’s my share of the bill?‎ ‎ -- . It wasn’t very much.‎ ‎ A. Don’t worry about it. B. It’s my share ‎ C. None of your business. D. It’s up to you.‎ ‎28. By 16:30, was almost closing time, nearly all the paintings had been sold.‎ ‎ A. which B. when C. what D. that ‎29. You’d better write down the phone number of that restaurant for future .‎ ‎ A. purpose B. reference C. progress D. memory ‎30. We were all agreed that the cottage would a perfect holiday home for the family.‎ ‎ A. make B. turn C. take D. have ‎31. You can borrow my car you promise not to drive too fast.‎ ‎ A. unless B. even if C. in case D. as lone as ‎32. Never before seen anybody who can play tennis as well as Robert.‎ ‎ A. had she B. she had C. has she D. she has ‎33. Having finished her project, she was invited by the school to the new students.‎ ‎ A. speaking B. having spoken C. to speak D. to have spoken ‎34. He seems to be giving the impression that he didn’t enjoy himself in Paris. , he had a wonderful time.‎ ‎ A. Above all B. What’s more C. As a result D. On the contrary ‎35. John has really got the job because he showed me the official letter him it.‎ ‎ A. offered B. offering C. to offer D. to be offered 第二节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ That holiday morning I didn’t have to attend school. Usually, on holidays, Mother 36 me to sleep in. And I would certainly take full advantage of it. On this particular morning, ___37___,I felt like getting up early.‎ I stood by my window overlooking the ___38___, having nothing better to do. But as it turned out, I was soon to learn about something ___39___ in life.‎ As I watched several people go by, get into their cars and go off, I ___40___ an old man on a bicycle with a bucket on its ___41___ and a basket rags and bottles on its back-carriage. He ___42___ from one car to another, washing and cleaning them. From the water on the ground, it seemed that he had already ___43___ washing and cleaning about a dozen or more cars. He must have begun to work quite early in the morning. ‎ Several thoughts ___44___my mind as I watched him work. He wasn’t well-dressed. He had on a pair of shorts and a(n) ___45___ T-shirt. The bicycle he rode was not by any means the kind modern ___46___would want to be seen riding on. But he seemed___47___ with life. There he was, working hard at his small business, ___48___ at passers-by and stopping to chat now and then ___49___ elderly men and women on their way to the market nearby.‎ There was a noticeable touch of___50___ in the way he seemed to be doing things— ___51___the windscreen (挡风玻璃), then standing back to admire it; scrubbing (擦净) the wheels and ___52___, standing back to see what they look like after the scrub.‎ It was a ___53___ to learn, I felt. At no age need one have to beg for a ___54___if one has good health and is willing to work hard. For a while I felt ___55__ of myself. Young as I am—just sixteen, and there was this old man who must have been usefully engaged perhaps before the sun appeared above the horizon.‎ ‎36. A. forces B. allows C. causes D. forbids ‎37. A. otherwise B. therefore C. however D. besides ‎38. A. parking lot B. bus stop C. school D. market ‎39. A. interesting B. surprising C. awful D. useful ‎40. A. noticed B. recognized C. called D. assisted ‎41. A. back B. handle C. wheel D. seat ‎42. A. searched B. left C. moved D. wandered ‎43. A. stopped B. started C. intended D. finished ‎44. A. crossed B. slipped C. disturbed D. inspired ‎45. A. attractive B. shiny C. simple D. expensive ‎46. A. repairmen B. businessmen C. drivers D. cyclists ‎47. A. busy B. content C. careful D. bored ‎48. A. waving B. looking C. laughing D. pointing ‎49. A. about B. for C. with D. like ‎50. A. worry B. respect C. sympathy D. pride ‎51. A. cleaning B. fixing C. replacing D. covering ‎52. A. still B. yet C. again D. soon ‎53. A. lesson B. subject C. skill D. fact ‎54. A. business B. living C. success D. right ‎55. A. tired B. doubtful C. fearful D. ashamed 第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题，每题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Mark and his brother Jason both were looking at the shining new computer enviously. Jason was determined not to go against their father’s wishes but Mark was more adventurous than his brother. He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father.‎ ‎“Dad will be really mad if he finds out you’ve been playing with his new computer.” Jason said, “He told us not to touch it.”‎ ‎“He won’t find out.” Mark said, “I’ll just have a quick look and shut it down.”‎ Mark had been scolded before for touching his father’s equipment. But his curiosity was difficult to control and this new computer really puzzled him.‎ ‎“It was a strange-looking machine –one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked. “It’s an experimental model,” his father had explained, “so don’t touch it under any circumstances.” But his warning only served to make Mark more curious. Without any further thought, Mark turned on the power switch. The computer burst into life and seconds later, the screen turned into colors, shifting and changing and then two big white words appeared in the center of the screen: “SPACE TRANSPORTER.”‎ ‎“Yes!” Mark cried excitedly, “It’s a computer game. I knew it! Dad’s only been pretending to work. He’s really been playing games instead.” A new message appeared on the screen:‎ ‎“ENTER NAMES VOYAGER 1: …‎ VOYAGER 2: …”‎ Mark’s fingers flew across the keyboard as he typed in both of their names.‎ ‎“INPUT ACCEPTED. START TRANSPORT PROGRAM. AUTO-RETRIEVE INITIATED（自动回收程序已启动）.”‎ The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.‎ ‎“I think we’d better shut it off, Mark,” Jason yelled, reaching for the power switch. He was really frightened.‎ But his hand never reached the switch. A single beam of dazzling white light burst out of the computer screen, wrapping the boys in its glow (光芒), until they themselves seemed to be glowing. Then it died down just as suddenly as it had burst into life. And the boys were no longer there. On the screen, the letters changed.‎ ‎“TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL. DESTINATION: MARS. RETRIEVE DATE: 2025.”‎ ‎56. Why did Mark touch the computer against his father’s warning?‎ ‎ A. He wanted to take a voyage. B. He wanted to practice his skill ‎ C. He was so much attracted by it. D. He was eager to do an experiment.‎ ‎57. Where did the boy’s father most likely work?‎ ‎ A. In an electronic factory. B. In a computer company.‎ ‎ C. In a scientific research center. D. In an information processing center.‎ ‎58. Mark thought “SPACE TRANSPORTER” on the screen was the name of .‎ ‎ A. a computer game B. a company website ‎ C. a software producer D. an astronomy program ‎59. Why did Jason want to shut off the computer?‎ ‎ A. He was afraid of being scolded. ‎ B. He didn’t like the loud noise and light.‎ ‎ C. He didn’t want to play games any more. ‎ D. He was afraid something dangerous might happen.‎ ‎60. What happened to the boys at the end of the story?‎ ‎ A. They were blown into the air. B. They were sent to another planet.‎ ‎ C. They were hidden in the strong light. D. They were carried away to another country B A Book Review—The Snake-Stone by Berlie Doherty The setting: Urban England (the cities), but also rural England (the countryside) including remote English villages.‎ The theme: The main theme is a teenage research of self-discovery, in this case the search for a mother from whom the hero was separated at an early age. Its other concerns are love, getting on with others, being persistent and courageous and trying to deal with doubts, troubles and worries. As the book moves to a close, James’ swimming coach says to him: “You are not like a kid obeying instructions any more. You are diving like a young man who knows where he is going.”‎ The characters: James is the hero of the story. He is a championship diver, and has a comfortable life with his foster parents (养父母). Yet he also has the qualities to take him on a long journey to find his birth mother. The other characters in The Snake-Stone, James’ parents, his diving instructor, best friend, the villagers, people he meets on his journey, are pictured realistically.‎ The turning point: The turning point in the story comes while James’ foster parents are away in London, and he wonders about the identity of his birth mother. The only clue he has is a fossil, “the snake stone” which she left behind along with a note on which she had written: “Take good care of Sammie. It was written on a torn envelope with parts of an address still there.‎ The journey: Instead of going to London, James decides to find his birth mother. With help from his geography teacher, James sets out for the remote country village where his mother might be found. James has painful, challenging, but also humorous and happy travels. The mother he finally meets, Anne, has a minor yet powerful voice in the novel. He comes to understand why she left him at a stranger’s door fifteen years before. Although the meeting is not long, it leaves him with a feeling of completeness. As a journey of self-discovery The Snake-Stone also provides its readers with a happy ending. Its hero says, on returning to his foster parents, “I was home.”‎ ‎61. What is the main theme of the novel?‎ ‎ A. Life with foster parents. B. Life in the world of diving. ‎ C. A journey of self-discovery. D. A travel around the country.‎ ‎62. What do the coach’s words in Paragraph 2 suggest?‎ ‎ A. James is a successful diver. B. James is a hopeful swimmer.‎ ‎ C. James is an outgoing young man. D. James is an independent young man.‎ ‎63. The snake stone in the novel is .‎ ‎ A. a stone with an address on it B. a clue left by the birth mother ‎ C. a gift from the swimming coach D. a fossil left by the foster parents ‎64. Which of the following is true about the novel?‎ ‎ A. The story has a sad ending. ‎ B. The story takes place in the city of London.‎ ‎ C. The characters are vividly described. ‎ D. The turning point comes after the hero meets his birth mother. ‎ ‎65. It can be concluded that James’ journey is _________.‎ ‎ A. worthwhile B. boring ‎ C. comfortable D. disappointing C Big Brothers Big Sisters is based on the simplicity and power of friendship. It is a program which provides friendship and fun by matching vulnerable young people (ages 7-17) with a volunteer adult who can be both a role model and a supportive friend.‎ ‎　　Volunteer tutors come from all walks of life—married, single, with or without children. Big Brothers and Big Sisters are not replacement parents or social workers. They are tutors: someone to trust, to have fun with, to talk and go to when needed.‎ A Big Sister and Little Sister will generally spend between one and four hours together three or four times each month for at least twelve months. They enjoy simple activities such as a picnic at a park, cooking, playing sport or going to a football match. These activities improve the friendship and help the young person develop positive self-respect, confidence and life direction.‎ Big Brothers Big Sisters organizations exist throughout the world. It is the large and most well-known provider of tutor services internationally and has been operating for 25 years.‎ Emily and Sarah have been matched since 2008. Emily is a 10-year-old girl who has experienced some difficulties being accepted by her schoolmates at school. “ I was pretty sure there was something wrong with me.”‎ Emily’s mum came across Big Brothers Big Sisters and thought it would be of benefit to Emily by “providing different feedback (反馈) about herself other than just relying on schoolmates to measure her self-worth.‎ Sarah wanted to get involved in a volunteer program. “I googled it and found out how to be a part of it. I thought it would be fun for me to get involved in making time to do something because sometimes it is all work and no play.”‎ Big Brothers Big Sisters has been of great benefit and enjoyment to both Emily and Sarah. They love and look forward to their time together and the partnership has certainly helped Emily be more comfortable in being the wonderful, happy and unique girl she is!‎ ‎66. What is the aim of Big Brothers Big Sisters?‎ ‎ A. To offer students public services. ‎ ‎ B. To help students improve their grades. ‎ ‎ C. To organize sport activities for young people. ‎ ‎ D. To provide partnership and fun for young people. ‎ ‎67. A volunteer is usually expected to work within a year for at least______. ‎ ‎ A. 24 hours B. 36 hours C. 48 hours D. 72 hours ‎68. According to Emily’s mother, this program may provide Emily with______. ‎ ‎ A. advice from her teachers B. a new way to assess herself ‎ C. a new way to judge her schoolmates D. more comments from her schoolmates ‎69. Why did Sarah want to get involved in the program?‎ ‎ A. She used to be a volunteer. B. She needed a part-time job.‎ ‎ C. She felt a bit bored with her life. D. She wanted to get a challenging job.‎ ‎70. According to the passage, “vulnerable young people” are probably those who are _________.‎ ‎ A. popular at school B. rather weak physically ‎ C. easily hurt emotionally D. confident in themselves D ‎　　For those who make journeys across the world, the speed of travel today has turned the countries into a series of villages. Distances between them appear no greater to a modern traveler than those which once faced men as they walked from village to village. Jet plane fly people from one end of the earth to the other, allowing them a freedom of movement undreamt of a hundred years ago.‎ ‎　　Yet some people wonder if the revolution in travel has gone too far. A price has been paid, they say, for the conquest (征服) of time and distance. Travel is something to be enjoyed, not endured (忍受). The boat offers leisure and time enough to appreciate the ever-changing sights and sounds of a journey. A journey by train also has a special charm about it. Lakes and forests and wild, open plains sweeping past your carriage window create a grand view in which time and distance mean nothing. On board a plane, however, there is just the blank blue of the sky filling the narrow window of the airplane. The soft lighting, in-flight films and gentle music make up the only world you know, and the hours progress slowly.‎ ‎　　 Then there is the time spent being “processed” at a modern airport. People are conveyed like robots along walkways; baggage is weighed, tickets produced, examined and produced yet again before the passenger move again to another waiting area. Journeys by rail and sea take longer, yes, but the hours devoted to being “processed” at departure and arrival in airports are luckily absent. No wonder, then, that the modern high-speed trains are winning back passengers from the airlines.‎ ‎　　Man, however, is now a world traveler and can not turn his back on the airplane. The working lives of too many people depend upon it; whole new industries have been built around its design and operation. The holiday maker, too, with limited time to spend, patiently endures the busy airports and limited space of the flight to gain those extra hours and even days, relaxing in the sun. speed controls people’s lives; time saved, in work or play, is the important thing—or so we are told. Perhaps those first horsemen, riding free across the wild, open plains, were enjoying a better world than the one we know today. They could travel at will, and the clock was not their master. ‎ ‎71. What does the writer try to express in Paragraph1?‎ ‎ A. Travel by plane has speeded up the growth of villages. ‎ ‎ B. The speed of modern travel has made distances relatively short. ‎ ‎ C. The freedom of movement has helped people realize their dreams. ‎ ‎ D. Man has been fond of travelling rather than staying in one place. ‎ ‎72. How does the writer support the underlined statement in Paragraph2?‎ ‎ A. By giving instructions. B. By analyzing cause and effect. ‎ ‎ C. By following the order of time. D. By giving examples. ‎ ‎73. According to Paragraph 3, passengers are turning back to modern high-speed trains because______. ‎ ‎ A. they pay less for the tickets B. they feel safer during the travel ‎ C. they can enjoy higher speed of travel D. they don’t have to waste time being “processed”‎ ‎74. What does the last sentence of the passage mean?‎ ‎ A. They could enjoy free and relaxing travel. B. They needed the clock to tell the time. ‎ ‎ C. They preferred travelling on horseback. D. They could travel with their master. ‎ ‎75. What is the main idea of the passage?‎ ‎ A. Air travel benefits people and industries. ‎ ‎ B. Train Travel has some advantages over air travel. ‎ ‎ C. Great changes have taken place in modern travel.‎ ‎ D. The high speed of air travel is gained at a cost.‎ 第二卷（非选择题 满分35分）‎ 第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文并回答问题，然后将答案写到答题卡相应的位置上（请注意问题后的词数要求）。‎ ‎[1]Stamp collectors usually collect stamps only from certain countries or regions. The traditional method of stamp collecting is to organize stamp collection according to the issue dates.‎ ‎[2]Of course, there are many ____________. You can collect stamps relating to a particular theme. For example, sport lovers may choose the Olympic theme. They try their best to find Olympic stamps issued by various parts of the world every four years. Some of them may want to concentrate on even more specific sport activities like ball games, gymnasium, swimming, etc.‎ ‎[3]If you like astronomy, you may be keen on collecting stamps describing the stars, planets, spacecraft, spacemen, etc. once you have fixed the topic, you no longer need to bother about stamps other than the theme you selected. Then, you can put all your effort to collect the stamps around it.‎ ‎[4]China issues zodiac animal stamps (十二生肖邮票) every year to celebrate the Lunar New Year. They are extremely popular and a lot of collectors wait patiently for 12 years to collect a full set of them. Hong Kong’s Lunar New Year special stamp series began in 2000 with the Year of Dragon and the twelfth and final set was issued in 2011, the Year of Rabbit. Recently some Western countries have issued zodiac animal stamps, which attract a lot of attention as well.‎ ‎[5]You may choose any theme you like. However, you should bear in mind an essential point. The topic you choose should not be too narrow. Otherwise, it is very difficult to accumulate stamps around the topic. You will be depressed and even lose your interest in collecting stamps.‎ ‎[6]Collecting stamps with these is especially popular among teenagers because there is a wide range of choices for them. The main challenge is how you organize and expand your collection around your theme.‎ ‎76. What is the main idea of the passage? （no more than 5 words）‎ ‎　　___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎77. Fill in the blank in Paragraph 2 with proper words. （no more than 5 words）‎ Of course, there are many ____________________________________________.‎ ‎78. What should you do if you want to collect a full set of zodiac animal stamps? （no more than 7 words）‎ ‎　　_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎79. List the three general themes in collecting stamps mentioned in the passage. （3 words）‎ ‎　　_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎80. What does the word "them" （Line2, Paragraph6） probably refer to? （1 word）‎ ‎　　_______________________________________________________________________________‎ 第二节 写作（满分25分）‎ ‎　　某英文报社举办以 “I Like Reading”为主题的征文活动， 你打算投稿。 请根据以下要点些一篇短文：‎ ‎　　1. 你为什么喜欢读书；‎ ‎　　2. 你喜欢哪一类的书（例如：历史、科学、文学等）？请给出至少两个理由。‎ 注意：词数120左右；‎ I Like ‎Reading Reading‎ is my favorite hobby. I can never stop the love for reading because books are likewise teachers as well as good friends in my life. As we know, books are the source of knowledge. I benefit a great from reading.‎ There are a variety of books for us to choose from, like history books, science books, literary books and so on. But what interests me most is literary books, especially those by famous writers. For one thing, they hope to improve my writing skills and broaden my horizon. For another, they can enrich my life and provide me with great fun.‎ Isn’t it a pleasure to have great calm in mind while you are reading?‎ ‎15. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（辽宁卷）‎ 本试卷分第一卷（选择题）和第二卷（非选择题）两部分。考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。‎ ‎ 第一卷 注意事项：‎ ‎1.答题前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。‎ ‎2.选出每小题答案后，用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选其他答案标号，不能答在试卷上，否则无效。‎ 第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30分）‎ ‎ 做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。‎ 第一节 ‎（共5小题：每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分）‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ 例：How much is the shirt?‎ ‎ A. ￡19. 15 B. ￡ 9. ‎15 ‎ C. ￡9. 18‎ 答案是B。‎ ‎1. Where does this conversation probably take place?‎ ‎ A. In the bookstore B. In a classroom C. In a library ‎2. At what time will the film begin?‎ ‎ A. 7:20 B. 7:‎15 ‎ C. 7:00‎ ‎3.What are the two speakers mainly talking about?‎ A. Their friend Jane. B. A weekend trip. C. A radio programme. ‎ ‎4. What will the woman probably do?‎ A. Catch a train. B. See the man off. C. Go shopping. ‎ ‎5.Why did the woman apologize?‎ ‎ A. She made a late delivery. ‎ B. She went to the wrong place. ‎ C. She couldn’t take the cake back. ‎ 第一节 ‎（共15小题；每小题1. 5分，满分22. 5分）‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟，听完后，各个小题给出5秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. Whose CD is broken?‎ A. Kathy’s. B. Mum’s. C. Jack’s. ‎ ‎7. What does the boy promise to do for the girl?‎ A. Buy her a new CD. B. Do some cleaning. C. Give her 10 dollars. ‎ 听第7段材料，回答第7、8题。‎ ‎ 8. What did the man think of the meal?‎ A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory. C. A bit disappointing. ‎ ‎9. What was the 15% on the bill paid for？‎ A. The food. B. The drinks. C. The service. ‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why is the man at the shop?‎ A. To order a camera for his wife. ‎ B. To have a camera repaired. ‎ C. To get a camera changed. ‎ ‎11. What colour does the man want?‎ A. Pink. B. Black. C. Orange. ‎ ‎12. What will the man do afterwards?‎ A. Make a phone call. B. Wait until further notice. C. Come again the next day. ‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday?‎ A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston. ‎ ‎14. What is Ariel going to do in Toronto?‎ A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show. ‎ ‎15. Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave?‎ A. To call up Betty. B. To buy some DVDs. C. To pick up Daniel. ‎ ‎16. What might be the relationship between the speakers?‎ A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers. C. Guide and tourist. ‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. Where does Thomas Manning work?‎ A. In the Guinness Company. ‎ B. At a radio station. ‎ C. In a museum. ‎ ‎18. Where did the idea of a book of records come from?‎ A. A bird-shopping trip . B. A visit to Europe. C. A television talk show. ‎ ‎19. When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear?‎ A. In 1875. B. In 1950. C. In 1955. ‎ ‎20. What are the two speakers going to talk about next?‎ A. More records of unusual facts. ‎ B. The founders of the company. ‎ C. The oldest person in the world. ‎ 第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ 例：We last night, but we went to the concert instead. ‎ ‎ A. must have studied B. might study ‎ C. should have studied D. would study ‎ 答案是 C 。‎ ‎21. I woke up with bad headache, yet by evening the pain had gone. ‎ A. the; the B. the; an C. a; the D. a; an ‎22. We used to see each other , but I haven’t head from him since last year. ‎ A. especially B. regularly C. particularly D. approximately ‎23. — I’m terribly sorry to interrupt, but may I use your phone? It’s rather urgent. ‎ ‎— Yes, . ‎ ‎ A. with pleasure B. no burry C. it doesn’t matter D. of course ‎24. One of our rules is that every student wear school uniform while at school. ‎ A. might B. could C. shall D. will ‎25. The old couple often take a walk after supper in the park with their pet dog them. ‎ ‎ A. to follow B. following C. followed D. follows ‎26. Rod loves clocks. However, he never manages to put them together again. ‎ A. taking apart B. giving away C. making up D. turning off ‎27. The Well Hotel stands in a quiet place the main road at the far end of the lake. ‎ ‎ A. to B. for C. off D. out ‎28. If you’re buying today’s paper from the stand, could you get for me?‎ A. one B. such C. this D. that ‎29. This machine is very easy . Anybody can learn to use it in a few minutes. ‎ ‎ A. operating B. to be operating C. operated D. to operate ‎30. Leave your key with your neighbor you lock yourself out one day. ‎ ‎ A. as long as B. even though C. in case D. as if ‎ ‎31. I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I to Shanghai. ‎ A. will be flying B. will fly C. have been flying D. have flown ‎32. Not until he retired from teaching three years ago having a holiday abroad. ‎ A. he had considered B. had he considered ‎ C. he considered D. did he consider ‎33. Jack is a great talker. It’s high time that he something instead of just talking. ‎ ‎ A. will do B. has done C. do D. did ‎ ‎34. The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for he could find about Mark Twain. ‎ ‎ A. wherever B. however C. whatever D. whichever ‎35. Mum, I was wondering if you could lend me a few dollars until I on Friday. ‎ ‎ A. get paid B. got paid C. have paid D. had been paid 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ When Glen Kruger picked a small cat from an animal shelter, he did not expect much. Yet right from the start, eight years ago, there was an uncommon connection between him and the small black cat. He 36 ‎ her Inky. ‎ ‎ “ I grew up on a hundred-acre farm and had only cats 37 playmates,” Kruger, The seventy-year-old man, says. “My hearing was damaged by the 38 of farm equipment, so I learned to connect with 39 . They react to what they see and what you do. ”‎ ‎ Inky was a gentle cat, 40 the house with five other cats. But on a January night in 2009, Inky did 41 that would set her apart from 42 cats forever. ‎ ‎ Kruger had gone down to the basement to 43 the wood stove for the night. When he was finished, he 44 to the top of the stairs and reached to turn off the lights. In doing so , he slipped and 45 his back against an old shelf. The heavy shelf came crashing down and sent Kruger down the stairs. ‎ ‎ ‎46 in a pool of blood on the basement floor, Kruger felt 47 going into shock（休克）. He shouted for help, 48 his wife, Brenda , was asleep in their bedroom at the opposite end of the house.‎ ‎ 49 Kruger noticed Inky watching from the top of the stairs. ‎ ‎ “Go get Brenda,” Kruger said to Inky. ‎ ‎ Inky 50 to the bedroom door and scratched 51 until Brenda opened it. Then Inky led her to the 52 Brenda found her husband 53 the stairs and called 911. Kruger was rushed to the hospital. “I spent six months 54 there,” ‎ Says Kruger. “Although I became lame , I was blessed. ” Since the accident, Inky has 55 Left Kruger’s side. ‎ ‎36. A. gave B. chose C. named D. remembered ‎37. A. like B. as C. except D. among ‎38. A. sound B. alarm C. noise D. voice ‎39. A. animals B. friends C. farmers D. neighbors ‎40. A. sharing B. visiting C. dividing D. discovering ‎41. A. anything B. nothing C. something D. everything ‎42. A. familiar B. lovely C. ordinary D. outstanding ‎43. A. shut out B. shut off C. shut down D. shut up ‎44. A. marched B. flew C. struggled D. climbed ‎45. A. bent B. hit C. shook D. pulled ‎46. A. Falling B. Lying C. Appearing D. Thinking ‎47. A. it B. itself C. him D. himself ‎48. A. and B. but C. or D. so ‎49. A. Thus B. Otherwise C. Then D. Rather ‎50. A. walked B. ran C. returned D. withdrew ‎51. A. rapidly B. suddenly C. madly D. urgently ‎52. A. bedroom B. basement C yard D. house ‎53. A. at the bottom of B. in the middle of C. . at the top of D. in the front of ‎54. A. regretting B. resting C. relaxing D. recovering ‎55. A. never B. ever C. still D. already 第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节 ‎（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Mini Book Excerpts（节选）‎ Biography ‎ When Salinger learned that a car park was to be built on the land, the middle-aged writer was shocked and quickly bought the neighboring area to protect it… The townspeople never forgot the rescue and came to help their most famous neighbor. ‎ ‎ J. D. Salinger: A Life by Kenneth Slawenski(Random House,$27)‎ Mystery（疑案小说）‎ ‎ “You’re a smart boy. Benny’s death was no accident, and you’re the only who saw it happen. Do you think the murderer should get away with it ? ”The boy was starting stubbornly at his lap again. ‎ ‎ A thought suddenly occurred to Annika, “Did you …You recognized the man in the car, didn’t you?”‎ ‎ The boy hesitated, twisting his fingers, “Maybe,” he said quietly. ‎ ‎ Red Wolf by Liza Marklund(Atria Books, $25. 99)‎ Short Stories ‎ She wants to say to him what she has learned, none of it in class. Some women are born stupid, and some women are too smart for their own good. Some women are born to give ,and some women only know how to take. Some women learn who they want to be from their mothers, some who they don’t want to be. Some mothers suffer so their daughters won’t. Some mothers love so their daughters won’t. ‎ ‎ You Are Free by Danzy Senna （Riverhead Books,$15）‎ Humor ‎ Do your kids like to have fun? Come to Fun Times! Do you like to watch your kids having fun? Bring them to Fun Times! Fun Times!’s “amusement cycling” is the most fun you can have, legally, in the United States right now. Why spend thousands of dollars flying to Disney World when you can spend less than half to that within a day’s drive lf most cities?‎ ‎ Happy And Other Bad Thoughts by Larry Doyle（Ecco,$14. 99）‎ ‎56. If the readers want to know about the lite of Salinger , they should buy the book published by ‎ . ‎ ‎ A. Ecco B. Atria Books C. Riverhead Books D. Random House ‎57. The book Hbppy And Other Bad Thoughts is intended for . ‎ ‎ A. young children B. Disney World workers ‎ ‎ C. middle school teachers D. parents with young children ‎58. Which book describes women with characters of their own?‎ A. Happy And Other Bad Thoughts B. J. D. Salinger: A Life ‎ C. You Are Free D. Red Wolf ‎ ‎59. After finishing the book Red Wolf, the readers would learn that . ‎ A. the boy helped arrest the murderer B. Benny died of an accident ‎ C. the murderer got away with the crime D. Annika carried out the crime B ‎ Astronauts on shorter shuttle missions(使命)often work very long days. Tasks are scheduled so tightly that break times are often used to finish the day’s work. This type of scheduled is far too demanding for long missions on the International Space Station(ISS). ISS crewmembers usually live in space for at least a quarter of a year. They work five days on and two days off to mimic the normal way they do things on Earth as much as possible . Weekends give the crew valuable. Weekends give the crew valuable time to rest and do a few hours of ‎ housework. They can communicate with family and friends by email , internet phone and through Private video conferences. ‎ ‎ While astronauts cannot go to a baseball game or a movie in orbit, there are many familiar activities that they can still enjoy. Before a mission, the family and friends of each ISS crewmember put together a collection of family photos, messages, videos and reading material for the astronauts to look at when they will be floating 370 kilometers above the Earth. During their mission, the crew also receives care packages with CDs, books, magazines, photos and letters . And as from early 2010, the internet became available on the ISS , giving astronauts the chance to do some “web surfing (冲浪)”in their personal time. Besides relaxing with these more common entertainments, astronauts can simply enjoy the experience of living in space. ‎ ‎ Many astronauts say that one of the most relaxing things to do in space is to look out the window and stare at the universe and the Earth’s vast land mass and oceans. ‎ ‎60. What does the word “mimic” in Paragraph 1 probably mean?‎ ‎ A. Find B. Copy C. Change D. Lose ‎61. Which of the following best describes the families of the astronauts on the ISS?‎ ‎ A. The are caring and thoughtful. B. The are impatient and annoyed. ‎ C. The are impatient and annoyed. D. The are excited and curious. ‎ ‎62. In the final paragraph, the author shows that astronauts . ‎ ‎ A. get more pleasure in space than on the Earth ‎ B. find living in space a bit boring and tiring C. regard space life as common D. love to see the Earth from space ‎63. The passage mainly discusses how astronauts . ‎ ‎ A. work for longer missions in space B. connect with people on the Earth C. observe the Earth from space D. spend their free time in space C If Confucius(孔子)were still alive today and could celebrate his September 28 birthday with a big cake, there would be a lot of candles. He’d need a fan or a strong wind to help him put them out. ‎ ‎ While many people in China will remember Confucius on his special day, few people in the United States will give him a passing thought. It’s nothing personal. Most Americans don’t even remember the birthdays of their own national heroes. ‎ ‎ But this doesn’t mean that Americans don’t care about Confucius. In many ways he has become a bridge that foreigners must cross if they want to reach a deeper understanding of China. ‎ ‎ In the past two decades, the Chinese studies programs have gained huge popularity in Western universities. More recently, the Chinese government has set up Confucius Institutes in more than 80 countries. These schools teach both Chinese language and culture. The main courses of Chinese culture usually included Chinese art, history and philosophy(哲学). Some social scientists suggest that Westerners should take advantages of the ancient Chinese wisdom to make up for the drawbacks of Westerners philosophy. Students in the United States, at the same time, are racing to learn Chinese. So they will be ready for life in a world where China is an equal power with the United States. Businessmen who hope to make money in China are reading books about Confucius to understand their Chinese customers. ‎ ‎ So the old thinker’s ideas are still alive and well. ‎ ‎ Today China attracts the West more than ever, and it will need more teachers to introduce Confucius and Chinese culture to the West. ‎ ‎ As for the old thinker, he will not soon be forgotten by people in the West, even if his birthday is. ‎ ‎64.The opening paragraph is mainly intended to ________‎ A. provide some key facts about Confucius B. attract the readers’ interest in the subject C. show great respect for the ancient thinker D. prove the popularity of modern birthday celebrations ‎65.We can learn from Paragraph 4 that American students______‎ A. have a great interest in studying Chinese B. take an active part in Chinese competitions C. try to get high scores in Chinese exams D. fight for a chance to learn Chinese ‎66. What is the best title for the passage?‎ A. Forgotten Wisdom in America B. Huge Fans of the Chinese Language C. Chinese Culture for Westerners D. Old Thinker with a Big Future ‎67. The passage is likely to appear in ___________. ‎ A. a biography B. a history paper C. a newspaper D. a philosophy textbook D Inside the pleasingly fragrant cafe, So All May Eat(SAME) in downtown Denver ,the spirit of generosity(慷慨)‎ is instantly noticeable :A donation box stands in place of a cash register. Customers here pay only what they can afford, no questions asked. ‎ A risky business plan, perhaps, but SAME Café has done one unchangeable thing in the Mile‎ High ‎City for six years: Open only at midday, the restaurant provides poor local can instead volunteer as waiters and waitresses, and dishwashers, or took after the buildings and equipment for the cafe.‎ ‎“It’s based on trust, and it’s working all right” , says co-owner Brad Birky, who started the café in 2006. With his wife Libby. Previously volunteering at soup kitchens, the Birkys were dissatisfied with the often unhealthy meals they served there. ‎ ‎“We wanted to offer quality food in a restaurant where everyone felt comfortable ,regardless of their circumstances,” Birky says. SAME’s special lunch menu changes daily and most food materials are natural and grown by local farmers. ‎ The café now averages 65 to 70 customers (and eight volunteers) a day. And the spirit of generosity behind the project appears to be spreading. In early 2007,one volunteer who had cleared snow for his meals during the long winter said goodbye to the Birkys,” He said he was going to New Orleans to help with the hurricane clear up,” says Birky.‎ ‎68.What can we learn about the soup kitchens the Birkys previously worked for? ‎ A. They refused to have volunteers. ‎ B. They offered low quality food. ‎ C. They provided customers with a good environment. ‎ D. They closed down because of poor management. ‎ ‎69. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The customers who cannot pay can word as volunteers in stead. ‎ B. More volunteers will go to new Orleans for the hurricane cleanup. ‎ C. Many new cafes will be opened to offer free lunches in the town. ‎ D. The lunch menu has remained the same since the café was started. ‎ ‎70. The author’s attitude towards running such a café is_______‎ A. unfavorable B. approving C. doubtful  D. cautious 第二节（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ ‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ How to Make Friends ‎ Friendship is a very important human relationship and everyone needs good friends. Good friendship has ‎ many benefits. It offers companionship, improves self-worth and promotes good health. There are times in our lives such as when we have recently moved into a new town, or changed our jobs or schools. Such changes often leaves us without a friend 71 . But for many of us the process is difficult and requires courage. Below are some helpful suggestions on how to make and keep friends. ‎ ‎1. Associate with others. ‎ The first step to making friends is associating with other people. You can go to public places to meet new ‎ people. Besides, you will need to make yourself known by becoming an active member of such places. ‎ ‎2.Start a conversation Starting a conversation is the second most important step in making new friends. 72 You can always ‎ start the conversation. Being able to make small talk is a very useful skill in relating with other people.‎ ‎3. 73 ‎ Choosing friends with common interests is important in building friendship as these interests would always bring you and your friend together, Hanging out will always be a pleasant experience. ‎ ‎4.Let it grow. ‎ It is a good thing to stay in touch. However, try not to press your new friend with calls, messages or visits as ‎ this would likely wear him or her out and finally you may lose your friend. 74 . The best friendships are the ones that grow naturally. ‎ ‎5.Enjoy your friendship The best way to enjoy your friendship is to allow your friends to be themselves. 75 Try not to change them from who they are to what you want them to be. Become the kind of friend you will want your friend to be to you. ‎ A. Be cheerful. ‎ B. Do things together. ‎ C. Do not wait to be spoken to. ‎ D. Try not to find fault with your friends. ‎ E. Making new friends comes easy for some people. ‎ F. For a friendship to develop you need to stay in touch. ‎ G. So you will need to give your friend time to react to you. ‎ 第二卷 注意：将答案写在答题卡上，写在本试卷上无效。‎ 第四部分——写作（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 假定英主事课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请您修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语文错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜钱（）划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2.只充许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ ‎（试题内容见答题卡） ‎ 第二节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ 假定你是某中学的学生李华。请用英语给出版社会的编辑写封信，表达你对现在使用的英语材料的看法，内容主要包括：‎ 优点：1.话题广泛；‎ ‎2.图片丰富；‎ ‎3.有助于提高 学习兴趣。‎ 建议“适当降低词汇难度。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.词数100左右；‎ ‎2.可以适当增加细节，以使用文连贯；‎ ‎3.开头语已您写好，不讲总词数。‎ Dear Editor,‎ As a student reader, I am writing to talk about the English textbooks published by your house. These books have many advantages. One of them is that we can find a variety of topics, such as science, culture and history. These topics, 1 think, arc very popular with us students. What's more, along with the texts there are many beautiful and colorful pictures, which can help us understand English better. Even the students who used to dislike English have turned out to be interested in the subject. However, some of the texts have too many new words and expressions which are hard for us. Therefore, I'd like to suggest changing them into easier ones.‎ Best regards, Li Hua ‎16. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（山东卷）‎ 本试卷分第I卷和第II卷两部分，共12页，满分150分。考试用时120分钟。考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。‎ 注意事项:‎ ‎1.答题前，考生务必用0.5毫米黑色签字笔将自己的姓名、座号、考生号、县区和科类填写在答题卡和试卷规定的位置上。‎ ‎2.第I卷每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔在答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需要改动，用橡皮擦干净后， 再选涂其他答案标号。‎ ‎3.第II卷必须用0.5毫米黑色签字笔作答，答案必须写在答题卡各题目指定区域内相应的位置，不能写在试卷上；如需改动，先划掉原来的答案然后再写上新的答案；不能使用涂改液、脐带纸、修正带。不按以上要求作答的答案无效。‎ 第I卷（共105分）‎ 第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ 例：How much is the shirt? A. ￡19.5 B. ￡9.15 C. ￡9.18‎ 答案是B。‎ ‎1. Where does this conversation probably take place? A. In a bookstore. B. In a classroom. C. In a library.‎ ‎2. At what time will the film begin? A. 7:20 B. 7:‎15 ‎ C. 7:00‎ ‎3. what are the two speakers mainly talking aobut? A. Their friend Jane B. A weekend trip. C. A radio programme. ‎ ‎4. What will the woman probably do?‎ A. Catch a train. B. See the man off Go shopping.‎ ‎5. why did the woman apologize? A. She made a late delivery B. She went to the wrong place C. She couldn’t take the cake back 第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听下面一段材料，回答第6和第7两个小题。‎ ‎6. Whose CD is ‎ broken? A. Kathy’s B. Mum’s C. Jack’s ‎ ‎7. What does the boy promise to do for the girl? A. Buy her a new CD. B. Do some cleaning. C. Give here 10 dollars.‎ 听一面一段对话，回答第8和第9两个小题。‎ ‎8. What did the man think of the meal? A. Just so-so. B. Quite satisfactory C. A bit disappointing. ‎ ‎9. what was the 15% on the bill paid for? A. The food. B. The drinks C. The service.‎ 听一面一段对话，回答第10和第12三个小题。‎ ‎10. Why is the man at the shop? A. To order a camera for his wife ‎ B. To have a camera repaired C. To get a camera changed ‎ ‎11. What colour does the man want? A. Pink. B. Black. C. Orange.‎ ‎12. What will the man do afterwards? A.. Make a phone call B. Wait until further notice C. Come again the next day. ‎ 听一面一段对话，回答第13和第16两个小题。‎ ‎13. What would Joe probably do during the Thanksgiving holiday? A. Go to a play. B. Stay at home. C. Visit Kingston. ‎ ‎14. What is Ariel going to do in Toronto? A. Attend a party. B. Meet her aunt. C. See a car show. ‎ ‎15. Why is Ariel in a hurry to leave? A. To call up Betty B. To buy some DVDs. C. To pick up Daniel ‎ ‎16. What might be the relationship between the speakers? A. Classmates. B. Fellow workers C. Guide and tourist ‎ 听一面一段对话，回答第17至第20四个小题。‎ ‎17. Where does Thomas Manning Work? A. In the Guinness Company B. At a radio station. C. In a museum. ‎ ‎18. Where did the idea of a book of records come from? A. a bird-shooting trip B. A visit to Europe C. A television talk show.‎ ‎19. When did Sir Hugh’s first book of records appear? A. In 1875 B. In ‎1950 ‎ C. In 1955‎ ‎20. What are the two speakers going to talk about next? A. More records of unusual facts B. The founder of the company C. The oldest person in the world.‎ 第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节,满分35分）‎ 第一节 语法和词汇知识运用（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎21. When you are done with the book, just give it to Lucy or Helen or __________. A. whoever B. wherever C. whatever D. however ‎22. — Sorry I’m late. I got stuck in traffic. ‎ ‎ — _________. You’re here now. Come in and sit down. A. You are welcome B. That’s right C. I have no idea D. Never mind ‎23. Maria has written two novels, both of ________ have been made into television series. A. them B. that C. which D. what ‎24. My first _______ of him was that he was a kind and thoughtful young man. A. expression B. attention C. satisfaction D. impression ‎25. It doesn’t matter ________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store. ‎ A. how B. whether C. what D. why ‎ ‎26. George returned after the war, only _______ that his wife had left him. A. to be told B. telling C. being told D. told ‎ ‎27. He smiled politely ______ Mary apologized for her drunken friends. A. as B. if C. unless D. though ‎28. After Jack had sent some e-mails, he _______ working on his project. A. had started B. has started C. started D. starts ‎ ‎29. Being able to afford _______ drink would be ______ comfort in those tough times. ‎ A. the; the B. a; a C. a; 不填 D. 不填；a ‎ ‎30. If we _______ adequate preparations, the conference wouldn’t have been so successful. ‎ A. haven’t made B. wouldn’t make C. didn’t make D. hadn’t made ‎31. — I don’t know about you, but I’m sick and tired of this weather.‎ ‎ — _________. I can’t stand all this rain. A. I don’t care B. It’s hard to say C. So am I I hope not ‎ ‎32. A number of high buildings have arisen _______ there was nothing a year ago but ruins. A. when B. where C. before D. until ‎ ‎33. Be _______ — you can’t expect me to finish all this work in so little time. A. reasonable B. confident C. creative D. grateful ‎34. The manager was concerned to hear that two of his trusted workers ______. A. will leave B. are leaving C. have left D. were leaving ‎ ‎35. After completing and signing it, please return the form to us in the envelope ________. A. providing B. provided C. having provided D. provide 第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡将该项涂黑。‎ Whenever we hear about “the homeless,”, most of us think of the Developing world. But the 36 is that homelessness is everywhere. For example, how many of us would expect to see people living on the streets of a 37 country like Germany?‎ Kurt Muller and his wife Rita have spent eleven years making 38 for the homeless of Berlin‎, ‎Germany’s capital. They first 39 one long hot summer when most Germans were 40 on holiday. Kurt and his wife stayed at home, made sandwiches, ‎41 a table in the street and gave food to the homeless. ‎ The Mullers soon realized that food and clothing weren’t 42 . “What these people also need is warmth and 43 ,” says Rita. The Mullers didn’t 44 to give their phone number to the street people and told them to phone anytime. Rita 45 there was somebody at home to answer the phone and their home was always 46 to anyone who couldn’t face another night on the street. ‎ The couple were soon 47 all their time and money, so Kurt visited food and clothing companies to 48 donations. Today, over thirty companies 49 donate food and other goods to the cause and volunteers help to 50 them to the homeless. The public also give clothes and money and a shoe producer 51 new shoes. ‎ Kurt and Rita receive no 52 for their hard work. “ We feel like parents,” says Rita, “and parents shouldn’t 53 money for helping their children. The love we get on the streets is our salary.” Though Rita admits she often gets 54 . She says she will continue with her work because she likes the feeling of having made a ‎55 in the world. ‎ ‎36. A. result B. truth C. reason D. idea ‎37. A. traditional B. developing C. typical D. wealthy ‎38. A. preparations B. houses C. meals D. suggestions ‎ ‎39. A. began B. met C. called D. left ‎ ‎40.A. asleep B. alone C. across D. away ‎41. A. brought up B. set up C. put aside D. gave away ‎42. A. enough B. necessary C. helpful D. expensive ‎ ‎43. A. fame B. freedom C. courage D. caring ‎ ‎44.A. hesitate B. agree C. pretend D. intend ‎45. A. make sense B. found out C. make sure D. worked out ‎ ‎46. A. open B. crowded C. noisy D. near ‎47. A. costing B. wasting C. taking D. spending ‎48. A. pay for B. ask for C. look into D. carry out ‎49. A. completely B. calmly C. regularly D. roughly ‎ ‎50. A. advertise B. sell C. deliver D. lend ‎ ‎51. A. donates B. produces C. designs D. collects ‎ ‎52. A. permission B. payment C. direction D. support ‎53.A. borrow B. raise C. save D. expect ‎ ‎54. A. surprised B. excited C. tired D. amused ‎ ‎55. A. profit B. difference C. decision D. rule 第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分 40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A The Pacific island nation of Nauru used to be a beautiful place. Now it is an ecological disaster area. Nauru’s heartbreaking story could have one good consequence — other countries might learn from its mistakes. ‎ For thousands of years, Polynesian people lived the remote island‎ of ‎Nauru, far from western civilization. The first European to arrive was John Fearn in 1798. He was the British captain of the Hunter, a whaling ship. He called the island Pleasant Island. ‎ However, because it was very remote, Nauru had little communication with Europeans at first. The whaling ships and other traders began to visit, bringing guns and alcohol. These elements destroyed the social balance of the twelve family groups on the island. A ten-year civil war started, which reduced the population from 1,400 to 900. ‎ Nauru’s real troubles began in 1899 when a British mining company discovered phosphate (磷酸盐)on the island. In fact, it found that the island‎ of ‎Nauru was nearly all phosphate, which a very important fertilizer for farming. The company began mining the phosphate. ‎ A phosphate mine is not a hole in the ground; it is a strip mine. When a company strip-mines, it removes the top layer of soil. Then it takes away the material it wants. Strip mining totally destroys the land. Gradually, the lovely island‎ of ‎Nauru started to look like the moon. ‎ In 1968, Nauru became one of the richest countries in the world. Every year the government received millions and millions of dollars for its phosphate. ‎ Unfortunately, the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions of dollars. In addition, they used millions more dollars for personal expenses. Soon people realized that they had a terrible problem — their phosphate was running out. Ninety percent of their island was destroyed and they had nothing. By 2000, Nauru was financially ruined. Experts say that it would take approximately $433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island. This will probably never happen. ‎ ‎56. What might be the author’s purpose in writing the text? A. To seek help for Nauru’s problems. B. To give a warning to other countries C. To show the importance of money D. To tell a heartbreaking story of a war.‎ ‎57. What was Nauru like before the Europeans came? A. Rich and powerful B. Modern and open C. Peaceful and attractive D. Greedy and aggressive ‎58. The ecological disaster in Nauru resulted from _______. ‎ A. soil pollution B. phosphate overmining C. farming activity D. whale hunting ‎ ‎59. Which of the following was a cause of Nauru’s financial problem? A. Its leaders misused the money B. It spent too much repairing the island ‎ C. Its phosphate mining cost much money D. It lost millions of dollars in the civil war.‎ ‎60. What can we learn about Nauru from the last paragraph? A. The ecological damage is difficult to repair. B. The leaders will take the experts’ words seriously. C. The island was abandoned by the Nauruans D. The phosphate mines were destroyed ‎ B One of the greatest contributions to the first Oxford English Dictionary was also one of its most unusual. In 1879, Oxford University in England asked Prof. James Murray to serve as editor for what was to be the most ambitious dictionary in the history of the English language. It would include every English word possible and would give not only the definition but also the history of the word and quotations (引文)showing how it was used. ‎ This was a huge task. So Murrary had to find volunteers from Britain, the United States, and the British colonies to search every newspaper, magazine, and book ever written in English. Hundreds of volunteers responded, including William Chester Minor. Dr. Minor was an American Surgeon who had served in the Civil War and was now living in England. He gave his address as “Broadmoor, Crowthorne, Berkshire,”” 50 miles from Oxford. ‎ Minor joined the army of volunteers sending words and quotations to Murray. Over the next years, he became one of the staff’s most valued contributors. ‎ But he was also a mystery. In spite of many invitations, he would always decline to visit Oxford. So in 1897， Murray finally decided to travel to Crowthorne himself. When he arrived, he found Minor locked in a book-lined cell at the Broadmoor Asylum for the Criminally insane. ‎ Murray and Minor became friends, sharing their love of words. Minor continued contributing to the dictionary, sending in more than 10,000 submissions in 20 years. Murray continued to visit Minor regularly, sometimes taking walks with him around the asylum grounds. ‎ In 1910, Minor left Broadmoor for an asylum in his native America. Murray was at the port to wave goodbye to his remarkable friend. ‎ Minor died in 1920, seven years before the first edition of the Oxford English Dictionary was completed. The 12 volumes defined 414,825 words, and thousands of them were contributions from a very scholarly and devoted asylum patient. ‎ ‎61. According to the text, the first Oxford English Dictionary _________. ‎ A. came out before minor died B. was edited by an American volunteer ‎ C. included the English words invented by Murray D. was intended to be the most ambitious English dictionary ‎62. How did Dr. Minor contributed to the ‎ dictionary? A. He helped Murray to find hundreds of volunteers. B. He sent newspapers, magazines and books to Murray. C. He provided a great number of words and quotations D. he went to England to work with Murray. ‎ ‎63. Why did Dr. Minor refuse to visit Oxford? A. He was shut in an asylum B. He lived far from Oxford C. He was busy writing a book D. He disliked traveling ‎ ‎64. Prof. Murray and Dr. Minor became friends mainly because __________.‎ A. they both served in the Civil War. ‎ B. They had a common interest in words C. Minor recovered with the help of ‎Murray D. Murray went to America regularly to visit Minor ‎65. Which of the following best describe Dr. Minor? A. Brave and determined B. Cautious and friendly C. Considerate and optimistic D. Unusual and scholarly ‎ ‎66. What does the text mainly talk about? A. The history of the English language. B. The friendship between Murray and Minor C. Minor and the first Oxford English Dictionary D. Broadmoor Asylum and is patients ‎ C San Francisco‎ has its cable cars. Seattle has its Space Needle. And, Longview has its squirrel bridge. The bridge, which has attracted international attention, is now a local landmark. ‎ The Nutty‎ Narrows ‎Bridge was built in 1963 by a local builder, Amos Peters, to give squirrels a way to cross the busy road without getting flattened by passing cars. ‎ The original bridge was built over Olympia Way on the west edge of the library grounds. Before the bridge was built, squirrels had to avoid traffic to and from the Park‎ ‎Plaza office building where office staff put out a nutty feast for the squirrels. Many times, Peters and others who worked in and near Park‎ ‎Plaza witnessed squirrels being run over. ‎ One day Peters found a dead squirrel with a nut still in its mouth, and that day’s coffee break discussion turned into squirrel safety. The group of businessmen cooked up the squirrel bridge idea and formed a committee to ask the blessing of the City Council(市政会).The Council approved, and Councilwoman Bess LaRiviere named the bridge “Nutty Narrows.”‎ After architects designed the bridge, Amos Peters and Bill Hutch started Construction, They built the 60-foot bridge from aluminum and lengths of fire hose(消防水带). It cost 1,000. ‎ It didn’t take long before reports of squirrels using the bridge started. Squirrels were even seen guiding their young and teaching them the ropes. The story was picked up by the media, and Nutty‎ ‎Narrows became know in newspapers all over the world. ‎ In 1983, after 20 years of use, Peters took down the worn-out bridge. Repairs were made and crosspieces were replaced. The faded sign was repainted and in July 1983, hundreds of animal lovers attended the completion ceremony of the new bridge. ‎ Peters died in 1984, and a ten-foot wooden squirrel sculpture was placed near the bridge in memory of its builder and his devotion to the project. ‎ ‎67. The Nutty Narrows Bridge was built in order to ________. A. offer squirrels a place to eat nuts B. set up a local landmark C. help improve traffic D. protect squirrels ‎68. What happened over the coffee break discussion? A. The committee got the Council’s blessing. B. The squirrel bridge idea was born C. A councilwoman named the bridge D. A squirrel was found dead. ‎ ‎69. What does the underlined phrase “teaching them the ropes” probably means in the text? A. passing them a rope B. Directing them to store food for winter C. Teaching them a lesson D. Showing them how to use the bridge.‎ ‎70. Which of the following is true of the squirrel bridge? A. It was replaced by a longer one. B. It was built from wood and metal C. it was rebuilt after years of use D. It was designed by Bill Hutch. ‎ ‎71. What can we learn about Amos Peters? A. He is remembered for his love of animals. B. He donated $1,000 to build the bridge C. He was a member of the City Council D. He was awarded a medal for building the bridge. ‎ D For those who are tired doing the laundry, Samsung has found an answer: a washing machine that can tell you when your laundry is done via a smartphone app(application). ‎ Strange though it may seem — “my wife already does that” was a common response among attendees viewing the device when it was introduced at the Consumer Electronics Show (CES) this week — Samsung is just one of many appliance makers racing to install (安装) a large number of internet-connected features in machines in an effort to make them “smart”.‎ Last year, it was a refrigerator that tweeted. This year, it’s Wi-Fi-enabled laundry machines and fridges that can tell you when your groceries are going bad. ‎ The washers and dryers, available starting in the spring, connect to any smartphone through a downloadable application. The phone can then be used as a remote control, so the machines can be turned on and off while their owners is at work or on the bus. ‎ Samsung says it’s not just something new — the app connection actually has some practical uses. ‎ ‎“If you started to dry clothes in the morning and forgot to take them out, you can go to your phone and restart your dryer for the time when come home, so your clothes are refreshed and ready to go,” said spokesperson Amy Schmidt. ‎ The company also says that with electricity rate(电价)varying depending on the time of day, more control over when the machines are used can help save money. ‎ Perhaps, but what they will probably really accomplish is what all good technologies do —enable laziness. Rather than getting up to check on whether the laundry is done, users will instead monitor it on their phones while watching TV. ‎ ‎72. What can be inferred from the common response of the attendees at the CES? A. The machine will be a big success. B. their wives like doing the laundry.‎ C. The machine is unrelated to their life.‎ D. This kind of technology is familiar to them. ‎ ‎73. What can we learn about the new laundry machines? A. They can tell you when your clothes need washing B. They can be controlled with a smartphone C. They are difficult to operate D. They are sold at a low price ‎74. We can conclude form Samsung’s statements that ___________. A. the app connection makes life easier B. it is better to dry clothes in the morning C. smartphone can shorten the drying time D. we should refresh clothes back at home ‎75. What is the main idea of the last paragraph? A. The laundry should be frequently checked B. Lazy people like using such machines C. Good technologies also cause problems ‎ D. Television may help do the laundry. ‎ 第II卷（共45分）‎ 第四部分 书面表达（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 阅读表达（共5小题，每小题3分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文并回答问题，然后将答案写到答案卡相应的位置上（请注意76至79四个小题后面的词数要求）。‎ ‎[1] Ashley Power’s mother bought a computer for her when she was eight. When she was thirteen, she was surfing the Internet regularly, but she couldn’t find anywhere for teenagers to meet and talk. And one day she thought, “If I had my own website, I’d make it a really interesting site for teenagers.”‎ ‎[2]So, when Ashley was sixteen, she launched her own website, called Goosehead. She had no idea how big a success it would be, but three years later, the site was the most successful teen site in the USA! It was getting 100,000 hits every day, and Ashley had about 30 employees. ‎ ‎[3] After a few years, the website closed down. Then Ashley, who lives in Los Angeles, was asked to write a book called The Goosehead Guide to Life. The book is about how to design a website and start a business. It begins with a section called “All About Ashley,” where Ashley tells readers what it is like to be the boss of a company when you are only sixteen. “ I was so happy. But it was crazy in a lot of ways. I got very stressed. I mean, I was only sixteen — I didn’t even have a car! If you were sixteen and you had your own company, you’d be stressed, too！“‎ ‎[4] In an interview Ashley gave advice to teenagers who wanted to start their own business, “Just be strong and have your dreams and work hard at them. And don’t listen when _______, because I heard ‘no’ a lot. Just keep going until you hear ‘yes’!”‎ ‎76. For what purpose did Ashley create GooseHead?(no more than 10 words) ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎77. What is the main idea of Paragraph 2？ （no more than 6 words） ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎78. According to paragraph 3, what did Ashley do after GooseHead closed down?(no more than 10 words) _______________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎79. How did Ashley feel as a young boss of a company?(no more than 5 words) ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎80. Fill in the blank in Paragraph 4 with proper words. ________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 第二节 写作（满分30分）‎ ‎ 假设你是新华中学的学生李华，不久前在学校举办的英语竞赛中获得一等奖。校报请你写一篇稿件刊登在英文版面上，介绍你课外学习英语的经验。请根据以下提示用英语写一篇短文：‎ A. 参加英语角的益处；‎ B. 坚持写英语日记的作用；‎ C. 英文阅读网站（EnjoyReading）对你的帮助。‎ 注意：1. 词数：120-150；‎ ‎ 2. 可适当增加细节， 以使行文连贯。‎ 英语试题参考答案 第I卷 第一、二、三部分 ‎1-5 CABCA 6-10 CBBCC 11-15 ABBAC 16-20 BAACA 21-25 ADCDB 26-30 AACBD ‎31-35 CBADB 36-40 BDCAD 41-45 BADAC 46-50 ADBCC 51-55 ABDCB 56-60 BCBAA ‎ ‎61-65 DCABD 66-70 CDBDC 71-75 ADBAC ‎ 第II卷 第四部分 参考答案 ‎76. She wanted to create an interesting website for teenagers. ‎ ‎77. Ashley’s GooseHead was a big success. ‎ ‎78. She wrote a book called The GooseHead Guide to Life. ‎ ‎79. She felt happy but stressed. ‎ ‎80. People tell you that you can’t do it. ‎ 第二节 写作（略）‎ ‎17. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（陕西卷）‎ 第一部分:英语知识运用（共四节,满分55分） ‎ 第一节 语音知识(共5小题;每小题1分,满分5分)‎ 从每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中,找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ ‎1.regard A. design B. gentle C. college D. forget ‎2.refuse A. discuss B. rude C. focus D. excuse ‎ ‎3.charge A. toothache B. machine C search D. Christian ‎ ‎4.field A. quiet B. piece C. friend D. experience ‎5.tapes A. potatoes B. speeches C. cakes D. Bridges 第二节 情景对话(共5小題;每小题1分，满分5分)‎ 根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填人每一空白处的最佳选项，并在 答题卡上将该选项涂黑。选项中有两个为多余选项。‎ Repairman: Good afternoon. 6 ‎ Customer: Hello. My mobile phone isn’t working. Could you repair, please Repairman: 7 ‎ Customer: It worked well yesterday, but I simply couldn’t tum it on this morning.‎ Repairman: 8 ‎ Customer: Here you are.‎ Repairman: Well，I think we，11 be able to fix it. You can pick it up this Friday.‎ Customer: Oh, no. That’s too long. 9 I need it as soon as possible.‎ Repairman: 10 What time?‎ Customer: Let me see. How about Wednesday afternoon?‎ Repairman: After five o’clock Customer: Ok. Thank you.‎ A. That’s great. B. I beg your pardon?‎ C. Let me have a look. D. What’s the problem?‎ E. Pm sorry to hear that. F. What can I do for you?‎ G. I wonder if you could fix it earlier.‎ ‎ 第三节 语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 从每小题的Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并填在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ ‎11.An agreement seems to be impossible because the majority of the committee members are ______________ it.‎ A . against B. for C .to D. with ‎12.The basketball coach, as well as his team , ______interviewed shortly after the match for their outstanding performance.‎ A. were B. was C. is D. are ‎13. No matter where he is, he makes _____a rule to go for a walk before breakfast.‎ A. him B this C. that D. it ‎ ‎14. It is the third time that she has won the race, ______ has surprised us all.‎ A. that B. where C. which D. what ‎15.________ in a long queue, we waited for the store to open to buy a New iPad .‎ A. Standing B. To stand C. Stood D. Stand ‎16.—I’m sorry for being late. I should have phoned you earlier.‎ ‎—_________. I’ve just arrived.‎ A. That’s no trouble B. You are welcome C. That’s all right D. You can never tell ‎17. If may car _________more reliable, I would have driven to Lhasa instead of flying last summer.‎ A. was B. had been C. should be D. would be ‎18. Hot _______the night air was, we slept deeply because we were so tired after the long journey.‎ A. although B. as C. while D. however ‎19. He had to pause from time to time to wipe the sweat from his forehead, because the air-conditioning system _________.‎ A. broke in B. broke up C. broke out D. broke down ‎20. As many five courses are provided, and you are free to choose ______ suits you best.‎ A whatever B. whichever C. whenever D. wherever ‎21.—The trip shouldn’t take more than an hour.‎ ‎ —_______.Tt is at least two hours.‎ ‎ A. I guess so B. That’s it C. You must be joking D. It depeds ‎22.If he takes on this work, he will have no choice but ______ an even greater challenge.‎ A. meets B. meeting C. meet D. to meet ‎23.I______ thank you too much for all your help to my son while we were away from home.‎ ‎ A. won’t B. can’t C. can D. will ‎ ‎24.—Can I call you back at two o’clock this afternoon?‎ ‎ —I’m sorry, but by then I______ to Beijing. How about five?‎ A. fly B. will fly C. will be flying D. am flying ‎ ‎25. All the photographs in this book, _______ stated otherwise, date from the 1950s.‎ A. unless B. until C. once D. if 第四节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出适合填入对应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ One sunny afternoon, a seven-year-old girl went for a walk. She crossed a large area of grassland into the woods __26__ she realized that she was lost.‎ Sitting on a rock and __27__ what to do, she began crying. After a while. She__28__ to walk along a wide path lined with tall trees and thick bushes. __29__ it was getting dark, she saw a small, dark wooden house. She opened the door and __30__ stepped in. Suddenly, she heard a strange noise, and she ran out the door and back to the __31__. Cold and tired, she fell asleep near a __32__.‎ The girl’s parents were out and her dog, Laddy, was at home. Laddy __33__ that his mistrees（女主人）was in danger. He jumped __34__ a window, breaking the glass. He looked in the fields. But he couldn’t find his mistress anywhere. However, from the ground came a __35__ scent (气味) as he lowered his head. He __36__ the scent and walked across the grassland. Barking __37__ into the air, the dog __38__ through the woods until he found the __39__ . But the girl was not there, so he headed back to the woods. Much to his __40__, he saw his mistress’ blue shirt in the distance. He __41__ over some bushes and saw the little stream, where the girl was __42__.‎ When she opened her eyes and 43 her dog standing beside her, the girl said, “you 44 me, Laddy,” and she kissed him several times. Seeing their daughter and dog coming back, the parents burst into tears of ‎ 45 . That night Laddy had a heror’s supper: a huge meal of steak ‎26. A. before B. since C. while D. as ‎27. A. wondering B. forgetting C. remembering D. regretting ‎28. A. preferred B. expected C. failed D. decided ‎29. A. When B. Until C. If D. Because ‎30. A. carelessly B. cautiously C. hopelessly D. unwillingly ‎31. A. trees B. bushes C. woods D. grasses ‎32. A. stream B. rock C. tree D. house ‎33. A. found B. sensed C. heard D. smelt ‎34. A. at B. through C. in D. onto ‎35. A. terrible B. strange C. pleasant D. familiar ‎36. A. missed B. discovered C. followed D. ignored ‎37. A. calmly B. loudly C. merrily D. gently ‎38. A. searched B. wandered C. looked D. travelled ‎39. A.window B. girl C. house D. hero ‎40. A. satisfaction B. disappointment C. embarrassment D. delight ‎41. A. jumped B. climbed C. walked D. flew ‎42. A. awake B. abandoned C. available D. asleep ‎43. A. spotted B. watched C. observed D. saw ‎44. A. disturbed B. comforted C. rescued D. scared ‎45. A. pain B. shock C. sorrow D. relief 第二部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节（共15小题；毎小题2分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下列四篇短文，从每小题后所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答題卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ A What brings a nation together? Of the four choices — ‎ shared values, language, history, and religion, it’s shared ‎ values. In our latest poll (民意调査), seven out of 16 countries ‎ chose values as the greatest factor (因索）bringing a nation ‎ together, and six preferred language. Both choices scored high ‎ in the poll, suggesting that our values and how we express them ‎ are closely linked Still, history was not forgotten in some ‎ countries, particularly in Mexico and Russia. Even Canada and ‎ the United States chose national histories as the second-most important factor uniting their people. The biggest surprise? Not ‎ one country picked religion as its top choice. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Respect your elders In most countries, the oldest ‎ generation considered values more important to a nation than did those who are under 45 years old.‎ Do you speak Canadian?‎ Language scored lower in Canada than in all other countries polled, perhaps because the country speaks two official languages, French and English.‎ Church and state Most people polled do not connect their religious beliefs to their national pride. Religion ranked last in 13 countries — with France scoring it at 1%, the lowest of all.‎ ‎46. According to the poll, what was the most important factor in bringing a nation together? ‎ A. Language. B. Values. C. History. D. Religion.‎ ‎47.In which country did language score the lowest in their national pride? ‎ A. Canada. B. Mexico. C. France. D. America.‎ ‎48.According to the charts, shared values and language were considered equally important in . ‎ A. Australia B. Brazil C. China D. India B Three Boys and a Dad Brad closed the door slowly as Sue left home to visit her mother. Expecting a whole day to relax, he was thinking whether to read the newspaper or watch his favourite TV talk show on his first day off in months. “This will be like a walk in the park,” he’d told his wife. “I’ll look after the kids, and you can go visit your mom.”‎ Things started well, but just after eight o’clock, his three little “good kids”—Mike, Randy, and Alex—came down the stairs in their night clothes and shouted “breakfast, daddy.” When food had not appeared within thirty seconds, Randy began using his spoon on Alex’s head as if it were a drum. Alex started to shout loudly in time to the beat（节拍）. Mike chanted “Where’s my toast, where’s my toast” in the background. Brad realized his newspaper would have to wait for a few seconds.‎ Life became worse after breakfast. Mike wore Randy’s underwear on his head. Randy locked himself in the bathroom, while Alex shouted again because he was going to wet his pants. Nobody could find clean socks, although they were before their very eyes. Someone named “Not Me” had spilled a whole glass of orange juice into the basket of clean clothes. Brad knew the talk show had already started.‎ By ten o’clock, things were out of control. Alex was wondering why the fish in the jar refused his bread and butter. Mike was trying to show off his talent by decorating the kitchen wall with his colour pencils. Randy, thankfully, appeared to be reading quietly in the family room，but closer examination showed that he was eating apple jam straight from the bottle with his hands. Brad realised that the talk show was over and reading would be ‎ impossible.‎ At exactly 11:17, Brad called the daycare centre (日托所）.“I suddenly have to go into work and my wife’s away. Can I bring the boys over in a few minutes?” The answer was obviously “yes” because Brad was smiling.‎ ‎49. When his wife left home. Brad expected to .‎ A. go out for a walk in the park B. watch TV talk show with his children C. enjoy his first day off work D. read the newspaper to his children ‎50. Which of the following did Randy do? ‎ A. Drawing on the wall B. Eating apple jam C. Feeding the fish. D. Reading in a room ‎51.Why did Brad ask the daycare centre for help?‎ A. Because he wanted to clean up his house.‎ B. Because he suddenly had to go to his office C. Because he found it hard to manage his boys home.‎ D. Because he had to take his wife back ‎52. This text is developed .‎ A. by space B. by comparison C. by process D. by time C Eating too much fatty food, exercising too little and smoking can raise your future risk of heart disease. But there is another factor that can cause your heart problems more immediately: the air you breathe.‎ Previous studies have linked high exposure (暴露）to environmental pollution to an increased risk of heart problem, but two analyses now show that poor air quality can lead to heart attack or stroke (中风）within as little as a few hours after exposure. In one review of the research, scientists found that people exposed to high levels of pollutants (污染物）were up to 5% more likely to suffer a heart attack within days of exposure than those with lower exposure. A separate study of stroke patients showed that even air that the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) considers to be of “moderate” (良好）quality and relatively safe for our health can raise the risk of stroke as much as 34% within 12 to 14 hours of exposure.‎ The authors of both studies stress that these risks are relatively small for healthy people and certainly modest compared with other risk factors such as smoking and high blood pressure. However, it is important to be aware of these dangers because everyone is exposed to air pollution regardless of lifestyle choices. So stricter regulation by the EPA of pollutants may not only improve environmental air quality but could also become necessary to protect public health.‎ ‎53. The text mainly discusses the relationship between . ‎ A. heart problems and air quality B. heart problems and exercising C. heart problems and smoking D. heart problems and fatty food ‎54. The underlined word “modest” in Paragraph 3 most probably means .‎ A. relatively high B. extremely low C. relatively low D. extremely high ‎53. What can we learn from the text? ‎ A. Eating fatty food has immediate effects on your heart.‎ B. The EPA conducted many studies on air quality.‎ C. Moderate air quality is more harmful than smoking,‎ D. Stricter regulations on pollutants should be made.‎ ‎56. The author’s purpose of writing the text is most likely to . ‎ A. inform B. persuade C. describe D. entertain D Spring is coming, and it is time for those about to graduate to look for jobs. Competition is tough, so job ‎ seekers must carefully consider their personal choices. Whatever we are wearing，our family and friends may accept us, but the workplace may not.‎ A high school newspaper editor said it is unfair for companies to discourage visible tattoos (纹身）nose rings, or certain dress styles. It is true you can’t judge a book by its cover, yet people do “cover” themselves in order to convey (传递)certain messages. What we wear, including tattoos and nose rings, is an expression of who we are. Just as people convey messages about themselves with their appearances» so do companies. Dress standards exist in the business world for a number of reasons, but the main concern is often about what customers accept.‎ Others may say how to dress is a matter of personal freedom, but for businesses it is more about whether to make or lose money. Most employers do care about the personal appearances of their employees (雇员),because those people represent the companies to their customers.‎ As a hiring manager I am paid to choose the people who would make the best impression on our customers. There are plenty of well-qualified candidates, so it is not wrong to reject someone who might disappoint my customers. Even though I am open-minded, I can’t expect all our customers are.‎ There is nobody to blame but yourself if your set of choices does not match that of your preferred employer. No company should have to change to satisfy a candidate simply cause he or she is unwilling to respect its standards, as long as its standards are legal.‎ ‎57. Which of the following is the newspaper editor’ opinion according to Paragraph 2?‎ A. People’s appearances carry messages about themselves.‎ B. Customers’ choices influence dress standards in companies.‎ C. Candidates with tattoos or nose rings should be fairly treated.‎ D. Strange dress styles should not be encouraged in the workplace.‎ ‎58. What can be inferred from the text?‎ A. Candidates have to wear what companies prefer for an interview.‎ B. What to wear is not a matter of personal choice for companies.‎ C. Companies sometimes have to change to respect their candidates.‎ D. Hiring managers make the best impression on their candidates.‎ ‎59. Which of the following would be the best title for the text?‎ A. Employees Matter B. Personal Choices Matter C. Appearances Matter D. Hiring Managers Matter ‎60. The author’s attitude towards strange dress styles in the workplace may best be described as .‎ A. enthusiastic B. negative C positive D. sympathetic 第二节（共5小题；毎小题2分，满分10分） ‎ 根据短文内容，从下框的A～F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。选项中有一项为多余项。‎ A. Be well-organised.‎ B. Close with a Q & A.‎ C. Don’t be contradictory.‎ D. Bring it to a specific end E. Speak slowly and pause.‎ F. Drop unnecessary words Speaking to a group can be difficult, but listening to a bad speech is truly a tiresome task—especially when the speaker is confusing. Don’t want to confuse your audience? Follow these suggestions:‎ ‎61. ‎ When it comes to understanding new information, the human brain needs a little time. First, we hear the words; then, we compare the new information to what we already know. If the two are different, we need to pause and think. But a breathless speaker never stops to let us think about what he or she is saying and risks confusing us.‎ ‎ Slow it ‎62. ‎ Sometimes we all start a sentence one way and then switch directions, which is very difficult to follow. When you the audience confuse your listeners with opposing information, you leave the audience wondering what part of the information is right and what part they should remember. Instead of relying and keeping correcting yourself, work to get the facts clear and straight.‎ ‎63. ‎ Jumping from point to point as it comes to your mind puts the onus (责任）on your listeners to make up for your lack of organisation. And it’s confusing for them to listen, reorganise, and figure out what you’re saying all at once. But going smoothly from one point to the next helps them understand information more easily. You can arrange things from beginning to end, small to large, top to bottom or by some other order. Just be sure to organise.‎ ‎64. ‎ Repeated use of um, ah, like, you know and some other useless noises can drive an audience crazy. It makes the speaker sound uncertain and unprepared, and it can leave listeners so annoyed that they can’t pay attention. Recently I attended a speech that was marked by so many ums that audience members were rolling their eyes. Was anybody grasping the intended message? Um, probably not.‎ ‎65. ‎ Many speakers finish up their speeches with question-and-answer (Q & A) sessions, but some let the Q & A go on without a clear end. The audience is often left confused about whether the meeting is over and when they can get up and leave. Do your listeners a favour by setting a time limit on questions, and close your speech with a specific signal—even if it’s something simple like, “If you have any more questions, you know where to reach me.”‎ Or even more to the point, conclude your speech with “Thanks for your time. ”‎ 第三部分：写作(共三节，满分55分)‎ 第一节 单词拼写(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ 根据下列各句句意和空白之后的汉语提示词,在答题卡指定区域的横线上写出对应单 词的正确、完整形式，每空只写一词。‎ ‎66. This T-shirt is made of high quality (纯的）cotton.‎ ‎67. More and more Chinese people are able to (付得起）to travel abroad.‎ ‎68. The first official results are not expected until (星期二）at the earliest.‎ ‎69. He was wearing a very (严肃的）expression and I knew something was wrong.‎ ‎70. Regular tests help the teacher to learn about the (进步）of each student.‎ ‎71. The open exhibition will allow local (艺术家）to show their talents.‎ ‎72. He (承诺）that he would come，but he hasn11 turned up yet.‎ ‎73. The staff soon found the new manager easy to (接近）.‎ ‎74. There is nothing there — you are just (想象）things!‎ ‎75. The little girl walked (自信地）onto the stage, ready for her first speech.‎ 第二节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分}‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏词符号（A )，并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线（ )划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线（一），并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：1.每处错误及修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2.只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。‎ My father and I stayed at the South Lake Hotel for a week when we visit Beijing last month. It is in the downtown area, but it is easy to go to anywhere from the hotel by public transport.‎ We lived in a comfortably double-room with a big bath. What I liked best were the free high-speed Internet connection in the room. I checked my email messages every day. I also shared for my friends many photos taking in Beijing. The food was wonderful with reasonable prices, and we enjoyed several local dish.‎ It is such great hotel that I would recommend it to any friend of me who is going to Beijing.‎ 第三节 书面表达 (满分30分)‎ 假定你是李华。下面的图画描述了教师节那天你们班组织的一次活动，请根据写作要点并参考图画内容，为校刊“英语角”版面写一篇短文。‎ 写作要点：‎ ‎1．活动的策划； 2．教室的布置； ‎ ‎3．活动的内容； 4．你的感想。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．短文词数不少于100；‎ ‎2．开头部分已写好，不计入总词数；‎ ‎3．可根据情况增减细节，详略得当；‎ ‎4．不能使用真实姓名和学校名称。‎ ‎ Ms. Li, our English teacher, must have found it strange on Teachers’ Day; she did not receive a single greeting card from us students. She would have never thought a complete surprise was waiting for her.‎ ‎ 选择题答案 第一部分：英语知识运用（1-45) 1. D 2. D 3. C 4.B 5. C 6. F 7.D 8. C 9. G 10. A 11.A 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. B 19. D 20. B 21. C 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. A 27. A 28.D 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. A 33. B 34. B 35. D 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. D 41. A 42. D 43. D 44. C 45. D 第二部分：阅读理解(46-65} 46. B 47. A 48.D 49. C 50. B 51. C 52. D 53. A 54. C 55. D 56. A 57. C 58. B 59. C 60. B 61. E 62. C 63. A 64. F 65.D Ms. Li, our English teacher, must have found it strange on Teachers' Day; she did not receive a single greeting card from us students. She would have never thought a complete surprise was waiting for her. As Teachers' Day was approaching, our class decided to hold a party to celebrate the important day for a change this year. On the afternoon of September 10，some of us decorated our classroom with paper flowers and balloons, and others went to buy cakes, drinks and fruits. The blackboard was decorated with beautiful words, which read "Happy Teachers' Day!" Entering the classroom, Ms. Li was surprised to find we were standing in line, clapping hands and saying loudly "Happy Teachers' Day!" Wang Hua, our monitor, presented her with the prepared flowers. Some of the girls sang songs for Ms. Li, and three boys showed their Gongfu talent. Before we left, we enjoyed a new English song by Ms. Li. Ms. Li spent a wonderful time with us, but we know that we cannot thank her enough for all her hard work and guidance.‎ ‎18. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（四川卷）‎ 第Ⅰ卷（选择题 共100分）‎ 第一部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分50分）‎ 第一节 语法和词汇知识（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ ‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎1.—Excuse me. How much is the shirt?‎ ‎— _______.‎ A. Extra Large B. 50 each C. It sells well D. Altogether there are 5 ‎ ‎2. New technologies have made ____ possible to turn out new products faster and at a lower cost.‎ A. that B. this C. one D. it ‎ ‎3.—Goodbye, John. Come back again sometime. ‎ ‎—Sure. ______.‎ A. I did B. I do C. I shall D. I will ‎4. At school, some students are active ______ some are shy, yet they can be good friends with one another.‎ A. while B. although C. so D. as ‎5. This is not my story, nor ______ the whole story. My story plays out differently.‎ A. is there B. there is C. is it D. it is ‎ ‎6. Tom took a taxi to the airport, only _____ his plane high up in the sky.‎ A. finding B. to find C. being found D. to have found ‎7. The hotel is almost finished, but it _____ needs one or two weeks to get ready for guests.‎ A. only B. also C. even D. still ‎8. I looked up and noticed a snake ______ its way up the tree to catch its breakfast.‎ A. to wind B. wind C. winding D. wound ‎9.—Did you catch what I said? ‎ ‎—Sorry. I ______ a text message just now.‎ A. had answering B. have answered C. would answer D. was answering ‎10. If you happen to get lost in the wild, you’d better stay ______ you are and wait for help.‎ A. why B. where C. who D. what ‎11. They are living with their parents for the moment because their own house ____.‎ A. is being rebuilt B. has been rebuilt C. is rebuilt D. has rebuilt ‎12. Before driving into the city, you are required to get your car ____.‎ A. washed B. wash C. washing D. to wash ‎13. In our class there are 46 students, _____ half wear glasses.‎ A. in whom B. in them C. of whom D. of them ‎14. This training program can give you a lift at work, ____ increase your income by 40%.‎ A. as well as B. so long as C. so much as D. as soon as ‎15. He will come to understand your efforts sooner or later. It’s just a matter of _____.‎ A. luck B. value C. time D. fact ‎16. I make $‎2,000 a week, 60 surely won’t make ______ difference to me.‎ A. that a big B. a that big C. big a that D. that big a ‎ ‎17. Scientists study ____ human brains work to make computers.‎ A. when B. how C. that D. whether ‎18. We are said to be living in ____ Information Age, ____ time of new discoveries and great changes.‎ A. an; the B. 不填; the C. 不填; a D. the; a ‎ ‎19. I got close enough to hear them speaking Chinese, and I said “Ni Hao ” just as I ____ do in China.‎ A. must B. might C. can D. should ‎ ‎20. It’s surprising that your brother _____ Russian so quickly—he hasn’t lived there very long.‎ A. picked up B. looked up C. put up D. made up ‎ 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ Lightning flashed through the darkness over Sibson’s bedroom skylight（天窗）.Sibson was shaken by a clap of thunder ____21___ he knew what was happening. The storm had moved directly ___22___ his two-story wooden house. Then he heard the smoke alarm beeping.‎ ‎ Sibson rushed down the stairs barefoot to 23 ; he opened the door to the basement（地下室）, and flames 24 out. Sibson ran back upstairs to call 911 from his bedroom. “I felt 25 because the room had a separate outdoor stairway,” he explains.‎ ‎ But the phone didn’t work, and when he tried to go down the outdoor stairway, he was 26 by a wall of flames. Sibson realized he was trapped（困住）.‎ ‎ Sibson’s house was three kilometers 27 the main road and was so well hidden by trees that he knew calling for help would be 28 .‎ ‎ Up a hill nearby lived Sibson’s neighbor, Huggons. He was lying in bed when something like a smoke alarm 29 his ears. He jumped out of bed, took his 30 and flashlight, and headed down the hillside toward the 31 . That was when he saw the rolling heavy smoke.‎ ‎ Huggons dialed 911, and the operator warned him not to 32 the house. But Huggons said, “There is no way I am going to listen to Sibson 33 and die in that fire.”‎ ‎ “Anyone there?” Huggons called out. Then he heard “Help! I’m trapped!” coming from the second floor balcony（阳台）. He entered the house, but soon had to run back to catch his 34 . ‎ ‎ After one more 35 inside the house, Huggons gave up and 36 around back.‎ ‎ The wind parted the smoke just 37 for him to catch sight of Sibson. But there was no way to get to him. He 38 the flashlight into the woods and noticed a ladder. He took it over to the balcony and 39 Sibson down just as the second floor of the house fell off.‎ ‎ Sibson is still 40 when he tells the story. “ I was alone that night,” he says. “Then I heard the most beautiful sound in my life. It was Huggons.”‎ ‎21. A. before B. while C. since D. until ‎22. A. on B. in C. through D. over ‎23. A. hide B. wait C. check D. escape ‎24. A. moved B. gave C. went D. exploded ‎25. A. safe B. worried C. glad D. tired ‎26. A. burned B. stopped C. shocked D. covered ‎27. A. beside B. off C. across D. along ‎28. A. limited B. false C. fruitless D. regretful ‎29. A. struck B. missed C. touched D. passed ‎30. A. coat B. key C. basin D. phone ‎31. A. noise B. road C. smoke D. danger ‎32. A. search B. enter C. leave D. damage ‎33. A. call B. roll C. scream D. sigh ‎34. A. breath B. attention C. ladder D. flashlight ‎35. A. stay B. chance C. thought D. attempt ‎36. A. climbed B. circled C. looked D. jumped ‎37. A. clear B. open C. enough D. fit ‎38. A. led B. put C. drove D. shone ‎39. A. persuaded B. kicked C. pulled D. forced ‎40. A. nervous B. surprised C. proud D. thankful 第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分50分）‎ 第一节 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（共20小题；每小题3分，满分40分）‎ A ‎ On a hill 600 feet above the surrounding land, we watch the lines of rain move across the scene, the moon rise over the hills, and the stars appear in the sky. The views invite a long look from a comfortable chair in front of the wooden house.‎ ‎ Every window in our wooden house has a view, and the forest and lakes seldom look the same as the hour before. Each look reminds us where we are.‎ ‎ There is space for our three boys to play outside, to shoot arrows, collect tree seeds, build earth houses and climb trees.‎ ‎ Our kids have learned the names of the trees, and with the names have come familiarity and appreciation. As they tell all who show even a passing interest, maple（枫树）makes the best fighting sticks and white pines are the best climbing trees.‎ ‎ The air is clean and fresh. The water from the well has a pleasant taste, and it is perhaps the healthiest water our kids will ever drink. Though they have one glass a day of juice and the rest is water, they never say anything against that.‎ ‎ The seasons change just outside the door. We watch the maples turn every shade of yellow and red in the fall and note the poplars’（杨树）putting out the first green leaves of spring. The rainbow smelt fills the local steam as the ice gradually disappears, and the wood frogs start to sing in pools after being frozen for the winter. A family of birds rules our skies and flies over the lake.‎ ‎41. What can be learned from Paragraph 2?‎ A. The scenes are colorful and changeable.‎ B. There are many windows in the wooden house.‎ C. The views remind us that we are in a wooden house.‎ D. The lakes outside the windows are quite different in color.‎ ‎42. By mentioning the names of the trees, the author aims to show that ______ .‎ A. the kids like playing in trees ‎ B. the kids are very familiar with trees ‎ C. the kids have learned much knowledge D. the kids find trees useful learning tools ‎43. What does the underlined sentence in the last paragraph mean?‎ A. The change of seasons is easily felt.‎ B. The seasons make the scenes change.‎ C. The weather often changes in the forest.‎ D. The door is a good position to enjoy changing seasons.‎ ‎44. What is the main purpose of the author writing the text?‎ A. To describe the beauty of the scene around the house.‎ B. To introduce her children’s happy life in the forest.‎ C. To show that living in the forest is healthful.‎ D. To share the joy of living in the nature.‎ B Here is your best chance to travel around the UK in 2012: More than 200 B&Bs（bed & breakfast）across England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland are selected to offer you amazing services for your stay at their lowest prices! Don’t miss it. Just collect the vouchers（活动券）in our B&B Daily printed from ‎01/04/2012‎ to 07/04/2012 and book the stays for your travel following the terms and conditions below:‎ ● The offer includes a room for the night and a breakfast the next morning.‎ ● The offer is of two kinds: ￡20 per room, valid（有效的）during stay period of ‎02/04/2012‎—31/05/2012 and then again 01/09/2012—31/10/2012；￡35 per room, per night, valid during stay period of ‎ 01/06/2012—31/08/2012.‎ ● The offer is valid for a basic twin or double room only.‎ ● The stay must be booked directly with the chosen B&Bs before ‎28/04/2012‎.‎ ● Each voucher can only be used by the holder to book one room for one night.‎ ● If voucher holders book either the ￡20 or ￡35 per room per night, any additional services such as lunch, evening meal or activities may require an extra charge. But these are not required in order to take up the offer. Please check directly with your chosen B&Bs to see what extra services are available.‎ ● Vouchers must be presented on arrival. If no vouchers are presented, the B&Bs may reserve（保留）the right to charge at full price for every night of stay.‎ ● Vouchers may not be used together with any other offer.‎ ● The voucher holders must pay for the stay in full at the time of booking. Additional ￡10 may be paid to confirm（确认）the booking and will be returned on arrival.‎ ● The B&Bs reserve the right to refuse voucher holders’ bookings for people under the age of 18.‎ ‎45. The voucher can be used for a stay at the chosen B&B on ______.‎ A. ‎09/01/2012‎ B. 04/02/‎2012 ‎ C. 01/03/2012 D. 28/04/2012‎ ‎46. How much should be paid for a two-night stay in October 2012 at a chosen B&B?‎ A. ￡70 B. ￡‎40 ‎ C. ￡35 D. ￡30‎ ‎47. What right do the B&Bs reserve?‎ A. To charge extra ￡10 for bookings with no vouchers.‎ B. To refuse bookings for guest under the age of 18.‎ C. To charge at full price for stays not confirmed.‎ D. To request extra charges as tips.‎ ‎48. By taking up the offer, the voucher holders can choose to ______ .‎ A. book either a basic twin or double room at the chosen B&Bs B. have lunch or evening meal without paying extra money C. use the B&B offer together with other offers D. book the stays though B&B Daily ‎ C I left university with a good degree in English Literature, but no sense of what I wanted to do. Over the next six years, I was treading water, just trying to earn an income. I tried journalism, but I didn’t think I was any good, then finance, which I hated. Finally, I got a job as a rights assistant at a famous publisher. I loved working with books, although the job that I did was dull.‎ ‎ I had enough savings to take a year off work, and I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel. Attending a Novel Writing MA course gave me the structure I needed to write my first 55,000 words. ‎ ‎ It takes confidence to make a new start — there’s a dark period in-between where you’re neither one thing nor the other. You’re out for dinner and people ask what you do, and you’re too ashamed to say, “Well, I’m writing a novel, but I’m not quite sure if I’m going to get there.” My confidence dived. Believing my novel could not be published, I put it aside.‎ ‎ Then I met an agent（代理商）who said I should send my novel out to agents. So, I did and, to my surprise, got some wonderful feedback. I felt a little hope that I might actually become a published writer and, after signing with an agent, I finished the second half of the novel.‎ ‎ The next problem was finding a publisher. After two-and-a-half years of no income, just waiting and wondering, a publisher offered me a book deal — that publisher turned out to be the one I once worked for.‎ ‎ It feels like an unbelievable stroke of luck — of fate, really. When you set out to do something different, there’s no end in sight, so to find myself in a position where I now have my own name on a contract（合同）of the publisher — to be a published writer — is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）.‎ ‎49. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 mean?‎ A. I was waiting for good fortune. B. I was trying to find an admirable job.‎ C. I was being aimless about a suitable job. D. I was doing several jobs for more pay at a time.‎ ‎50. The author decided to write a novel ______ .‎ A. to finish the writing course B. to realize her own dream C. to satisfy readers’ wish D. to earn more money ‎51. How did the writer feel halfway with the novel?‎ A. Disturbed. B. Ashamed. C. Confident. D. Uncertain.‎ ‎52. What does the author mainly want to tell readers in the last paragraph?‎ A. It pays to stick to one’s goal. B. Hard work can lead to success.‎ C. She feels like being unexpectedly lucky. D. There is no end in sight when starting to do something.‎ D In a recent announcement, Harvard and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology（MIT）said that they have joined forces to offer free online courses in an effort to attract millions of online learners worldwide.‎ ‎ Beginning this fall, a number of courses developed by teachers at both universities will be offered online through a new $60 million program, known as edX. “Anyone with an Internet connection anywhere in the world can use our online courses,” Harvard President Drew Faust said during a meeting to announce the plan.‎ ‎ MIT has offered a program called OpenCourseWare for ten years that makes materials from more than 2,000 classes free online. It has been used by more than 100 million people. In December, the school announced it also would begin offering a special certificate, known as MITx, for people who complete certain online courses. Harvard has long offered courses to a wider population through a similar program.‎ ‎ The MITx will serve as the foundation for the new learning platform.‎ ‎ MIT President Susan Hockfield said more than 120,000 people signed up for the first MITx course. She said Harvard and MIT hope other universities will join them in offering courses on the open-source edX platform.‎ ‎“Fasten your seatbelts,” Hockfield said.‎ Other universities, including Stanford, Yale and Carnegie-Mellon, have been experimenting with teaching to a global population online.‎ The Harvard-MIT program will be monitored by a not-for-profit（非盈利的）organization based in Cambridge, to be owned equally by the two universities. Both MIT and Harvard have provided $30 million to start the program. They also plan to use the edX platform to research how students learn and which teaching methods and tools are most successful.‎ ‎53. According to this text, edX is _______.‎ A. a part of the free MIT OpenCourseWare B. a free computer program by MIT and Harvard C. a Harvard-MIT platform of free online courses D. a free program online for universities worldwide ‎54. What is said about online education in the text?‎ A. Universities have been trying online courses. ‎ B. About 2,000 online courses have been offered.‎ C. Over 100 million people have finished courses online.‎ D. Stanford and Yale together have courses similar to edX.‎ ‎55. The underlined part in the text probably means “ ”.‎ A. Get ready for the difficulties B. Get ready for this educational change C. Get prepared to complete the online courses D. Get prepared to make materials for the edX courses ‎56. What can be said about MITx according to the text?‎ A. It is first offered as part of the edX learning program.‎ B. It is another free MIT-Harvard online learning program.‎ C. It is a standard to recognize online learners’ achievement.‎ D. It is a new kind of free online course of Harvard and MIT.‎ E Plants are flowering faster than scientists predicted（预测）in reaction to climate change, which could have long damaging effects on food chains and ecosystems.‎ ‎ Global warming is having a great effect on hundreds of plant and animal species around the world, changing some living patterns, scientists say.‎ ‎ Increased carbon dioxide（CO2）in the air from burning coal and oil can have an effect on how plants produce oxygen, while higher temperatures and changeable rainfall patterns can change their patterns of growth.‎ ‎ “Predicting species’ reaction to climate change is a major challenge in ecology,” said the researches of several U.S.‎ universities. They said plants had been the key object of study because their reaction to climate change could have an effect on food chains and ecosystem services.‎ ‎ The study, published on the Nature website, uses the findings from plant life cycle studies and experiments across four continents and 1,634 species. It found that some experiments had underestimated（低估）the speed of flowering by 8.5 times and leafing by 4 times.‎ ‎ “Across all species, the experiments under-predicted the speed of the advance — for both leafing and flowering — that results from temperature increases,” the study said.‎ ‎ The design of future experiments may need to be improved to better predict how plants will react to climate change, it said.‎ ‎ Plants are necessary for life on the Earth. They are the base of the food chain, using photosynthesis（光合作用）to produce sugar from carbon dioxide and water. They let out oxygen which is needed by nearly every organism on the planet.‎ ‎ Scientists believe the world’s average temperature has risen by about ‎0.8℃‎ since 1900, and nearly ‎0.2℃‎ every ten years since 1979.‎ ‎ So far, efforts to cut emissions（排放）of planet-warming greenhouse gases are not seen as enough to prevent the Earth heating up beyond ‎2℃‎ this century — a point scientists say will bring the danger of a changeable climate in which weather extremes are common, leading to drought, floods, crop failures and rising sea levels.‎ ‎57. What is the key information the author wants to give in Paragraph 1?‎ A. Plants’ reaction to weather could have damaging effects on ecosystem.‎ B. The increasing speed of flowering is beyond scientists’ expectation.‎ C. Climate change leads to the change of food production patterns.‎ D. Food chains have been seriously damaged because of weather.‎ ‎58. We can learn from the study published on the Nature website that ______.‎ A. plants’ flowering is 8.5 times faster than leafing B. there are 1,634 plant species on the four continents C. scientists should improve the design of the experiments D. the experiments failed to predict how plants react to climate change ‎59. Scientists pay special attention to the study of plants because _______.‎ A. they can prove the climate change clearly B. they are very important in the food chains C. they play a leading role in reducing global warming D. they are growing and flowering much faster than before ‎60. What can be inferred from the last two paragraphs about the world’s temperature?‎ A. It has risen nearly ‎0.2℃‎ since 1979.‎ B. Its change will lead to weather extremes.‎ C. It is ‎0.8℃‎ higher in 1979 than that of 1990.‎ D. It needs to be controlled within ‎2℃‎ in this century.‎ 第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项多余选项。（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ ‎—What seems to be the problem?‎ ‎— 61 ‎ ‎—How long have you been like this?‎ ‎—Since Saturday night.‎ ‎—____ 62 ‎ ‎—Yes, I also feel lighthearted.‎ ‎—Can you think of anything you ate Saturday that might have caused it?‎ ‎—All I can think of is the fish I had. It didn’t taste quite right.‎ ‎—____ 63 Now I’ll give you some medicine. Take it and you should be feeling better soon.‎ ‎—____ 64 ‎ ‎—I also suggest that you follow a special diet.‎ ‎—____ 65 ‎ ‎—You should stick to eating lighter foods.‎ A.What’s that?‎ B.That might be it.‎ C.Thank you, doctor.‎ D.Any other problems?‎ E.I have a running nose.‎ F.Have you seen a doctor?‎ G.I have a terrible stomachache.‎ 第II卷（非选择题，共50分）‎ 第三部分 写作（共两节，满分50分）‎ 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分）‎ 此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个沟（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正；‎ 此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（／）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词。并也用斜线划掉。‎ 此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。‎ 此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。‎ 注意：原行没有错的不要改 Dear Mom, ‎ ‎ Mother’s Day is coming. I’m sorry that I am abroad 66. _________‎ and can’t send your flowers, so I’m writing to you. 67. _________‎ ‎ Mom, I know I have never expressed my thank to you 68. _________‎ before. But on today, at this special time, I just want to tell 69. _________‎ you loudly: I love you, Mom! Thank you so much by not 70. _________‎ only giving me life, but also teach me how to be a good 71. _________‎ person. Thank you for all you had done for me. Mom, though 72. _________‎ I may often say it, I do love you. Nobody can take your 73. _________‎ part in my heart. Whenever I am, I will always love you. 74. _________‎ ‎ Hope you good health and much happiness every day! 75. _________‎ ‎ Your little girl,‎ ‎ Jennifer 书面表达（满分35分）‎ ‎ 假如你是大学一年级新生李华。开学之初，你的英语老师Ms Li希望了解每位同学的英语学习情况，并征求教学建议。请按以下要点用英语给她写一封信。‎ ‎1.对英语学习的认识；‎ ‎2.自己目前的英语水平；‎ ‎3.自己英语学习存在的主要问题；‎ ‎4.对英语教学的两点建议。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.词数100左右；‎ ‎2.信的开头和结尾已给出。‎ Dear Ms Li,‎ ‎ I’m very happy to have you as our English teacher. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Thank you! ‎ ‎ Li Hua One Possible Version:‎ Dear Ms Li, ‎ ‎ I am very happy to have you as our English teacher.‎ ‎ As the world is becoming a global village, English is getting more and more important, so mastering English means we can see the world through a new window.‎ ‎ My English is just OK and the two main problems in my study are that I feel it difficult to learn words by heart, and that I often feel nervous when speaking English. I really hope that you can give me good advice on how to memorize new words. Another suggestion is to give us more chances to practice speaking. I believe we can make much progress in English with your help.‎ ‎ Thank you! ‎ ‎ Li Hua ‎19. 2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（浙江卷）‎ 选择题部分（共80分）‎ 第一部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节：单项填空（共20小题；每小题0．5分，满分10分）‎ 从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎1.—Is there anything else to discuss? ‎ ‎—________, I guess. ‎ A. Not at all B. No. that's all C. Yes, I 'm sure D. Yes , of course ‎ ‎2. The development of industry has been _______ gradual process throughout ______human existence from stone tools to modern technology. ‎ A. / ; the B. the ; a C. a ; / D. a; a ‎ ‎3. No matter how bright a talker you are , there are times when it 's better ______ silent. ‎ A. remain B. be remaining C. having remained D. to remain ‎ ‎4. I made a promise to myself _______ this year, my first year in high school , would be different. ‎ A. whether B. what C. that D. how ‎ ‎5. Studying Wendy's menu, I found that many of the items are similar to ______ of McDonald's . ‎ A. those B. ones C. any D. all ‎ ‎6. _______ all the animals I’ve ever had, those two dogs are the most sensitive to spoken word. ‎ A. From B. Of C. For D. With ‎ ‎7. Your _______ as a student will be excellent if you develop a habit of reflecting on how you learn. ‎ A. opinion B. growth C. performance D. character ‎ ‎8. I think Tom, as the head of a big department, should either study regularly or ______ his job. ‎ A. quits B. to quit C. quitting D. quit ‎9. We live in an age ________ more information is available with great ease than ever before. ‎ A. why B. when C. to whom D. on which ‎ ‎10. The research lacks ________ evidence, and therefore , its conclusions are doubtful. ‎ A. solid B. fierce C. severe D. potential ‎ ‎11. " It's such a nice place," Mother said as she sat at the table______ for customers. ‎ A. to be reserved B. having reserved C. reserving D. reserved ‎ ‎12. According to scientists, our mental abilities begin to _____ from the age of 27 after reaching the highest level at 22. ‎ A. differ B. shrink C. fail D. decline ‎ ‎13. Peter had intended to take a job in business, but ______ that plan after the unpleasant experience in Canada in 2010. ‎ A. had abandoned B. abandoned C. abandon D. will abandon ‎ ‎14. Brown said he was by no means annoyed; _______ he was glad to be able make himself clearly understood. ‎ A. all in all B. for one thing C. on the contrary D. by the way ‎ ‎15. Armed with the information you have gathered, you can ________ preparing your business plan. ‎ A. set out B. set about C. set off D. set up ‎ ‎16.—Alvin, are you coming with us? ‎ ‎—I'd love to, but something unexpected ______. ‎ A. has come up B. was coming up C. had come up D. would come up ‎ ‎17. Ellen was a painter of birds and nature, _______, for some reason , had withdrawn from all human society. ‎ A. which B. who C. where D. whom ‎ ‎18. Mike was usually so careful, ________this time he made a small mistake. ‎ A. yet B. .still C. even D. thus ‎ ‎19. Had they known what was coming next, they ________ second thoughts. ‎ A. may have B. could have C. must have had D. might have had ‎ ‎20.—I'm going to San Francisco for a couple of days . ‎ ‎ —________, I wish I could get away for a while. ‎ A. It doesn't matter B. Forget it. C. I really envy you D. I can't agree more ‎ 第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从第21—40 各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C 和D）‎ 中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ " Just sign here, sir," the deliveryman said as he handed Oscar Reyna a package. ‎ ‎ The package consisted of a long, narrow box ___21____ wrapped in brown paper. __22___ the box, Oscar saw an umbrella inside— a very old one with a beautifully carved handle. ____23___He had not seen it in more than 20 years , he recognized it ____24____. ‎ ‎ Oscar was 16 when he first saw the ___25____ umbrella. He had gone to a concert with his grandparents. As they were leaving , he noticed an umbrella on an empty seat. Impressed by its ____26____, Oscar felt a strong desire to find its ___27____. ‎ ‎ Oscar ___28____ the manager to look in the record of advance ticket sales. Just as he thought, a name matched the seat ____29___ Oscar had found the umbrella . The name was Mrs. Katie O'Brien. ‎ ‎ Oscar talked his grandparents into going by Mrs. O'Brien's ___30____ on their way home. He rang the bell, the door opened, and an elderly woman appeared. "May I __31___ you ? "she asked. ‎ ‎ "I'd like to return it if its yours," Oscar said , ____32____ the umbrella as if presenting a ___33___ that had long been wished for. ‎ ‎ "Why, yes! it's mine, "replied Mrs. O’Brien with a ___34____ smile and shining eyes. " It was given to by my father years ago. Thank you so much for returning it. May I offer you a reward for your ____35____ ? "‎ ‎ " No, ma'am , " he said " my grandmother says a good deed is its own reward."‎ ‎ " Well, that 's ____36_____ my father used to say. What is your name , Young man ?" ‎ ‎ Years later, Oscar was staring at the finely carved handle of the umbrella as he remember Mrs. O' Brien . It was in perfect condition, considering how__37__ it was. Why had it arrived here today? ‎ ‎ As if ___38____, a note fell from the paper. It read: Mrs. O'Brien wanted you to ___39___ this umbrella as a present for a kind, __40___gesture long ago.‎ ‎21. A. strictly B. carefully C. roughly D. casually ‎ ‎22. A. opening B. seizing C. observing D. searching ‎ ‎23. A. After B. When C. Since D. Although ‎ ‎24. A. clearly B. fully C. immediately D. suddenly ‎25. A. average B. unusual C. plain D. typical ‎ ‎26. A. beauty B. shape C. origin D. history ‎ ‎27. A. designer B. seller C. user D. owner ‎ ‎28. A. convinced B. forced C. encouraged D. advised ‎ ‎29. A. until B. before C. which D. where ‎ ‎30. A. family B. theater C. house D. neighborhood ‎ ‎31. A. invite B. help C. bother D. know ‎ ‎32. A. putting up B. turning out C. picking up D. holding out ‎ ‎33. A. chance B. fact C. gift D. result ‎ ‎34. A. wide B. confident C. proud D. shy ‎ ‎35. A. patience B. kindness C. courage D. determination ‎ ‎36. A. obviously B. naturally C. exactly D. probably ‎ ‎37. A. old B. rare C. precious D. nice ‎ ‎38. A. in contrast B. in return C. in exchange D. in answer ‎ ‎39. A. possess B. accept C. carry D. value ‎ ‎40. A. attractive B. significant C. unselfish D. sympathetic ‎ 第二部分：阅读理解（第一节20小题，第二节5小题；每小题2分，共50分）‎ ‎ 第一节：阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该选项标号涂黑。‎ ‎ A ‎ Easter (复活节) is still a great day for worship, candy in baskets and running around the yard finding eggs, but every year it gets quite a bit worse for bunnies.‎ ‎ And no, not because the kids like to pull their ears. The culprit is climate change, and some researchers found that rising temperatures are having harmful effects on at least five species of rabbit in the US.‎ ‎ Take the Lower Keys Marsh rabbit, for instance. An endangered species that lives in the Lower Florida Keys, this species of cottontail is a great swimmer -- it lives on the islands! -- but it is already severely affected by development and now by rising sea levels. According to the Center for Biological Diversity, an ocean level rise of only 0.6 meters will send these guys jumping to higher ground and a 0.9-meter rise would wipe out their habitat (栖息地) completely.‎ ‎ The snowshoe hare, on the other hand, has a color issue. Most of these rabbits change their fur color from white in the wintertime to brown in the summer, each designed to give them better cover from predators (捕食者). As the number of days with snow decreases all across the country, however, more and more bunnies are being left in white fur during brown dirt days of both fall and spring, making them an easier mark for predators. Researchers know that the color change is controlled by the number of hours of sunlight, but whether the rabbit will be able to ‎ adapt quick enough to survive is a big question. The National Wildlife Federation has reported that hunters have noticed their numbers are already markedly down.‎ ‎ American pikas or rock rabbits, a relative of rabbits and hares, might be the first of these species to go extinct due to climate change. About 7-8 inches long, pikas live high in the cool. damp mountains west of the Rocky Mountains. As global temperatures rise, they would naturally migrate (迁移) to higher ground --- but they already occupy the mountaintops. They can't go any higher. The National Wildlife Federation reports that they might not be able to stand the new temperatures as their habitat heats up.‎ ‎ The volcano rabbit has the same problem. These rabbits live on the slopes of volcanoes in Mexico, and recent studies have shown that the lower range of their habitat has already shifted upward about 700 meters, but there are not suitable plants for them to move higher, so they are stuck in the middle. Scientists are concerned about their populations.‎ ‎ Native to the US, pygmy rabbits weigh less than 1 pound and live in the American West. They are believed to be the smallest rabbits in the world. Their habitats have been destroyed by development. Several populations, such as the Columbia‎ ‎Basin pygmy, almost went extinct and were saved by zoo breeding programs. Pygmy rabbits also rely on winter cover by digging tunnels through the snow to escape predators, but lesser snowfall is leaving them exposed.‎ ‎ All of this gives new meaning to dressing up in a giant bunny costume this Easter.‎ ‎41. The writer mentions Easter at the beginning of the passage in order to ‎ ‎ A. show the importance of Easter Day B. introduce the issue about bunnies ‎ C. remind people of Easter traditions D. discuss the relationship between Easter and bunnies ‎42. The word “culprit” (Paragraph 2) is closest in meaning to_________‎ ‎ A.criminal B. judge C. victim D. producer ‎ ‎43. According to the passage, some rabbits can now be easily discovered by predators because they_______.‎ ‎ A. are exposed to more skillful hunters ‎ B. have moved to habitats with fewer plants ‎ C. haven't adapted themselves to climate change ‎ D. can't change their fur color into white in the fall and the spring ‎44. The problem faced by volcano rabbits and rock rabbits is that ‎ A. both are affected by less snow ‎ B. both are affected by rising sea levels ‎ C. neither can find enough food ‎ D. neither can migrate to higher places ‎45. Which best describes the writer's tone in the passage?‎ ‎ A. Approving. B. Concerned. C. Enthusiastic. D. Doubtful.‎ B Below is a selection about some Guinness (吉尼斯) World Records. ‎ ‎ Top 6 Unusual Guinness World Records ‎◆Fastest 100 running on all fours ‎ The 2008 Guinness World Records Day was, according to GWR, their biggest day of record-Breaking ever with more than 290,000 people taking part in record attempts in 15 different Countries. Kenichi Ito’s record attempt was part Of this special day. He is just another example of Japanese with “super powers” His “super powers” is to run with great speed on all fours, Kenichi Ito ran ‎100 m on all fours in 18.58 seconds .The Japanese set this record at Setagaya Kunitsu Sogo Undojyo, Tokyo, in 2008.‎ ‎◆Most people inside a soap bubble The Discovery Science Center in Santa Ana, California celebrated this year the 15th anniversary of the Bubble (泡泡) Festival. A bubble's math principles and science were presented and demonstrated at the three-week-long exhibition. The intriguing Bubble Show was also part of the program. Fan Yang and Deni Yang impressed the audience with their awesome skills for bubble making. ‎ The Yang family cooperated with the Discovery‎ Science ‎Center to set a new Guinness World Record for mow people inside a scup bubble and they succeeded.‎ The family that has been working with soap bubbles for 27 years created a huge soap bubble and got 118 people inside it. The record was set or. April 4, 2011.‎ ‎◆Longest ears on a dog ‎ A bloodhound from Illinois has the longest ears ever measured on a dog. The right car is 13.75 inches long and the left one 13.5 inches. The dog named Tigger earned this title in 2004 and is owned by Christina and Bryan Flessner. Mr. Jeffnies is the previous record holder of this title. Each of his ears measured approximately 11.5 inches long. His grandfather used to hold this amazing world record ,but when he died Mr. Jeffnies took over.‎ ‎◆Most living generations Did you ever wonder what is the Guinness World Record for most living generations in one family? Seven is the answer. ‎ The ultimate authority on record-breaking mentions on the website that the youngest great-great-great-great grandparent of this family was Augusta Bung “aged 109 years 97 days, followed by her daughter aged 89, her granddaughter aged 70, her great grand-daughter aged 52 her great-great grand-daughter aged 33 and her great- Great-great granddaughter aged 15 on the birth of her great-great-great-grandson on January 21,‎1989”‎.‎ ‎◆Most T shirts worn at once Believe it or not, there is a record also for this category. Krunoslav Budiseli set a new world record on May 22, 2010 for wearing 245 T-shirts at the same time. The nun from Croatia was officially recognized as the new record bolder by Guinness World Records after he managed to put on 245 different T-shirts in 1ess than two hours. The T-shirts weighted ‎68 KG and Budiseli said he began struggling around T-shirt No.120. He dethroned the Swedish Guinness record holder who wore 238 T-shirts.‎ ‎◆ Heaviest pumpkin ‎ Guinness World Records confirmed on October 9,2010 that a gigantic pumpkin（南瓜）grown in Wisconsin was officially the word’s heaviest. It weighed 1,810 pounds 8 ounces and was unveiled by Chris Stevens at the Stillwater Harvest Festival in Minnesota. Stevens’ Pumpkin was 85 pounds heavier than the previous record, another huge pumpkin grown in Ohio. The proud farmer said his secret is a precise mixture of rain, cow manure, good soil, sea grass and fish emulsion, Some of the world’s heaviest pumpkins, including the record holder, were on public display at the Bronx Botanical gardens in New York for a dozen days.‎ ‎46. Why is Kenichi Ito described as a man with a "super power" ?‎ ‎ A. He set a good example to all Japanese.‎ ‎ B. He made record attempts in !5 different countries.‎ ‎ C. He set a new record for "Fastest ‎100 m running on all fours".‎ ‎ D. He participated in the 2008 Guinness World Records Day activities.‎ ‎47. Jeffries is the name of______ .‎ ‎ A. the owner of the dog with the longest ears ‎ B. the grandfather of the dog with the longest ears ‎ C. the present holder of the record for " Longest ears on a dog"‎ ‎ D. the former holder of the record for "Longest ears on a dog"‎ ‎48. How many T-shirts had Krunoslav Budiseli put on before he felt it difficult to go on?‎ ‎ A. 68. B. 120. C. 238. D. 245.‎ ‎ 49. According to the given information, which Guinness World Record was most recently set?‎ ‎ A. The record for " Most people inside a soap bubble".‎ ‎ B. The record for "Most living generations".‎ ‎ C. The record for " Most T-shirts worn at once".‎ ‎ D. The record for "Heaviest pumpkin".‎ ‎ C ‎ Two friends have an argument that breaks up their friendship forever, even though neither one can remember how the whole thing got started. Such sad events happen over and over in high schools across the country. In fact, according to an official report on youth violence, "In our country today, the greatest threat to the lives of children and adolescents is not disease or starvation or abandonment, but the terrible reality of violence". Given that this is the ease, why aren't students taught to manage conflict the way they are taught to solve math problems, drive ears, or stay physically fit?‎ ‎ First of all, students need to realize that conflict is unavoidable. A report on violence among middle school and high school students indicates that most violent incidents between students begin with a relatively minor insult (侮辱). For example, a fight could start over the fact that one student eats a peanut butter sandwich each lunchtime. Laughter over the sandwich can lead to insults, which in turn can lead to violence. The problem isn't in the sandwich, but in the way students deal with the conflict.‎ ‎ Once students recognize that conflict is unavoidable, they can practice the golden rule of conflict resolution (解决): stay calm. Once the student feels calmer, he or she should choose words that will calm the other person down as well. Rude words, name-calling, and accusations only add fuel to the emotional fire. On the other hand, soft words spoken at a normal sound level can put out the fire before it explodes out of control.‎ ‎ After both sides have calmed down, they can use another key strategy (策略) for conflict resolution : listening. Listening allows the two sides to understand each other. One person should describe his or her side, and the other person should listen without interrupting. Afterward, the listener can ask non-threatening questions to clarify the speaker's position. Then the two people should change roles.‎ ‎ Finally, students need to consider what they are hearing. Tiffs doesn't mean trying to figure out what's wrong with the other person. It means understanding what the real issue is and what both sides are trying to accomplish. For example, a shouting match over a peanut butter sandwich might happen because one person thinks the other person is unwilling to try new things. Students need to ask themselves questions such as these: How did this start? What do I really want? What am I afraid of? As the issue becomes clearer, the conflict often simply becomes smaller. Even if it doesn't, careful thought helps both sides figure out a mutual solution.‎ ‎ There will always be conflict in schools, but that doesn't mean there needs to be violence. After students in Atlanta started a conflict resolution program, according to Educators for Social Responsibility, "64 percent of the teachers reported less physical violence in the classroom; 75 percent of the teachers reported an increase in student co-operation; and 92 percent of the students felt better about themselves'. Learning to resolve conflicts can ‎ help students deal with friends, teachers, parents, bosses, and coworkers. In that way, conflict resolution is a basic life skill that should be taught in schools across the country.‎ ‎50. This article is mainly about ‎ A. the lives of school children B. the cause of arguments in schools ‎ C. how to analyze youth violence D. how to deal with school conflicts ‎51. From Paragraph 2 we can learn that ‎ A. violence is more likely to occur at lunchtime ‎ B. a small conflict can lead to violence ‎ C. students tend to lose their temper easily ‎ D. the eating habit of a student is often the cause of a fight ‎52. Why do students need to ask themselves the questions stated in Paragraph 5?‎ ‎ A. To find out who is to blame. B. To get ready to try new things.‎ ‎ C. To make clear what the real issue is. D. To figure out how to stop the shouting match.‎ ‎53. After the conflict resolution program was started in Atlanta, it was found that ‎ A. there was a decrease in classroom violence ‎ B. there was less student cooperation in the classroom ‎ C. more teachers felt better about themselves in schools ‎ D. the teacher-student relationship greatly improved ‎54. The writer's purpose for writing this article is to ‎ A. complain about problems in school education ‎ B. teach students different strategies for school life ‎ C. advocate teaching conflict management in schools ‎ D. inform teachers of the latest studies on school violence ‎ D As a young boy, I sometimes traveled the country roads with my dad. He was a rural mail carrier, and on Saturdays he would ask me to go with him. Driving through the countryside was always an adventure: There were animals to see, people to visit, and chocolate cookies if you knew where to stop, and Dad did.‎ ‎ In the spring, Dad delivered boxes full of baby chickens, and when I was a boy it was such fun to stick your fingers through one of the holes of the boxes and let the baby birds peck on your fingers.‎ ‎ On Dad's final day of work, it took him well into "the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each fatuity was waiting at their mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service. "Two hundred and nineteen mailboxes on my route," he used to say, "" and a story at every one. "One lady had no mailbox, so Dad took the mail in to her every day because she was nearly blind. Once inside, he read her mail and helped her pay her bills.‎ ‎ Mailboxes were sometimes used for things other than mail. One note left in a mailbox read, "Nat, take these eggs to Marian; she's baking a cake and doesn't have any eggs. "Mailboxes might he buried in the snow, or broken, or lying on the ground, but the mail was always delivered. On cold days Dad might find one of his customers waiting for him with a cup of hot chocolate. A young girl wrote letters but had no stamps, so she left a few buttons on the envelope in the mailbox; Dad paid for the stamps. One businessman used to leave large amounts of cash in his mailbox for Dad to take to the bank. Once, the amount came to $ 32,000.‎ ‎ A dozen years ago, when I traveled back to my hometown on the sad occasion of Dad's death, the mailboxes along the way reminded me of some of his stories. I thought I knew them all, but that wasn't the ease.‎ ‎ As I drove home, I noticed two lamp poles, one on each side of the street. When my dad was around, those poles supported wooden boxes about four feet off the ground. One box was painted green, and the other was red, and each had a long narrow hole at the top with white lettering: SANTA CLAUS, NORTH POLE. For years children had dropped letters to Santa through those holes.‎ ‎ I made a turn at the comer and drove past the post office and across the railroad tracks to our house. Mom and I were sitting at the kitchen table when I heard footsteps. There, at the door, stood Frank Townsend, Dad's postmaster and great friend for many years. So we all sat down at the table and began to tell stories.‎ ‎ At one point Frank looked at me with tears in his eyes. "What are we going to do about the letters this Christmas?" he asked.‎ ‎ "The letters?"‎ ‎ "I guess you never knew. "‎ ‎ " Knew what?"‎ ‎ "Remember, when you were a kid and you used to put your letters to Santa in those green and red boxes on Main Street? It was your dad who answered all those letters every year. "‎ ‎ I just sat there with tears in my eyes. It wasn't hard for me to imagine Dad sitting at the old oak table in our basement reading those letters and answering each one. I have since spoken with several of the people who received Christmas letters during their childhood, and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.‎ ‎ For me, just knowing that story about my father was the gift of a lifetime.‎ ‎55. It can be inferred from the passage that the writer regarded his travels with Dad as ‎ A. great chances to help other people ‎ ‎ B. happy occasions to play with baby chickens ‎ C. exciting experiences with a lot of fun ‎ D. good opportunities to enjoy chocolate cookies ‎56. The writer provides the detail about the businessman to show that ‎ A. Dad had a strong sense of duty B. Dad was an honest and reliable man ‎ C. Dad had a strong sense of honor D. Dad was a kind and generous man ‎57. According to the passage, which of the following impressed the writer most?‎ ‎ A. Dad read letters for a blind lady for years. B. Dad paid for the stamps for a young girl.‎ ‎ C. Dad delivered some eggs to Marian. D. Dad answered children's Christmas letters every year.‎ ‎58. The method the writer uses to develop Paragraph 4 is ‎ A. offering analyses B. providing explanations ‎ C. giving examples D. making comparisons ‎59. What surprised the children most when they received letters in reply from Santa Claus every year?‎ ‎ A. Santa Claus lived alone in the cold North Pole.‎ ‎ B. Santa Claus answered all their letters every year.‎ ‎ C. Santa Claus had unique mailboxes for the children.‎ ‎ D. Santa Claus had so much information about their families.‎ ‎60. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. The Mail B. Christmas Letters C. Special Mailboxes D. Memorable Travels 第二节：下面文章中有5处（第61–65题）需要添加小标题。请从以下选项（A、B、C、D、E和F）中选出符合各段意思的小标题，并在答题纸上将相应选项的标号涂黑。选项中有一项是多余选项。‎ ‎ A. Slow Down Your Life ‎ B. Escape Now and Then ‎ C. Separate Your Actions ‎ D. Allow Yourself to Be Weak ‎ E. Relieve Pressure by Firmly Saying "No"‎ ‎ F. Stop Expecting Everything to Be Perfect How to Simplify Your Life ‎ Less is more. This is why we say: reduce things by half instead of doubling them, get rid of junk instead of ‎ piling it up, relax instead of stressing, slow down instead of speeding up. Apply these principles in your everyday life in a conscious way. You will then find yourself well along on your journey to simplification.‎ ‎61.__________‎ When you concentrate on one task, you find you have energy that you didn't even know you had. Just imagine: you are at a fair and you have to carry two heavy pigs over 100 yards. If you keep grabbing one and then the other, it will take forever, because one of them will keep slipping out from under your arm and running off. But if you tie one pig in a place, pick up the other, gather all your strength and make a dash for the finish line, pause for a moment, run back and get the other one, and with great determination, carry the second pig to the finish line, then you can be sure of success.‎ ‎62._________‎ The pressure at work is on the increase in all occupations. In the modern nuclear family, the expectations that formerly would have been shared among all the relatives are now concentrated on the individual partner.‎ ‎ If you have the feeling that 24 hours per day are not enough for all the things you need to do, then it's not because the day has too few hours, but because you have too many activities. A simple fact that overloaded people often tend to forget. The solution is equally simple: refuse to accept so many work assignments in your private life or your working life.‎ ‎63.____________‎ ‎ "I can handle stress" is regarded as a positive statement in the world of work. People who can handle stress are given more and more to cope with -- until one day they break.‎ ‎ Pay careful attention to the signs that tell you that you are under more stress than you can cope with. These signals can come from various areas of life. You become ill, or your work efficiency decreases.‎ ‎ If you have any of these symptoms, change your life goals and decrease your tolerance of stress. Say quite openly, "I can't manage that. "‎ ‎64.__________‎ ‎ " If only I were slimmer, more beautiful, richer, more clever, then I would be happier. " This is a dream that makes a lot of people ill, depressed, and unhappy. Life has its flaws, defects, corners, and edges. Only those who accept this reality can lead a really fu]] life.‎ ‎ Of course there are activities in which errors are dangerous: driving a car; crossing the road. But life doesn't consist entirely of these things. In among them there is a lot of room for small and large mistakes.‎ ‎65._________‎ ‎ Successful people all have their own places where they can withdraw in order to work. Find out which places improve your creativity. For me it's the train. When I know that I'm going to be traveling for four hours without phone calls and people knocking on my door, I find nay mind is free and I can read or write complex articles. There can be problems working on the train, of course: if the person sitting opposite you keeps talking away, or if train traps make you tired ( some people fall asleep after a few miles).‎ 非选择题部分 （共40分）‎ 第三部分:写作（共二节,满分40分）‎ 第一节:短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎ 假如英语课上老师要求同学们交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10 处语言错误，要求你在错误的地方增加、删除或修改某个单词。‎ ‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写上该加的词。‎ ‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线（﹨）划掉。‎ ‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写上修改后的词。‎ 注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎ 2．只允许修改10 处，多者（从第11 处起）不计分。‎ ‎ Two years before, I traveled to Brazil and I rented for a car. Unfortunate, I had an accident and ‎ hit another car, and I needed to stay in a hospital for at least two week. 1 called my parents, so I did not tell them what had happened. I knew that they will be worried about myself because I was so farther away, and that my mother would not sleep if she knew. Therefore, I told them interested stories and how I was enjoying Brazil As a result, nobody knew truth. I still think that it was the right thing to do.‎ 第二节：书面表达（满分30分）‎ 你校正在进行“英语读书周”活动，该活动要求学生摘录名言佳句（quote）并相互交流。以下是某同学摘录的句子：”Your future depends on many things but mostly on you”：请按下列要求用英语写一篇100-120个词的短文：‎ 1． 针对摘录句中的观点谈谈你的看法；‎ 2． 举例说明理由 注意：短文的开头已给出（不计词数）‎ ‎ In the English Reading Week, one of my classmates recommended a quote to us, which goes like this: " Your future depends on many things, but mostly on you. "___________________________________________‎ 参考答案 单选答案：‎ BCDCA BCDBA DDBCB ABADC ‎ 完形答案： ‎ BADCB ADADC BDCAB CADBC ‎ ‎ 阅读理解：‎ ‎41. B 42. A 43. C 44. D 45. B 46. C 47. D ‎ 48. B 49. A 50. D 51. B 52. C 53. A 54. C ‎ 55. C 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. D 60. A 61. C ‎ 62. E 63. D 64. F 65. B ‎ 短文改错 ‎ ‎ One possible student version ‎ In the English Reading Week, one of m classmates recommended a quote to us which goes like this : "Your future depends on many things but mostly on you. " I can't agree more with this view. It's true that our future is determined by many things, such as opportunities and help from others, but our own attitude, determination, and hard work play a more important role. In other words, we are the master of our own future.‎ ‎ Take Abraham Lincoln, for example. He was born in a poor family, and only received a limited education in his childhood. Yet through his painstaking efforts, he changed not only his own fate but also the history of America. Even to this day, Lincoln is regarded as one of the most inspiring figures in the world. Therefore, I firmly believe that our future is in our own hands.‎